F*ck It. Full Dropshipping Course For Beginners ($25M Sales) (10 Hours)

so this is going to be a bold statement this is going to be the best Drop Shipping course in 2025 heck the best Drop Shipping course ever made on YouTube I'm going to be talking about subjects and topics that no other creator has ever talked about on YouTube now sorry I was rude I didn't introduce who I was my name is camil sown as the Ecom King and I've been doing Drop Shipping for over eight years I started in 2018 and I've achieved over $20 million in Revenue with Shopify Drop Shipping Now My Success has

been documented on this YouTube channel and has been shared in some of the biggest magazines ever and no these aren't paid articles like these other gurus do to try and make themselves look good now just to show you guys how valuable this free course really is it's exactly what I've done to take a brand new Shopify Drop Shipping Store from zero to over $100,000 in less than 40 days so I'm not talking about some success that I got 3 years ago four years ago I'm talking about recent success that I've actually had the only thing

I ask for in return for this free course is that you like the video you share it you create multiple accounts and you like the video for the amount of value that I'm given and you use the links that are affiliated throughout the video now that's just me being honest and transparent with you guys now this is super important that you listen to I've created a free Google doc sheet that's over 160 pages long that's going to contain all the written format for everything I'm about to cover with you in this free course and I've

also created additional Google Sheets that are designed for product research how to build your store now if you want to get access to all of those cheat sheets then you need to join the Ecom King Vault now the Ecom King vault is completely free to join it costs $0 to join you just need to click the link in the description to join connect a new Shopify store to it and you'll be able to access the Vault and get all the resources now the Vault doesn't just end there in terms of resources you're going to get

access to monthly free calls with me so after you watch this free course you're going to get monthly free calls with me by joining the Vault you're also going to get access to our community where we can communicate through a private community Through The Vault so the vault is basically a free mentorship on top of the free course now with that being said guys let's get straight into the free course for 2025 so guys welcome to the first module in the dropshipping 2025 free course and what I'm going to be covering within this first module

is what is Drop Shipping and how does it work in this current year of 2025 then I'm going to be covering how to set up a business for your dropshipping store for what business should you choose and the structure that you should go for and the companies that you can use to do this then I'm going to be covering how much money do you need to start a Drop Shipping business and I'm going to give you a few Alternatives and I'm even going to be giving you real examples of the different budgets that you can

start with then to finish off this module I'm going to be talking about the mindset that you must have for you to be successful within Drop Shipping so guys what is Drop Shipping now a lot of you guys that are watching this are either brand new to drop shipping iing or either have just come across Drop Shipping or even some of you have been doing Drop Shipping and you still don't understand what Drop Shipping really is now it's very very important to understand what this business model is so how does Drop Shipping work now Drop

Shipping is a section of e-commerce so I'm pretty sure all of you guys know what e-commerce is or Ecom as a short abbreviation what people use e-commerce is all about selling things online now for us it's going to be physical products now Drop Shipping actually sits Within in the e-commerce industry it's basically a section based on the way we fulfill products now Step One is the retail partner which is you basically partners with a Drop Shipping supplier that could be somebody in China or Europe the retailer list products from their supplies inventory on their online

store that is you the retailer listing it on a Shopify store then a customer buys a product from the online store then the retailer forwards the order to the Drop Shipping supplier so you have systems in place that will then the supplier that you've got an order this is the address that they need to send it to and the Drop Shipping supplier will package the items and send it directly to the customer then of course to finish that off the customer receives the item so basically Drop Shipping is you selling products on your online store

partnering up with a Drop Shipping supplier and you don't need to risk any inventory you do not have any inventory at your house at your parents house at your apartment all of that is with the Drop Shipping supplier now the reason why this is such a lucrative businesses because that means you take zero risk when it comes to inventory inventory is the biggest risk with every business online and even in retail stores so you've straight away removed that issue now if you're thinking well what supplyer do I use I'll be covering that later on in

the modules so make sure you guys pay attention because remember Drop Shipping is a fulfillment method of e-commerce if you don't have a good dropshipping supplier your business will bottleneck straight away now the next image that I wanted to show you which is to give you guys some motivation and to understand how big this industry really is is the revenue of e-commerce since 2017 to 2027 and I got involved in 2017 by the way and I remember back then everyone saying to me well drop shipping's dead e-commerce is dead and you can clearly see based

on the chart it's definitely not dead it keeps growing at a very steady Pace now the reason why I wanted to show you this is because remember Drop Shipping sits within the e-commerce world now here's a fun fact for you guys Drop Shipping adds to the e-commerce industry sales by between 25% and 35% so the sales data that you can see on the screen drop shippers like me and you add to this chart by 20 to 35% and if you look at this chart this is calculated by Revenue in billions by the way billions of

dollars you can see that on the graph so drop shippers have made a lot of money since 2017 so if you're watching this free course and you're worried that drop shipping's dead then I hope this has cleared that up very easy for you there was a famous say that I always go by which is men lie women lie numbers don't so how much money do you need to start Drop Shipping in 2025 now the short answer and I'm actually going to give you guys a complete expense breakdown example breakdown as well but the short answer

is going to be between $1,000 and $2,000 now yes you could start with $500 but the chances of you find in success are going to be very limited and that will burn you out so by starting with 1,000 to 2,000 you're going to have a better chance of seeing success so let me give you guys that expense breakdown the Shopify basic plan which you all should get is going to cost you $29 a month but if you use my link which will help you guys with the AI Builder you will get 3 months of Shopify

for $3 so basically $1 a month for three months then it'll go back to $29 so basically your first three months of Shopify are going to be risk-free because you're only paying $3 Now product research which is one of the most important parts of the business is going to cost you between $50 or for free so basically if you're not going to use a paid to I'm going to give you both options free methods and paid methods you're either going to be doing this for free or you're going to be paying for a product research

tool now logo and Brandon is going to cost you $30 example you can hire a designer on Fiverr or you can use canva Pro for custom branding which is what I'll teach you now canva Pro can be a 30-day free troll or it can go up to like $30 to $40 so that's something to bear in mind now product sampling and testing which is optional but recommended that can cost you basically the cost of the product which can range from $10 to $50 now the biggest expense that you're going to consume is going to be

the marketing which is the paid advertisements example running Facebook ads Tik Tok ads or even Google ads now I know there's going to be loads of people saying well what about organic marketing yes that is an option it's free but I don't recommend it as much in 2025 I will be teaching you guys how to do it but I would much prefer you all to stick to paid advertising Now product photography SLV video ads is going to C you between $0 and $200 because it just depends on how you get this done you can either

hire ugc crates to do it you can either use AI tool to get custom videos this can have a wide range of cost usually it's going to be between $0 and around about $200 now budget consideration for paying supplies is extremely important and not many people talk about it you need a reserve of between $150 and $200 because you want to be paying your suppliers if you get orders an example of this is if you're selling a product that cost $20 from a supplier and you aim to sell 10 units initially you need $200 after

receiving the customer payments usually within 1 to 5 days via PayPal or stripe you can reinvest those profits so what I'm trying to say is as soon as you get those orders on your store you're not going to get that money straight away you're going to have to wait between 1 and 5 days and a lot of these payment gateways will wait for you to send them a tracking number before they release the funds you're going to need that initial investment for suppliers before you use the customers money and I see a lot of beginners

doing this all wrong and it is a big mistake now something to bear in mind is you're going to need an emergency fund SLB I always say keep it between $100 and $300 for any unexpected expenses now an example of this is if you're doing influencer marketing which I'll teach you later on in the free course and let's say you're selling wireless headphones for $50 and they cost you $10 and you've got a $500 budget for influencers and they promote the product and they earn $600 in Revenue you can do the simple math you're going

to need some extra money to help fulfill those orders now another example is if you have a $2,000 budget and this is an example of what would happen now this is an example if you were on a $22,000 budget and you had some success fairly early you launched on Facebook and Tik Tok ads you scale winning campaigns and you sell 100 units for a $3,000 Revenue now remember Revenue then you got to pay your suppliers so that's if you're going to start on a higher budget so like I said before between 1,000 and 2,000 is

the safest spot and of course every single month you're going to need to top that back up if you haven't got any profits to then top up with so let's say you've not made any money you're either going to have to top that up with your own money or if you've made profits you can then move them back into the business again now I always like to say to people it's all about testing products that's how you find success with Drop Shipping now usually to test one product Drop Shipping you're going to be spending between

$200 and $300 now most drop shippers don't find any success still around about the fifth or 10th product so if you do the math you can work out how much money you're going to roughly need to spend before you find any success I'm not here to tell you guys that you're going to get rich quick I'm here to give you the numbers that I've seen over the last eight years now I know some people that have found winning products within their first product their second product and I even know people that have taken them six

to 10 products now let's discuss the business setups for your Drop Shipping storm now this is extremely extremely important because when you run a Drop Shipping store you're going to have to pay taxes vat GST there's going to be so many implications that come up and if you don't have the right structure from the get-go you're either going to be paying a massive tax bill or you're not going to be tax efficient now these are the structures that you can run as a Drop Shipping Store yes you can be a soul practitioner or in the

UK we call it a soul Trader it's the simplest and the cheapest option there is no liability protection this is usually suitable for those that are looking to dip their feet in the water now a limited liability company which is an LLC protects your personal assets from the business it's recommended for people that are looking to take Drop Shipping very seriously even if you've not made a penny but you find success very quickly within your first year this is by far the best setup cost very depending on the location and how you do it now

my recommendation for every single one of you is to set up an LLC for liability protection or if you're in the UK you set up an LTD because an LLC is more expensive expensive now I'm pretty sure that most of you guys are watching this either from Canada or the USA so I would stick to setting up in LLC now again for those that are in the UK or in Europe think about setting up an LTD now if you're outside of these countries and let's say you're in Asia Africa or anywhere outside of the West

I would still stick to setting up an LLC or an LTD depending on which is cheaper for you because if you're from a third world country then you're going to have issues with payment gateways Banks and the only way to get around this is setting up an LLC or an LTD now I know from a third world country it might be a bit expensive but this is the only way you can realistically conquer the drop shipping industry by using one of those methods so guys when it comes to setting up your llc's make sure you

use doua douer is a One-Stop solution for anyone looking to set up an LLC whether it be in Wyoming or Delaware because the taxes are 0% these are the best in the industry these are the only guys that I use to set up my all L C's and if you use my link guys you are going to get 10% off you can even book a free consultation with them to see if it's the right thing for you does it make sense and this is what the dashboard looks like once you've got a Dueler account when

it comes to managing your business and it's an all-in-one company formation tax filing business documentations business formation filings and this is what it looks like in terms of step one step two step three step four step five and it comes to running your business then it will talk about finding your best structure whether it be in LLC C e Corp or an sc Corp they will go through everything with you and do specialize in e-commerce and drop shipping companies so they know what works the best so these are the best people to use now if

you try and do this on your own you're really going to struggle because you don't understand the laws and the tax liability so do use somebody professional like duet if you're going to set up an LLC now du are actually very very affordable if you're thinking about setting up an LLC so make sure you check them out or you book a free consultation now if you guys are thinking about setting up an LTD instead which is a UK company then some of the best companies to do this with is first formation or rapid formations this

is an example of first formations you come to their website you come to company formation you go to where it says limited company and you can see here you're going to be choosing either one of these digital privacy professional just make sure you read what you get with each one of these packages and you can see what you get with each package and these guys are the best people to use if you're looking to set up a UK LTD again make sure you read what comes with each package and by the way everything that I'm

recommending to you guys today they also help with setting up bank accounts and also payment gateways now when it comes to taxes guys I know loads of people always ask me well how does tax work how do you pay sales tax how do you pay vat how do you pay GST what tax am I liable for that really depends on what company you set up whether it be an LTD and LC where is that company based and where are you selling products to all of this will depend on on what you are due to pay

in taxes now remember I am not here to tell you guys what you are there to pay it is your responsibility and duty to go out there and do your research and due diligence and speak to tax advisers especially the ones that I've just recommended to you by that you'll know what you are liable to pay I am not legally qualified to tell you guys cuz I'm not a charted or an accountant on what you guys should be doing and it always changes depending on your state your country and where you're selling your products now

the reason why I did recommend you guys setting up an LLC or an LTD was because they are the most tax efficient ways of running a Drop Shipping Company but it's not my responsibility to tell you how to manage them that is your own responsibility now there's a quick disclaimer here that I want you guys to read regarding the tax liabilities and it's really important for you guys to understand that you are liable by the information that you find online to do your own research and due diligence now let's talk about the Drop Shipping mindset

and the key principles that you need for Success now I know mindset is a boring thing to think about or to discuss but I really can't emphasize how important it is the ones that win in Drop Shipping are the ones that have the bulletproof mindset and the ones that lose are the ones that choose to quit it's as simple as that who's willing to Outlast the other drop shipper that's how I purely look at it are you willing to outlast your competitor that's starting Drop Shipping now remember this video is probably going to get between

100,000 views and probably 2 million views so all of those people that start Drop Shipping not everyone's going to succeed it's about those that are willing to go through all the challenges and tri rutes so which one is willing to learn on the way and not give up now my job here is to prepare you on what you're probably going to face with this business and how you can Overlook it and how you can go from viewing things in a negative way to how you can start viewing things in a positive way so the first

thing that I want to explain is Embrace failure as a learning opportunity most of you guys that are watching this are complete beginners Well I'm not expecting you guys to you know find a first Drop Shipping Store and make $100,000 that is very very unlikely to be the case now not every product will succeed or be a winning product and not every Facebook or Tik Tok campaign will make money now the mindset shift that you guys should have is you shouldn't be looking at this as a oh I failed something's gone wrong I'm the problem

it should be how can I adjust for the next time so when I pick a product what could I do differently when I run that Facebook campaign what could I do differently look at the metrics and say oh I should make this change instead the second thing that I want to talk about is problem solving the reason why drop shippers make a lot of money is because they're the best problem solvers in the world now remember your dropshipping product isn't just a physical product it's a problem solving product whether it be for health reasons whether

it be for helping people to get time back in their life whether it be to bring people happiness you're a problem solver as a drop shipper and selling them a product so you need to start thinking about your consumer and your customers how can you impact their life as a drop shipper what are you going to help them with now the reason why drop shippers make so much money is because they educate people on the products that exist in the world now remember all of these products that we advertise on Facebook and Tik Tok they

don't even know that they exist we are educating people on oh did you know this product exist they're going to be like oh no I didn't oh I want to buy it from you now so that's the reason why drop shippers make money because we educate people on the product that they didn't even know existed and that's why when people say well why wouldn't somebody buy off Amazon why wouldn't somebody buy off eBay because they don't even know it exists so you get paid because you educate somebody on how you can change their life with

a physical product now the third point and the most important point for me is be data driven and do not be emotionally attached now I know this is very very hard but you've got to start looking at things as data and not as emotions so for example if you spend $100 on a Facebook campaign and your CTR is bad or you know your click-through rate or your conversion is bad don't be upset about oh the $100 is is gone on on emotionally upset about it you need to look at the CTR and be like why

is it low why is my conversion rate low and start to problem solve you've got to start being obsessed with the data and not with your emotions and I know this is going to be hard and I can tell you this right now the first few products that fail they're going to hurt they're going to make you want to not do this again but you're just going to have to push through it now the next thing is being adaptable now a lot of drop shippers that used to make money don't make money anymore because they

didn't adapt with the times they didn't start running Tik Tok ads they didn't start doing ugc so if you get stuck in your own way days you will probably fail long term if you are able to change over time you will be completely fine so if you want to make a full-time living off Drop Shipping you need to be able to adapt to what's currently working now the fifth point is developing patience and consistency this is probably the issue that everyone has as a failure in Drop Shipping they are not patient and they are not

consistent they run a Drop Shipping product for one day on Facebook they see them loseing $50 they Panic they turn the campaign off they quit for a few weeks they come back four weeks later and they do it again but this time they Panic even worse because they cut the Facebook campaign not at $50 now at $30 because they don't see any AD to cuts that is called not being patient and that's called lack of consistency and those are the two worst traits that you can have with Drop Shipping now when I go over a

Facebook ad tutorial if I tell you to wait 3 days for a certain objective and you don't wait three days because you're too impatient and you're looking for you know why have I not got a sale and you quit that is not what we're looking to do if somebody that knows what they're doing has told you how to do it and your patience is overwhelmed there's a serious problem now the next point is being financially disciplined and I see this a lot with a lot of you know successful drop shippers they weren't financially disciplined they

lost all their wealth they made it back again but the reason why they lost it was because they weren't financially disciplined they you know they went off clubbing they went off buying all these expensive things they weren't reinvesting the money back in the business and that's where things start to go wrong you know you're starting a business here guys you're not starting some little side hustle this is a legitimate business so if you don't treat it like a business it will not pay you like a business that's as simple as that now the seventh point

and probably one of the most important points if you want to make long-term money here is a vision Beyond Drop Shipping now remember Drop Shipping is just a fulfillment method if you start to find a lot of success you get lots of orders you need to start turning that Drop Shipping Store into an e-commerce brand and you've got to start having that mindset every time you start a store you know every time I start a brand new store like this store that we've started recently that's done 100K in less than 40 days I started that

store with the vision of okay yes I'm starting it as a Drop Shipping Store but where could I potentially take this as an e-commerce brand and that's what you've got to start doing because if you only treat your stores as a Drop Shipping Store you will never look past that you'll be in the Drop Shipping hamster wheel where you're continuously starting new stores and new stores and new stores to make cash because you can't live a long life with Drop Shipping because they have a short life period of between six and 18 months but if

you have an e-commerce brand they live as long as you treat them well now to finish off this module guys I want to talk about overcoming the fear of losing money in Drop Shipping now overcoming fear of losing money is one of the hardest things to do in life now let me give you a few methods that you can use to help you do this now number one is embrace the numbers game the reality is Drop Shipping is purely a numbers game especially when it comes to testing products now statistically like I said before only

one out of 10 products might succeed the key is testing enough products to increase your odds of finding a winner remember the more you do something the more your chances are of doing what the outcome is now the more you do something the more luckier you're going to be everyone says it's all look well to create look you need to do more of it so that's the point I'm trying to make here now a good mindset shift that you should have is for every product that you test as a step closer to finding a winning

product instead of thinking I wasted $100 on ads think I've gathered $100 worth of data to refine my Approach example of that could be if you test 10 products and one generated $55,000 in profit that combined losses from the other nine are outweighted by one winner so what I'm trying to say here is if you've gone through 10 products but one of them succeed that one product can pay off all the losses that you made from all those other products and that's happened to me in my own journey I actually lost £4,000 which is around

about $6,000 before I found my first winning product and that product paid off all of my other losing products imagine if I quit on that product that actually paid off my losing products I would not be here today now the next thing is understanding the cost of data reality is every ad campaign provides valuable insights even if it doesn't result in sales you learn about your audience's behavior and how to be better at doing campaigns so the mindset shift should be stop seeing ad Spenders or loss treat it as an investment in learning on your

consumers and your audience an example is if you've spent $200 on a product and it doesn't convert insights could be 18 to 24 year olds clicked more often and didn't buy adjustment focus should be spend more money on 25 year olds and 34 year olds that's how you should look at data now the third thing you can do is a budget for testing without fear now the reality could be that you need to set aside a testing budget with the understanding that not all of it will bring immediate returns aim for at least 1,000 to

1,500 as an initial testing budget divide it across multiple products EG between $100 and $300 per product mindset shift should be budgeting shifts your mindset from I'm losing money to I'm allocating resources to finding a winner that honestly is so important as soon as you adjust these Cog Wheels in your brain the way you start looking at money and business is completely different an example is allocate $1,000 for testing test five products at $200 each expect one to two potential winners from each batch that's an example of what we could do here now if you

guys can really drill all of these habits that I've taught you here into reality within your first month of Drop Shipping you will overcome the fear of losing money and you've already beaten most people that start Drop Shipping or even in fact any business now think about it guys growing up being an adult whatever it may be when you hear somebody in a Social Circle say well I'm looking to start a business everyone doesn't applaud them right you know I remember when I first said I was going to start a business no one applauded me

everyone was like why would you do that do you know the risks you know you could lose money but when you tell somebody that you've got a new job everyone celebrates right now think about that people aren't willing to take on risk hence they don't applaud those that have a business remember if you speak to 100 people and say oh have you ever thought about starting a business before they're going to say no because I don't want to lose money so everyone fears the fear of losing money and if you can overcome that you've already

won remember money comes and goes time does not come and go one hour you spend a day is lost and can never ever be bought back it doesn't matter if you've got a billion dollars it doesn't matter if you've got a million that time will never ever be bought back so the point I'm trying to make here guys is do not make make the mistake of oh I'm going to let money rule my world because I'm fear of losing it you should be fearful of not doing things with your life because you're scared of spending

money which can come and easily go especially if you're in a western country and there's a lot of employment going on like jobs you shouldn't even worry about losing money because it's so easy to get a job you know if you're worried about losing a few thousand you could easily go work as a bartender as an easy job or in a factory and make that money back within a month if you work there so the point of trying to make is you choose how you want to live the rest of your life based on this

Theory so guys is what makes a winning product in 2025 I've actually created this diagram to help you guys understand the importance of each attribute what contributes to a winning product now all of these diagrams and graphs I'm about to show you were all made by myself so these aren't online these were uniquely designed by me so that's the kind of effort I put within this free course so the attributes of a winning product are simple number one impulse Buy number two high perceived value number three trending and Evergreen appeal number four solves a problem

number five enhanced customer experience number six is fast shipping potential number seven is demonstrational in ads then sustainability strong margins and social media virality now you can see within this chart I've given you you can see that certain sections of the graph Point closer to each attribute so obviously the closer to the attribute the chart shows the more important that is you can see fast shipping potential isn't that important although it is important but solves a problem you can see is very important that is one of the key elements to a winning product another key

aspect is how demonstrational it is in an ad and that is one of the key elements in 2025 so whether it be your Facebook ad your Tik Tok ad your image ad how well can you convey what your product does now one of the other really key factors is a strong margin now this hasn't ever been so important than it is today because Facebook Tik Tok it's getting very expensive to advertise on there so if your margins aren't strong your product will not succeed so for example your margin should now be realistically between 30 and

upwards when it comes to profit so let's say for example you buy a product for $5 you sell that product for $40 you're making $30 now when I say buy I mean buy it and ship it so if you're not making around about $30 minimum in 2025 per unit you're really going to struggle because it's going to cost you roughly around about $10 to $15 to get a per purch on an ad platform like Facebook and Tik Tok so the higher your margin can be the better you're going to be when it comes to selling

your products now all of my successful stores right now the margin on average is between 50 and $70 now within this graph you don't need to make sure that your product's got every single one of them I just recommend that your product has the ones that are the strongest in the graph which again is problem solving impulse buy demonstrational and strong margins as long as you've got those attributes your product is completely fine now let's talk about the best Drop Shipping niches in 2025 based on sales data so this isn't data that I've randomly collected

this is data that I've got from online forums and online indexes like statistica and I've put it into a fancy looking graph just to demonstrate which ones those are now the best way to set up as a drop shipper is to actually select a niche and be a general Niche store so instead of selling a one product store or a general store let's say for example I choose health and wellness I build a store that's in health health and wellness but I sell every product that I can think of within the health and wellness and

I'm going to talk about why it's super important to have a broad Niche store later on but these are the best niches that you guys can get involved in based on statistical data number one Health and Wellness number two home in Garden Fashion Beauty Products tech gadgets fitness equipment pet supplies baby products home office supplies outdoor gear kitchen appliances Personal Care jewelry toys and games Sports and appal Automotive access accessories travel accessories digital products but I'm going to Discount that one in this Video subscription boxes eco-friendly products Home Improvement smart devices luxury goods fitness app

perial and a few others now I would probably stick to the ones that are travel accessories upwards so from here upwards is completely fine for you to stick to now as a beginning if you focus on the niches that I've just told you guys you will find a winner a lot quicker so guys now I want to cover the consumer psychology and emotions that they're going to go through when they buy a product from you and how does these winning products and these winning niches equal customer psychology consumer psychology now if you understand this and

this is why I'm teaching it you and I've never taught this before by the way on the YouTube channel then you will make a lot of money so I'm going to be going over the stage the description the triggers and emotions the science behind it and then the ad so trigger emotion decision and action that's everything I'm going to be going through with you with real examples so stage one is the trigger a paid ad grabs the the consumer's attention and Sparks interest that paid ad could be on Tik Tok it could be on Facebook

it could be an image ad it could be a video it doesn't matter the next thing is trigger and emotions it's eye-catching it's visual it's viral content and it has a promotion in it so eye-catching could mean it grabs your attention viral content means it's gone viral on Tik Tok and there's loads of views there's loads of likes so people feel like they've got fomo if they see an ad that's got let's say 500,000 views people feel fomo if they see a Tik Tok ad that's got you know 6 millon I views they're going to

want to buy it cuz it feels like fomo then you've got promotion so if somebody sees a video of an influencer on a paid ad promoting a product that's going to spark emotion now let's talk about the science behind it visual science bright Dynamic visuals capture attention social proof seeing many likes comments increased received trustworthiness scar effect limited time offers enhanced urgency now the ad could be a Facebook ad shows an LED Galaxy projector creating a dreamy Ambiance C captioned Limited stock order now so that was the trigger stage now let's talk about the emotional

stage the consumer experiences excitement and desire for the product excitement curiosity fomo and desire dopamine which is a fluid or liquid from the brain gets released an anticipation of owning the product triggers reward centers in the brain now the next thing is emotional Behavior positive emotions in the ad egy reflection affect the viewer's mood the ad evokes curiosity fomo by showing how the projector transforms a space making the viewer imagine owning it so this product would be a mini projector it's a famous Drop Shipping product and a viewer would see it being used in somebody's

house and they're now thinking oh how could I use it in my own house now let's talk about the decision moment the consumer quickly decides to purchase based on convenience quick purchase simple checkout discount offers cognetic easee easy to use purchase links reduce mental effort and an Crim bias 50% off today only discount makes the price appear more valuable impulse bias urgency drives fast decisions the Tik Tok shop ad features a shop now button leading directly to a non- click checkout page with an exciting discount now that's an example it could be a Shopify page

obviously but the point here is the easier you make the check out the more likely somebody is to buy because it's less stress and they don't need to take as many actions now talking about action let's move on to that section the consumer completes the purchase and feels gratification check out confirmation and anticipation of delivery now instant gratification bias receiving an order confirmation provides immediate satisfaction end down effect the consumer begins mental owning the product increasing perceived value now think about it when you buy a product online you go through the same thing oh I've

got an email of my confirmation I'm going to book Market or flag it then you're going to have those emotions of being oh I've just bought something let me tell everyone about what I've just bought after click in the ad the consumer receives a confirmation email saying your order is on its way reinforcing the trust remember that builds trust with whoever you've bought the product from now like I said to you guys before I've put this into a table now like I was saying to you guys before I've put this into a table diagram so

you can understand how the trigger emotion decision and action works but this is real stuff now the words that are in bold like dopamine release you know anchoring bias these are all key words that you need to learn key science behind how consumers buy online so if you study this you will be very very good at selling products online so guys now let's talk about how to actually find winning Drop Shipping products so I'm going to first start off by showing you the free methods now the free methods are actually insane that I'm about to

show you no one else on YouTube really shows you these methods and they are unsaturated now the first method that I'm going to show you is the add spy method now I've actually created a custom Google sheet Just For This by the way so you can get access to this in the vault now remember you need to join the Ecom King Vault to get access to these cheat sheets like this one and also like the one I've been using throughout the whole video now it's really important to have this open this graph open with this

Google sheet now once you've got this Google sheet you're going to see product name competitor store ad Library link number of active ads average reviews Tik Tok views offers used discounts buy more save more that's what bog really means marketing tactics gaps in the market and saturation from level one to to 10 then you're going to see a red bar start from 10 so basically you're going to fill in 10 products 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 you're going to hit this red bar now when you hit the red bar that means

you test all of these products either you test all of them or you test three of your favor the reason for the red bar is to make you take action so you don't move on till you've done at least a few of these products in these spaces so first thing that you need to actually do is open up chat gbt now it's completely free to use chat gbt now and you want to use the 40 version cuz it's the best when it comes to doing it for Drop Shipping now I'm going to be showing you

guys throughout this whole course how to use AI to help you do a lot of things now I'm not saying rely on AI but to help you do tasks with AI now we're going to be using the Facebook ad Library so I'd recommend that you open this up now for the Facebook ad Library method to work well it all depends what phrases that you give it this is a phrase here perfect gift now where did I get these phrases from guess what I asked chat gbt what are the best phrases to use on the Facebook

ad library to find winning Drop Shipping product ads now remember chat gbt will do the hard work for me they'll look at the relevant data and they will give it me so they've given me General winning product phrases problem solving phrases Niche specific phrases emotional appeal phrases user generated content or reviews and seasonal phrases so I can basically go through every single one of these phrases and put it through the ad library now for example I've started off by putting perfect gift now when you search for this you want to filter from all to the

United States and you want to change the ad category to all and then you want to filter by English all advertisers platform you want to be doing Facebook and Instagram and you want to make sure the ads are active now once you've done that click apply filters now you're going to see loads of ads coming up now the majority of these are going to be Drop Shipping ads you can see here now this ad here is for the pet in Niche it's all about training your dogs with a raising dog program you've got some gifts

here personalized dragon now you've got some custom RGB lighting here which is one of the biggest Drop Shipping niches you've got loads of different personalized gifts coming up for this phrase now I'm actually going to change the phrase to changed my life cuz I wasn't a fan of the perfect gift and now we've got some more ads coming up now every time you search for a new phrase you will need to use new filters again it doesn't keep all the filters which is a little bit annoying but you just have to add those in all

right guys so I changed ched the phrase to best seller filtered it by United States two platforms Facebook and Instagram active ads English and you can see loads of ads are coming up a lot of clothing ads are coming up and most of these are Drop Shipping clothing brands um most of them if not all of them are and you can keep scrolling till you find something that grabs your attention now these sandals are grabbing my attention uh some of these fashion ones are grabbing my attention but the one that really grabbed my attention was

this posher corrector because I can't believe people are still making money with this but if I kept scrolling in down I saw this ad by modern gents Trading Co I looked at the image and I thought that's a nice little image ad so once you see an ad that stands out you want to hover over the advertiser's name and you want to click view ads now once you've clicked view ads it will show you all of the ads that they're currently running at the moment now they're currently running 130 ads and you can see they're

all active now to run 130 active ads that means that you're going to be spending a decent amount of money I I would say at least at least $1,000 a day now what you want to do is you want to look to see out of all the ads they're running so you can see 130 what is the most common product they're advertising so here I'm looking to see what is the common jewelry that they're advertising now based on what I keep seeing the two most famous products that they're advertising is the Kylie ring and the

Elena ring those are the two most common ads that I keep seeing for this same brand so now what I'm going to do is I'm going to click shop now and it's going to take me to their actual website now this website looks amazing it looks nice and branded and professional but I already know it's a Drop Shipping Store a got instinct is telling me now straight away this is the Elena ring that I keep seeing ads for so I'm going to open that up in a new tab now as that's a female product I

also want to show a m product which is the reef I saw a few ads for this one as well I think they were running like three or four ads so I've just chose two products on their site that I saw on their ads the Elena ring and the reef ring now to confirm my bias of if this is a dropshipping store I've got a Chrome extension called Ali reverse image search so I'll leave a link to this in the resource section so all I've got to do is right click the image search Goods on

AliExpress and what will happen is it will show me if there's products on AliExpress being sold and there we go we've already found two listings on AliExpress for the exact same product now we can see to buy this from AliExpress it would cost around about $23 and you can see on their website they're selling it for $100 that means they're making around about $70 in margin that is insane so if we go back to our good old sheet remember one of the most important things is a strong margin so straight away this has got a

strong margin now I've already found a potential winning prodct so now I want to do some more research on this product so now I need to find the exact name for this product so the name of it on their website isn't what would be found online they've called it the reef that's not what I'm going to find it by so if I go back to my ad Library I'm going to want to duplicate the tab and I'm going want to see if I can find other advertisers selling the same ring so I found it I've

called it wood ring green but I'm actually going to change it to Wood ring green opal okay after going back and forth with the search phrase for the ring I was able to find it under this name now I've already found another Advertiser called thorm that are running a lot of ads for a similar ring now it's not the exact same ring but it is very very similar and they have got 170 active ads and you can see the majority of their active ads they are selling literally a similar ring the only difference is this

one hasn't got any green in it but the concept is the exact same now they're selling these rings for $300 now I don't think these guys are drop shippers I actually think these guys are the legitimate Ecom brand behind it but they're selling them for $320 which is absolutely crazy now the point that I'm trying to make here is there's clearly demand for this product because I found another Advertiser with 170 active ads for a similar product the difference is the color so we can go back to my Google sheet now and we can type

in the product name which is going to be this we can type in the compet compor store so we can use this one here so the competitor store is going to be the one that I found it on then the ad library is going to be realistically you want to add as many links as possible so I found two ad libraries I found this brand here and I also found Thor so I'm going to add both of these ad libraries to the sheet now you've got number of active ads now this is really important because

we need to go back to the ad library now for this brand I can't say the active ads is 100 30 because it's not just for that ring it's for other rings but if I go back to this company their rings are very very similar so I could write down 170 now the goal is to find as many other brands like this one selling similar Rings now again to find more brand selling similar Rings you need to find out what the exact name is there's different phrases for this ring I just need to find out

what that exact phrase is or or is is there three or five phrases that I could use to find another three pages if I find another three pages hypothetically one's got 30 active ads another one's got 40 active ads I'd come back to the sheet in total I could put for example 290 active ads now number of active ads is extremely extremely important because you want to monitor this by a weekly time frame now if you want to be a bit more aggressively you want to monitor this by a 3-day period so what you want

to do is you want to come back to this column in 3 days and check if the number of active ads has gone up per page or down per page hence I told you to add every page here because if it's going up for each page that means they're scaling because they're increase in ads you only increase ads If the product is making money so very important to understand that you come and revisit this every 3 days or week and you need to know what pages you following so you can make sure that this is

accurate now average reviews will depend on what you find on Amazon now you can see see here on Amazon I have found loads and loads of rings now I know that this manufacturer is the same as the one on AliExpress because if you look inside of the ring you can see here they got the same stamp tungsten if I go back to this one you can see it's the exact same stamp so the point I'm trying to make is and the image is the exact same by the way the photography so I know that this

is the same manufacturer as the one here so all of these Rings technically this one and this one are from the same company so I know based on their reviews how good is that manufacturer you can see this one here has got 4.6 Stars this one here has got 4.3 stars now of course if your product's got variants like mine has you need to look at the average per variant if you're just selling one product and there's only one Amazon listing then you obviously do it for that now for this I'm going to work out

the average and put them together then I'm going to go back to my sheet and the average for me was 4.7 now the next thing you need to do is come to Tik Tok type in the different search phrases to find the product and you want to look at how many views the first Pages Tik Tok got for your product now I don't think Tik Tok is a hot platform for this product or I've typed in the wrong name of the product but once you do your phrases whether it be six or seven phrases that

you've got for the product you want to come back to this sheet figure out what the average view is for the top 10 posts and put it here so if it's 600,000 you put 600,000 views now offers used you need to go back to the websites where they've listed the product and you need to look at what offers they've used to try and sell the product so here I can't see any offers there is zero offers here I can't see anything this company have got zero offers now you might be thinking what does offer mean

offer means what are they giving me with the product to make me want to buy it they might give me a free ring with a free bracelet that's class as an offer or they might give me a free ring with a free Journal about the ring or something like that but from what I've seen guys there is no offer on both of these sites so I'm going to go back I'm going to type in none now if there is none like I found that's not a bad thing that's a good thing cuz that means that

if I come in and add an offer with mine people are going to come to me because who doesn't want free gifts if I add that to my site especially with the margin that these guys are making they could easily spend an extra $5 to add a free gift and increase the conversion but they're not now obviously if there are offers being used you need to type them in here so you know what to do and what not to do now marketing tactics this could be what copyrighting they're using and what they've said on the

landing page so if I go back to their ad you can see here your love story is one of a kind uh if we go back to the ad copy again made to last lifetime durability uh let's keep going through your ring should be more than a symbol it should tell your story so they're doing a lot of emotional tactics so what I'm going to want to do is come back to my sheet type in emotional because that's what they're trying to do they're trying to say your love your story is more than anything so

that's emotion now if you don't know what tactic it is you can go to chat gbt and say this is the ad copy used by this person what type of marketing tactic is it chat gbt will tell you what it is now you need to go to their website as well to see if in the description they've added to their marketing tactic usually they don't but the good ones do so these guys haven't added anything in the description these guys haven't really added anything in the description when it comes to marketing tactics so again I've

only seen emotional so I type in here emotional now Gap in the market is going to be basically what we can find in the market to make money so for example gaps in the market is they're not running any offers they're not doing many marketing tactics they're not advertising to lots of different countries are they only advertising to one country we can figure that out by using similar web now you guys can see I've used a Chrome extension called similar web it's completely free to use by the way and you can see if you use

the Chrome extension and you can see traffic share meaning where does all of their traffic come from now you can see 94% of it comes from America which means they only advertise to America so that means that I could advertise to other countries outside of America now the European countries are so underrated in Drop Shipping like Netherlands Belgium Norway Switzerland all those top GDP European countries are not being sold to in Drop Shipping so I could sell the same ring in those countries now I can do the exact same thing here go back to similar

web now similar web is also really amazing because it shows you how how many monthly visitors they get how many unique visitors they get and it will also show you an estimate of Revenue so they're making between Z and a million now based on their visitors I would probably say you can do a rough calculation of how much they're making now Shopify release a statistic data where they say per so many visitors you should see a certain amount of conversions now if you do the worst case scenario which is around about every 300 visits you

get one sale you can do the math you do the math which which is this divided by 300 times whatever the cost of the product is you can figure it out now that Math's equation I'll leave it in the cheat sheet but that's roughly what you can do now it's not guaranteed to work but it's a rough estimate these guys are clearly making money purely based off how many monthly visitors they are getting so now we can go to the sheet and type in saturation level now saturation level one being not saturated 10 being saturated

now we can figure this out based on listings on AliExpress and how many ads are being ran on the ad library now when I typed in the name of style of ring this is which is this I'm only getting 180 active ads just for this one word that brings up all of these rings so that means that there's 180 active ads that doesn't mean Pages now remember pages and active ads are different so there's one page here running one two three four five six ads out of the 180 so there could be over the 180

active ads seven pages competing so of all of these you can see probably seven different pages competing now that for me is very low saturation anything between 100 and 300 is relatively low anything between 300 and 800 is medium and then anything over a th000 is saturation on active ads in my opinion and again those statistics will be left in the cheat sheet now the next way you can tell is how many orders are they getting on the AliExpress platform so you can see here I've typed in the name of the stock of the ring

and you can see one suppli has got 600 orders one supplier has got 2,000 orders and the rest of them have got very mediocre amount of orders or sold items so there's only three listings with a good amount of order quantity so I would say that this isn't that saturated so if I show you an example of a other product and show you how many sales they've got it's a big difference so guys here's the example I typed in shark slides and you can see this seller has got 5,000 orders this seller is got 10,000

orders this seller has got 3,000 orders so you can see that the order quantity and the sold quantity is extremely higher than the other one you can see this one here has got 10,000 orders as well so if you do the math compared to that this one's only got 2,000 this one's only got 600 so you can see there's a massive difference in order quantity remember who's buying from AliExpress drop shippers so you can tell that this ring here is very low so if I was to mark it I would say that this is probably

a four in terms well between a three and four in saturation so I'm going to put three so it's very low saturation now the whole purpose guys is to fill out this whole sheet till you get to 10 then you need to monitor the active ads number of active ads and I would say once you filled this sheet in after a week of monitoring active ads whichever three products show the most incline of active ads going up you should test those products obviously you need to bear in mind saturation but it's not too important important

gaps in the market and active ads are the two in my opinion two most important things obviously reviews is also important because if the reviews are bad you're going to get chargebacks refunds you don't want that so reviews active ads and gaps in the market are the three most important columns because that will help you find a foot in the market for you to then sell into so guys this is the second option to finding winning Drop Shipping products for completely free now this is called the database method now it's hence in the name it's

all about the database that you use to find the product now I'm going to be showing you four to five of the best databases that I use to find winning products for completely free now you don't need to overthink this method it's just simple the database does the hard work for you now an example of a database is this one here this is a company called the Landers Library by Page deck page deck's a huge company they've created something called the Landers Library where they basically index the best landing pages in the e-commerce industry whether

they be Drop Shipping whether they be e-commerce related products but you can see all of them being listed here now the good news for me and you is most of these sites are either six figure seven fig or eight fig Brands now again some of them are dropshipping some of them are e-commerce Brands and the good thing is even if they're an e-commerce brand you can find the Drop Shipping alternative very easily so all I'm going to do is I'm going to go to page types as all All Brands and I'm just going to go

through every single listing so guys after have to spend around about 3 minutes of going through these listings I found a few that stood out to me now this one here stood out to me a lot it's called static.com and they sell Electronics now when I open up their landing page it shows you all of their top converting landing pages offers absolutely everything now once you go to their website you can see their product now this is their main product that they're selling this is the one from what I believe has made them the most

money now if I go all the way back up use my Chrome extension the Ali Express image search you can see I've already found the product and I've also found alternatives just like that that I can sell so I can easily drop ship this product and I believe this is a Drop Shipping Store now if I want to go the extra mile to see how much money or how well this store is doing I can use similar web again I don't even need to just use similar web you can see in the last 3 months

these guys have done 3.9 million visitors which is insane and I can also go to the ad library and see how many ads they're running and just like that guys they got 100 50 active ads for multiple products that they sell on their website so I can just find out whichever one is making them the most money based on how many ads are running but most of the ads that are running are for that product that I found which is the wireless air pump and using similar web and the ad Library we've already found another

potential winning product that we can add to our list now again on this website there is loads and loads of other websites we can analyze but I just wanted to show you one example and how you can go to the ad library and use the Chrome extension to find the product again those websites don't get listed on that website unless they're doing between six figures and eight figures so we already know just based on them being listed there it's a good product so another example of a valid database is trust pilot yes you're probably thinking

why the hell would I use trust pilot so if I go to trust pilot go to categories and you can see all of these different categories here now remember on the cheat sheet I've given you guys the best niches so if we go back to the best niches we can start filtering it by those so if we do animal and pets for example because it's high up on that list we can filter it by highest number of reviews now what our goal is is to go through all of these different e-commerce Brands now not all

of them again are going to be Drop Shipping they're either going to be a Drop Shipping Store or an Ecom brand and again if they're an Ecom brand we can find the Drop Shipping alternative now you can see that we don't want to be going to this one because the reviews aren't great but this one here called rover.com pet sitting it's got a very very good thing but it's a dog walker so we're not interested in that we're only interested in pet stores now pet supply store crown and Pa good reviews good score so let's

have a look at this site now just like that guys untrust pilot which you'd probably find very funny we've just found a potential again another winning product which is a dog portrait which we found on AliExpress so the goal here is just to go through all of these different listings with the most reviews and best quality reviews and see what their best Salazar and see if we can find our Drop Shipping alternative or the exact same product Again by looking for that brand now now you can see these guys have got 35 active ads running

so they're definitely not doing as much as I thought they' be doing it looks like they're scaling down but they're still running these dog portraits or animal portraits so instead of just focusing on these guys we can type in dog portrait and see if there's other advertisers that are out beating them but the product idea came from them and that's the most important part but just like that guys who would have thought trust pilot would have gave us a potential winning product again it's a valid database good reviews and again if we go back to

trust pilot it's not just good reviews it's 20,000 reviews and it's a verified company now normally you can't leave a review on trust pilot unless you're a verified user or you've got proof of purchase so what that means is it's very likely that the majority of these reviews are from customers so if you do the math 20,000 reviews by how many products there selling you can figure it out they've made a lot of money now the next database is Tick Tock shop and it's now available on the desktop hence the screen looks a bit weird

because it's showing it me on mobile formation but I'm looking at it on the desktop now Tik Tok shop is huge the volume it does the amount of money it makes is insane now remember Tik Tok shop is only for Tik Tok so most people that buy on there are only Tik Tok people now if you just come to this website which is shop Tik Tock shop you'll see all of these products coming up now you can see here savings for you this draging comes up so if I click on this listing you can see

it's going to show me the amount of sales so it's sold 1,235 now by the way these cannot be faked from the research what I've done this cannot be faked so this is real order quantity again we can right click use our trusty Chrome extension to try and find it and let's see if we can find and just like that guys we have found the same product so most products again on Tik Tok shop are are Drop Shipping products and you can see it's definitely making money because people are buying them and the other good

thing is we can actually go through the reviews and see if the reviews are positive or negative now something else that we can do guys is that's one winning product potentially that we found based on the orders 1,300 or 1,200 we can now look on the ad library and see if there's other people advertising it on paid ads we can scroll down to their popular items and you can see all of these are their popular items so anything that comes up on the homepage like I'm showing you here are usually very good products so anything

that comes up on the homepage they're usually low ticket items a lot of them are fashion related or Electronics these are all typically very very good Drop Shipping products to sell especially this one I just found here again the only downside is they are usually lower ticket products and they are fashion related but it's not a problem you can still make very very good money with these products now the next method and the method that for some reason people just Overlook is the Drop Shipping Center on AliExpress AliExpress has actually made a dedicated Drop Shipping

Center just for me and you now remember AliExpress makes money because of me and you we as drop shippers make them money now for AliExpress's sake they're going to tell us drop shippers what's making money because they want to make more money so if you come to the Drop Shipping Center you can see winning products so if I click view more you can filter it by sales and you can see here now this product's got 100,000 orders 50,000 orders 50,000 orders so you can see all of these products here are showing you winning now some

of them are old some of them have been saturated and overdone but our job is it's a valid database they're valid products we need to now go out there and do the research and the research is going to be us looking on the Facebook ad Library us looking to see if there's other sites selling them with good active ads but this gives us the product idea so we can go out there and look into this product Oh it's only got 1,000 orders ERS but it looks promising so I might want to sell this this product

here with 9,000 orders this looks like a really good product to sell you know I would say that I've got an eye for a winning product and a lot of these products that are coming up without having to do any research on them I can already tell they' make good money so for example this product here I think would make very very good money I think this one here would also make very very good money based on my experience so people Overlook the Drop Shipping Center and remember AliExpress want you to make money as a

drop shipper cuz they make money so this is a very very powerful tool that most people don't use it is fairly new they've recently updated it made it better but it's definitely something you should be using every single day now the last database that I'd recommend is the eBay watch counter now I've recommended this before but I do think they've upgraded it and made it better since then and what this does is it shows you the most active listed items that have been watched on eBay so how many people have saved it as a favorite

watched item so if you go to where it says search live you can filter it by loads of different niches and then you can go to where it says sort by watch count and then click show me now once you click show me it's going to show you the items with how many watches 2,100 sold 320 average 4.5 sold per seven days so it even gives you the average sale per days as well so that's really really powerful so any of these products here for example this one we can right click it again search with

AliExpress image shirts and see if we can find it and just like that guys we found the exact same product now remember if hundreds and hundreds of people are watching an item on eBay it means they're interested if it also shows you that people are buying on there that's amazing now remember eBay is not the biggest place to buy things on in terms of brand new items so the fact that this has got 1,000 watches and it's got 5,700 and the fact that it sold 5,700 items in total that is insane so that is to

me valid data that I can use now remember i' need to look on the ad library to see if there's ads being run for it I'd need to look on Tik Tok to see if there's any Tik Tok videos of it but overall this is a great sign for me now guys there is loads of other valid databases that you can use and I'll leave the rest of them in the resource section of the Vault but there is loads and loads of them your job is just to make sure you go out there look on

the ad library look to see the reviews and then make your decision but usually based on those databases they're already worn products that you can go out and test but that is my second option to finding winning products for completely free which is the proven valid database method so guys this is the paid method to finding winning dropshipping products now the benefits of using a paid method remember this is optional but if you are going to use it it's going to be winning Hunter now the benefits of using a paid method like winning Hunter is

it's basically going to do all the hard work for you you don't really need to do any research it's all built into the platform so you're going to going to save a lot of time and the quality of products that you're going to get are going to be higher if you were to do it yourself manually through the methods that I taught you now winning Hunter isn't going to break the bank either and if you use my exclusive link and coupon you will save a lot of money now with that being said I want to

show you guys how it works and how I use it and how I've used it to find multiple six and seven figure products so once you've created an account or a free trial you can come here to where it says Facebook ads now it's basically the Facebook ads library but on steroids literally on steroids so what you can do is you can change keywords in countries now I'm going to change it to the USA then where it says website I'm going to change it to Shopify language English where it says sort by I'm going to

filter it by winners and then once I've done that I'm going to click apply now once we've done those filters we're now going to see loads of ads and there's a few things that we're looking for number one you're going to see these green icons that means that the ad score is winning meaning that it's a winning ad and this is determined by how long has the ad been running for this has been running for more than 7 days which means it's outside of the testing phase this clearly is making money you don't run ads

longer than 7 days unless it's making money the next thing we want to look at is scaling you can see it's scaling by 39,000 per. this one scaling by 2,000% so that's really important to look for which is the scaling percentage now something else that you want to look at is here where it says adset adset 400 so where it was last scene and when it started so the more adset sets there are clearly the more money it's making this one here has got 1,900 adsets now that's in its lifetime so that means it's clearly

making money now what we can do is if we find an ad that we like we can click view details now we're going to see the ads history which is important based on a time frame and an amount so we can see a live time of the ads when they scaled when they Consolidated and when they scaled again this is important to look at because if they're not scaling at the current time that means it's clearly not working you don't downscale unless it's working or you've got a fulfillment issue so it's very important to look

at this chart here because it will tell you if they're making money now something else that I really like about winning Hunter is they've implemented an AI technology called Magic AI where if you really like this product but you want to find other competitors to see what hook they're using what winning copy they're using you can use this and it will find other ads that are similar to that original ad now just like that guys you can see loads of different different ads coming up by different pages and the reason why we want to do

this is because at the end of the day we want to see what ads are working and what competitors are we working against so instead of you having to manually try and find your competitors magic AI will do it for you and you can also add a prompt here so let's say you're selling shark slides you type in shark slides here it will do it for you now that's one of my favorite ways of using this tool so now if I go back to the filters I'm going to change it again because one of my

favorite filters is AD spend so if you go go to the ad spend filter I'm going to put a minimum of 5,000 and I'm going to put a maximum of 100,000 now the reason why I do this is because if anyone's spending between 5,000 and 100,000 they've come out of the testing phase and now they're in the early scaling phase which means we can jump on one of these products fairly early now if we scroll to the right and look at this apple band it's currently scaling some of these aren't scaling so I want to

avoid these you can see these ones are declining but this one is actually scaling you can see if I go to where it says here Apple band with the icon of the price it will show you the product price product ad spend and the product total revenue now these aren't 100% accurate from what I understand but they're fairly accurate which is more than enough for me so you can see the ad spend for this is just got out the testing phase they've just spent $5,000 in testing and they've made around about $20,000 for me that's

a good sign that sounds about right as well for me so I know that those numbers are probably near enough accurate enough for me me to be like yep that's an early winner I'm going to jump on it so I would happily jump on this because it's an early winner now it also shows you the statistics here at the top spend Revenue reach which is also very important to look at again instead of you having to guess on the ad Library Yourself by seeing all these metrics and by seeing all of these indicators it's going

to help you identify the losers from the winners very very quickly and you really don't need to overthink which product to choose again this one here to me is a winner and I will jump on it very quickly because it's just got out of the spending phase of 5K and it's scaling and it's making money by the looks of it based on spending 5K and making 20K that sounds profitable to me now another thing that winning Hunter does that is really good is they've now got a trend section where you can find current trends in

the whole market now I believe that they're doing this with an API but either way it's still very very good now they've integrated it with their search with magic AI which makes it really powerful because it's not just about finding these trends that are doing really really well it's about finding relevant products to those Trends so you can see here you can choose loads of different Industries and niches I've chose Sports and Outdoors you can filter it by growth volume date added I've just sorted it by growth then I've chose the last 3 months cuz

I want something that's recent so now you can see all of these different topics are coming up and you can see the percentage in increase of growth now where it says finger exercise equipment that's quite weird but I'm going to search with magic a AI now because it's used the magic AI tool I want to look for ads that are also scary you can see here some of these ad scores are really bad but this one's good so for example although it's a winning Trend it's trending it doesn't mean it's going to make money so

for example this ad is doing okay it's doing well so this could be a potential product that I might want to sell now with the trending subjects and topics you can go into Trend details and look at the time of trend so all time two years one year and see what's going on with the trend and and it also shows you related Trends now with these Trends it doesn't mean that all these products that are listed under the magic AI search are going to be winning products and also winning Trends doesn't always mean that the

products in those Trends are always going to make money they're not always correlated but it's a good sign so if you can find a good Trend with a load of ads coming up that are all lit green like this and they're getting lots of AD spend and lots of Revenue then that is a good sign Trends can just help with skating it doesn't essentially mean it's going to make money but it's a good feature to have in a product research toour like this because remember when you're doing product research it's all based on statistical factual

data you don't want to just do something because oh I think it's going to do well or I think based on this it's going to do well you need factual statistical data so if this statistical data is telling you based on Revenue spent ad spend Revenue made that it's making money those are the indicators that you want to look for I always look at you know statistical data as the leading IND dedicated to anything else so Trends you know revenue generated ad spend how many website visitors are they getting all of that is important to

me now they also have the same feature but on Tik Tok ads as well so you can view for some winning Tik Tok ads which is really really cool now something that I do like is they've got drop ship winners so you just click this button and it pre filters it for you based on Drop Shipping winning products so just like that you're going to see loads of Drop Shipping winning products now on Tik Tok majority they are fashion related or jewelry related those are the best products that happen on Tik Tok so if you're

thinking about getting into the clothing Niche or the fashion Niche or the accessory or jewelry Niche then this would be a great option for you as you're only going to be seeing products that are making good money in this industry so guys that is my product research tool of choice when it comes to a paid method because of how much success I've had from it and the amount of years I've been using it I do think it is the best one in the industry at the moment obviously if anything changes I will let you guys

know welcome guys to module three of the free course for 2025 now this module is all about the best Drop Shipping suppliers when you should go with certain suppliers depending on how many sales you're getting and when you should start transitioning through what I call the Drop Shipping gladder going from a beginning intermediate Advan and then a pro drop shipper obviously the Fulfillment methods will change over certain orders and I'll be going through that all with you guys and I'm also going to be talking about local suppliers European suppliers I'm going to be covering literally

everything I'm also going to be talking about how to deal with refunds and returns so you know how to do it correctly and you don't need to worry about anything so Guys these are the Drop Shipping suppliers for 2025 and the different stages that you'll go through as a drop shipper so stage number one is beginner stage you're getting 0 to 50 orders per week now the key tools for this area is Zen drop ideal for beginners due to automation accessible Supply supper Network and a streamline fulfillment now I'm going to be covering Zen drop

in the next few moments as they are my choice of supplier for beginners and intermediates now in this area you're going to be testing multiple products to find a winner you're going to monitor delivery times and customer satisfaction and you're going to establish a basic workflow for managing orders and returns now it's completely free to sign up to Zen drop they do have a completely free plan for beginners so make sure you use my link in the resource section to sign up to Zen drop because if you do plan on switching to their premium version

you will get a discount now once you've created an account with Zen drop your dashboard should look like this now you can see my store name in the top left and you can connect multiple stores if you're on a Pro Plan now you can see here on the bottom left I'm on a basic plan now as soon as you want to start adding products to your Shopify store using zendrop you can either go to the search product section and if you've already found a product based on AliExpress you can search for it here now if

you haven't found a product then you can go to find products and then here you can filter it by ships from anywhere so you can ship from anywhere the us or China so if you've got any preferred way you can select it you can also filter by categories you can also filter it by suppliers now Zen drop work with lots of different suppliers they built up connections and a network with all of these different suppliers in China and in America that you can use and all of these suppliers on this list have been vouched for

and vetted through zendrop and their Partners so guys I wanted to give you a quick example of how this would look if you found a product on Zen drop that you want to inut to your store so let's say for example I want the shark slides everyone knows the shark slides hence I've used it you can see the average shipping time is going to be 10 days now on AliExpress it's between 15 and 35 so you're going to be beating them by between 5 and 15 days which is really really good now there is a

cost to this which is you do pay a slight premium on the shipping so AliExpress is usually a couple of dollars or sometimes free with this you're going to be paying a small fee which here it's around about $5 to $7 now is it worth it 100% because you're going to get faster shipping you're going to be able to speak to zendrop which they speak fluent English which is because they're based in the USA which is amazing with AliExpress you're going to be speaking to suppliers that haven't got the best of English so it's something

called Peace of Mind using a company like zendrop and they've got an amazing refund and return policy as well so you can trust them now what I mean by that is if the product gets arrived to the customer and it doesn't meet the image or the description based on the supplier or it comes faulty Zen drop will refund you money for that now obviously if there is proof hence the customer needs to take proof of the damage on arrival but zendrop has got that satisfaction guarantee where if things arrive wrong they will pay for it

now when you work directly with AliExpress sometimes that never happens so you get peace of mind working with Zen drop also when it comes to sizing charts they are very good so you can see here men sizing chart women sizing chart they are accurate now another amazing thing is you can easily order a sample product by just clicking sample order to make sure that if you want to take videos or photos of the product yourself you can or if you want to check the quality that's also a option now if this is a product that

you want to sell all you got to do is Click add to my products and it's done for you you can see now under my products it's now going to show and it's going to say review and publish all I got to do is Click review and publish and that then gets to my Shopify store now I'm going to be showing you how to set this up on Shopify when I go over the store build later on guys but for now that's pretty much how that bit works now another thing that I really like is

if you can't find the product that you want to sell on Zen drop you can go to where it says request a product and then you can click here start sourcing and just like that it will open up a chat with Zen drop and you can send them an AliExpress link or a link or a photo of a product and their agents can go out there and start looking for that product now we want to go over the different TI of Zen drop and how you can use them at different stages in your journey you've

got the free option here which is what most of you are going to start on then you've got the pro option where you get automated fulfillment so you don't even need to click any buttons it fulfills it all for you then you got unlimited orders you can do custom branding like packaging as well which is really really cool you can request products you've got USA products youve got 247 support and you've also got access to over a million products now the Pro Plan in my opinion is the the best plan to have even as a

beginner because you will get automated fulfillment and you're also going to get custom branding so you already are ahead of most drop shippers because it adds that unique feel and for just $49 a month that is honestly super cheap to do that back in the day or with other suppliers you're looking at spending over $100 to $200 a month then you've got the plus membership at $79 where you get $100 in credit you can do print on demand then you got private product listings where no one else can get them you got access to subscription

boxes product bundles and loads more and you've also got charge back management which I'll cover later but that is very important especially if you're doing high amounts of volume then they also have a high volume drop shipper package which I've got a current subscription on where you've got access to pretty much everything unlimited orders you know prival lied support you've got agents that will negotiate on prices in China for you it's literally the best of the best when it comes to working at a high level now of course this this is where you want to

work towards but at least Zen drop has all of this ready for you now why is this important is because you don't want to be moving from one supplier to another because you know you've gone from doing zero orders to 10 orders and then you know 50 to 100 I got to I got to change from here to here if you can do it all in one place that is the best thing you can do and the fact that Zen drop allows you to do it all through them and do it to a higher level

is very powerful now there are loads of alternatives to Zen drop out there but Zen drop in my opinion has been my favorite for me personally on my own stores and based on my mentoring students and based on my subscribers doing High numbers they've all only ever had good things to do and say about Zen drop when things go wrong they put them right communication's always amazing honesty and transparency is also all the time very good now before we move on to like the higher volume suppliers and agents and 3 PRS you can be using

let's talk about the top EU suppliers now big buy is probably the best out there when it comes to the EU this is big Buy's website when it comes to drop shippers now if you come to the top of their website where says Drop Shipping wholesaler and go to drop shipping service you'll find this page here explaining how they can help you as a dropshipper in the EU now you can create an account for free and look at their inventory now once you've created an account on big buy EU you can go to where it

says catalog and you can look at all the products that they have now big buy EU do have pretty much all the Drop Shipping products that you can think of now the only downside to using Big B EU is it's not free to use you do need to buy a license which can range from a few hundred EUR to around about ,000 so it really depends now if you're looking to sell primarily in the EU because your supplier is based in the EU and you're selling within the EU you know based on tax reasons and

you know efficiency on shipping times it might be the better solution now if you are serious about using big buy EU for your Drop Shipping needs I would recommend that you create an account and you fill out this form because this form will help help them understand your needs so you can see here name country what are you interested in as a drop shipper you're going to put e-commerce what online signing experience do you have put no if you don't do you have any active sales channels you would put yes it would be Shopify so

you click Shopify and then would you like to receive training through big bu Academy I'd put no are you interested in the Drop Shipping Services yes do you have warehousing no and then you click continue then you need to fill out the rest I'm a company I'm self-employed or I'm an individual remember I'd recommend a company structure you'd fill this out and then you'd click create an account then once you guys have done that you can reach out to Big buy and get them to help you with the stock that you're looking to do as

a EU drop shipper now the good thing about big buy EU is it does integrate with Shopify seamlessly so you can Auto fulfill it and stuff like that again the downside is it's not free now there are some other options that I've got here like sync which is based in Hungary which is also very good but in my opinion I still think big buy is the best then if you're looking for Niche suppliers there's a few here that I've given you guys now if you want to find local EU suppliers so let's say you want

to find like super local EU suppliers or super niched EU suppliers then what you can do is you can go to europ Pages a comprehensive directory for EU based businesses and you can search for Drop Shipping and look for them on there you can also go to Alibaba and filter it by Europe for European warehouses or you can go to S ho offers a curated list of reliable Drop Shipping suppliers in the EU market now a few of things that you can do is you can tend trade shows these happen all the time white label

Expo is one of the big ones but there's a lot of them in Germany France and also in other locations or if you really want to probably the easiest way of doing it guys is go to Google type in Drop Shipping supplier and then whatever so if you're trying to sell let's say sportsware you can type in EU sportsware Drop Shipping supplier and then that way you're going to find local Ones based on that or let's say for example I want to sell pet products in Italy I could type in on Google pet Drop Shipping

Italian suppliers or you can use chat gbt tell it what suppliers you're looking for and it will go out there and scroll the rep for you and give you all the relevant links that's probably the best option open up a new chat with chat gbt tell them that you're looking to sell within the EU tell it to go out there and find the list of the most relevant suppliers in which countries and which Niche and it will give you the relevant links now one thing I'm going to say to you guys is if you're going

to use private niched local suppliers then you need to vet them the good thing about big buy EU is they're already vetted they're already trustworthy and they already have amazing ret return and refund policies but if you're going to go the private route then you need to make sure you're vetting them which is request samples check the reviews on trust pilot access Integrations do they have Integrations on Shopify if they don't that's a red flag for me I wouldn't want to work with them inquire about their return policy that is the most important part get

a contract written up because you want to make sure that your ins shed as the drop shipper now we're on to stage two of the Drop Shipping fulfillment method so you've gone from a beginner now to stage two where you're starting to scale you're now doing between 50 and 200 orders per week now increase efficiency through automation while testing more products and refining marketing strategies now Zen drop can still be used for this section so you know Zen drop does support scaling it'll be their Pro Plan they offer bulk fulfillment they'll handle multiple orders seamlessly

they also offer branding Drop Shipping with packaging and custom labels and they do offer express shipping for delivery faster with priority shipping now the point that I'm trying to make is when you're on this stage you can still use Zen drop but I'd recommend that you go to their third plan which is the $79 plan to make sure that you can get all of this done for you and it's going to be seamless now we're going to transition to stage three which is the advanced fulfillment once a single product consistently reaches 1,000 orders per month

consider transitioning to Ecom Ops for enhanced fulfillment capabilities now to be able to do this remember at the advanced stage that means you're going to be doing 200 orders per week the key partner for this is going to be Ecom Ops now this is the Ecom ops website and I'm only recommending companies and services to you guys that I've actually used myself now there is loads of videos on YouTube of me using these guys and I'll even show you on the screen some of the orders I've done with them I've done some huge numbers with

these guys now the benefit of using them is they are the leading Fulfillment company in China now the benefits of using them is you're going to get 5 to 8 day shipping times it's going to be 90% less cash tied in inventory you're going to get 1 to 3 months faster to go to the market and you're going to get 50% lower worldwide shipping costs you're also going to get access to the global market with really fast shipping times as shown here now you're probably thinking why is it important to get my costs down when

I scale now when you scale as a Drop Shipping guess what you make less money so when you scale on Facebook Tik Tok your margins will TI typically drop but your volume will go up so the other one will pull your money up now if your costs are too expensive you're going to even them out so even though volumes going up your costs are going up so then they even out so it's extremely important that you have something like this in place at that stage because it would reduce the cost so that when the volume

goes up you're still making an increase in profit now the great news is they do integrate with Shopify very seamless as well which is absolutely Ely amazing now the great thing is they offer multiple Services order fulfillment fulfillment by Merchant which you don't need to worry about Factory relations inventory warehousing and crowdfunding fulfillment if you need to raise money now in my opinion guys once you get to this stage just contact them they're very easy to work with very nice people and they will help you out and you don't need to feel like you're stuck

in a contract with them you can just reach out to them for free and see if it's the right decision for you but I definitely think when you get to this stage you should work with somebody like Ecom Ops because they are designed for large scale fulfillment in my opinion I think this is when you should transfer from Zen drop to Ecom Ops in my opinion based on my own experience now Ecom Ops is a trusted 3pl solution which stands for third party Logistics they handle large inventory fulfillment and global Shipping now some of the

benefits guys are is FAS of fulfillment inventory management scalability and cost Effectiveness now let's talk about stage four which is now you're considered a pro drop shipper you're doing 3,000 orders per month now you want to fully transition over to Ecom or a similar 3pl provider for all operations now when you're in stage three you might be doing half Zen drop half Ecom Ops but at this stage you should be fully transitioned over to Ecom Ops because at Pro level fulfillment they're going to offer you comprehensive service for inventory storage same day fulfillment they're going

to be doing seamless orders on Shopify they're going to be doing custom branding packaging they can even make adjustments to the product if you want to add an adjustment to the product you have a full wides scale with them at that stage and you're also going to get a dedicated account manager that looks after the whole operation now what I've done for you guys to make life even easier is I've created a table to explain when you should start to transition and who you should move to you can see here Order volume versus Milestone 0

to 50 stay with Zen drop 5050 to 20 Zen drop is completely fine 200 orders plus a week then you need to transition to Ecom Ops and then at 3,000 orders a month you should be fully integrated with Ecom Ops and it goes over the key actions for each one of these stages just to make it easy and summarized for you now I want to give you guys a comprehensive guide to handling returns and refunds as a drop shipper so number one you need to establish clear policies having a clear accessible return and refund policy

is what's going to build trust with you and the customer and it's also going to protect you from any issues now the key elements to include is a return window specify how many days a customer has to initiate the return usually it's 14 to 30 days that is industry standard now condition for a return item State the item must be unused in original packaging and include all components by you making sure you have that in place if they only have half of that the refund or return is voided shipping cost clearly mention if the customers

are responsible for returns of shipping costs so either you pay or they pay but you need to make it very clear usually you should pay or the supplier should pay now exceptions outline any items that are non-refundable for example sale items are usually non-refundable in my opinion or clothing is non-refundable as well now processing time indicate how long it will take for the process of refunds and exchange to take so that the customer knows what to do now what I'm going to say is you should establish your policies based on your supplier so a lot

lot of this is going to be based on what your supplier has in place so if you're going to be using Zen drop you need to speak to them and say what is my refund or return policy for this product I know for each product it's slightly different so you need to reach out to them and then you can adjust it based on their saying so they might say you got 30 days they might say oh 60 days because if it's an electronical product you get longer so these are some examples where you might need

to change it based on what your supplier has told you now two is options for handling returns now either the customer covers the return of shipping which is the cost now you need to instruct the customer to ship items back at their own expense now the address should either be a PO Box a virtual address to protect your privacy obviously that's very very important or it should be returned to the supplier address so there's two options here they either send it back to your virtual or PO box or they send it directly back to the

supplier if the supplier is allowed to do that so again you need to speak to your supplier if it's Zen drop ask them if it is a return do I need to send it to you directly what is the plan if you have to get it sent back to a po. box first and then send it back to Zen drop then that might be the case so it would be a three-way trip back to the PO box that you've got then back to Zen drop it's down to whatever they tell you now if you're looking

for a good virtual address or PO box then this is the company that I've always used it's called anytime mailbox if you go to Solutions you want to use something called virtual mailbox box and then you want to go to where it says get a virtual mailbox and then you can choose where in the world you want your virtual mailbox again it depends where you live if you live in the US you're going to need a us one if you're going to live in the UK you're obviously going to need a UK one because remember

if you then have to then send it back to Zen drop or your supplier you need to be able to access this mailbox now this can range from $10 a month to around about $100 a month it just depends on the location and the size but it's definitely important to have at a later stage and if you're very serious about Drop Shipping you should have it quite early on now option three is keep the item and issue a full refund if the customer is unhappy due to a mistake on your end considering offering them a

full refund and letting them keep the item at the end of the day if it's your fault for a reason of it not being good because you've set the expectation incorrectly if you've put on your website you know your product does something that it clearly doesn't do or you're really exaggerating what your product offers and their expectations are not met it's your fault at the end of the day you should be liable for refunding them the full amount and letting them keep the product because the last thing that you want them to do is comment

on all your Facebook ads you know go on a trust pilot and give you a bad review because you know you've given them a bad product so it's really important that when you go wrong you just take the you know you take it on the chin and you move on and it should be a mistake that you learn from and you don't allow going forward and that's why it's super important to make sure that your expectations of your product and what it does and how it works is very clear and accurate because if it isn't

you're going to have a lot of issues now option four is reuse the return items for high volume stores with storage capabilities inspect return items for quality and just reuse it at the end of the day if you're doing large numbers you can just reuse returned items as long as they're fine now the last thing that I want to touch on is using AI tools for automated responses now what I will say is you can use apps like tidio Tido which I'll show you later to create AI chat so if somebody comes to your store

I want to refund the AI bot will reply on how to deal with the refund what are the policies what are the procedures so you can integrate AI chat Bots to your store to manage this a lot more efficiently which I'll teach you guys later on now the next thing that I want to talk about is the tips of managing returns efficiently you need to negotiate with your suppliers about partial refunds discounts on Replacements long-term business relationships to secure better terms quality insurance what are the quality insurance highlight known issues in your product if you

keep getting the same issues with your products it's your suppliers manufacturer that is the problem you need to tell them they need to fix it you need to categorize your returns custom error wrong size color preference you know damaged item incorrect product shipping issue lost or delayed packages you know have documentation and maintain a detailed log of returns to track Trends and identify reoccurring issues so that's how you deal with returns and refunds guys those are the things that you really need to take into consideration but the most most important thing is you need to

communicate with your supplier on what their policies are and I'm also going to show you guys how to integrate an AI chat to help you manage any queries on doing refunds and returns but with that being said guys that's this module done welcome guys to module 4 of the free course for Drop Shipping in 2025 now module 4 is going to be the longest most complex part of the free course because this part is all about building your Shopify store your brand identity and building the apps that are necessary to help you increase your average

order value keeping customers happy and retention so guys the first thing that we're going to want to do is we're going to want to come to the Ecom King store.com now this is my own AI Builder that I've designed for Shopify this is our own inhouse AI Builder now this isn't being done like these other gurus where they all use the same company but they white label it and they call it AI it's all fake BS now this is real generative AI by the way we're going to be using this to give us the foundation

now I'm not saying it's going to give us the final product but it's definitely going to help us build a solid foundation for us to then build on now it's completely free to use this guys it costs nothing to use the AI Builder by myself so all you need to do is come here go to where it says get started and then it will take us onto this onboarding process you can see here step one create a store so all we need to do is scroll down click create a store and then you're going to

see my Shopify page come up here where it says Cil s invites you to start your 3-day free trial and and enjoy three months of Shopify for $1 a month so basically guys using my exclusive link with the AI Builder you're going to be getting three months of Shopify for $3 so $1 per month for 3 months equals three so you're going to get 90 days of Shopify for $3 which is insane so all you need to do is add your email here and by using these links guys it's just a nice gesture towards me

giving you guys all this free viable content because I will get a kickback so click Start free trial and then it'll take you to this page where you can either log in with your existing account or you can create an account on shopall if you've never made one before now in this case I've already got an account so I'm just going to enter my password but if you haven't ever made an account you need to create one now once you've done that it should take you to a screen like this and what you want to

do is you want to put I don't want help setting up now once you've done that it's going to take you to a page like this which is your Shopify dashboard and we can go back to the AI Builder step-by-step process and click next and now we're on step two which is accessing the scope so we need to scroll down which you can see the following step steps what you want to do is go back to your Shopify dashboard go to settings in the bottom left go to where it says apps and sales Channel go

to where it says developer apps then go to where it says allow custom app development and then go to where it says allow custom app development again and then you want to go to where it says create an app and you're going to want to call the app name store generator and then click create app then you're going to want to go to where it says configure admin API Scopes and then what you're going to want to do is you're going to want to make sure you check every single one of these boxes now guys

there is quite a few of these it's a bit of a tedious task to do but it'll be worth it in the end so just make sure you select all of these check marks you cannot leave any of them unchecked so once you've got them all checked there should be 137 you want to hit save then once you've done that you should see under overview install app you want to hit install app then you want to click install and then it's going to say admin API access token reveal token once you want to reveal it

and you want to make sure you keep this somewhere safe you don't want to lose it and you always want to keep it safe so put it somewhere in like a document and lock it but this is really important now once you've got that come back to the AI Builder go to where it says access token and paste it here and then where it says store username we need to go back to Shopify and you can see your store username under my store copy that go back and paste your store name here and then where

it says email add the same email you use to create your Shopify store and then click submit now if that has been done correctly it will say while done please press next if you've done it incorrectly it will not allow you to go to the next step now something that I want to make very clear is allowing us to create a custom app on your store just means that we can do the AI generation for building your store there's no way the AI can work without having access to a custom app so that's the reason

why we have to do this and remember this is to set up the foundation to save you a lot of time with your store now this is completely safe to use and we don't have access to anything that's malicious we don't do any of that stuff now we've also had this checked by a few Shopify staff and they absolutely love it and they have nothing bad to say about it so you can rest assure that we've got over 3,000 users using this and no one's had any issues with that being said guys click next and

then it's going to say Shopify subscription so this is where we need to select a free trial so once you come back to Shopify just get off this page and in the top you should see select a plan to get three months for $1 so click select the plan the only plan that you guys need is the basic plan so make sure you go for basic and then click select the basic now it's completely up to you guys whether you want to switch to yearly to save money or you want to keep with monthly it's

completely down to you if you're looking to do this longterm like and you're serious I would recommend that you do the yearly option if you're looking just to test the waters take it off and just do monthly and then proceed with your payment method which for me is going to be credit card and debit card so now you guys can see I've added my payment method I also want you guys to check in the top right you can see here1 X3 or $1 X3 months which means I'm getting that trial and offer where you get

three months for $3 now of course if you've watched this video in let's say 8 months time from when I've released it the offer could change the offer always changes but for now guys you get $3 for 3 months which is absolutely amazing now with that done guys let's click subscribe the amount that's going to be taken now will be just $1 or1 now the reason why we have to select a subscription guys is because if you don't you cannot get access to Features where you need to get access to so you can't add apps

you can't do any of that you can't even publish your store without a password so you need to make sure you have a subscription now once you've done that you can go back to the AI build and click submit and if you have definitely picked a Shopify plan you can see it shows that I've picked the basic plan you can then proceed now this is where we can start customizing our store based on AI now depending on the niche that you've gone for you might want to select the one that you've already got now for

me my Niche is more similar to the fitness and gym so I'm going to select that and the color that I'm going to want to go for is black so I'm going to click build my store and just like that guys you're going to get a little animation showing you how long is estimated till your store has has been built and it will even tell you what's happening so like right now the Ecom King theme is being installed to your Shopify store now the reason why we're going to be using this guys because the AI

build is going to create the landing page for us we just need to change images and text it's going to give us the nice layout we want though it's also going to create us those refund policy Pages privacy policy Pages without us having to do them and it's just going to do the nitty-gritty parts that we don't want to do it's also actually going to add five winning products to your store and it's going to make images for those and also make the page but again we're just going to be using it for a foundation

for now which will save us a lot of time now something else that I want to say guys as this is getting built live with you is that the AI store Builder that I've made will keep changing over time so some stuff might look different now there might be a stage where you don't even need to embed the custom app anymore because you can just download the Ecom AI app through Shopify but there will be lots of changes made and if you come to the top left you can see it says version 101 if you

go to Patches it will show you the changes that were made with with the AI Builder we're just looking to make this better and better all the time there we go guys your store is ready we're going to click next and now you can see it says here you can go onto your Shopify store disabled password if we go to online store we go to preferences we can now turn off the password so if you scroll down where it says restricted password you can click save we can go back to the AI build and click

next and now you can create a Zen drop account now remember guys I recommend Zen drop as the supplier when you're starting out so click create a Zen drop account then we can fill out the information and click next or if you don't want to create your Zen drop account now and you want to do it later just click skip this step and just like that guys we've successfully created our AI store using the AI Builder and if you haven't already joined the Ecom King Vault you can now go to the Ecom King Vault so

just by creating your AI store with myself you can now access the Vault so it's super cool to be able to do that and of course the Ecom King vault is where I do my boot camps where I give away $50 to $100,000 each time and I do exclusive free course inside of there and I do weekly calls and there's a private Community inside of there so the Ecom King vault is a must if you want to be successful long term now with that being said guys we've done the AI store Builder now so we

can close this page down so guys once you've used the AI Builder under online store you'll see themes and you should see Ecom King theme with some products loaded up now to save myself some time I've deleted all the products that was added to my store and I've just kept the theme completely basic now it's up to you guys if you if you want to keep the products delete them it's all down to you now the first thing that I am going to do is download Zen drop we did miss out doing it during the

AI Builder just to save some time but I'm going to download it now so go to apps go to apps and sales channels go to Shopify App Store and we want to search for Zen drop so guys once your account has been created you want to go to find products and you want to add your product or you want to Source it so basically what we're doing now is just adding our product from Zen drop to our store once your store is connected and it shows your store then obviously once you import the product it

will get put into the Shopify dashboard now of course if your store has been linked correctly like this once you import the product it will get pushed to Shopify and you're using Zen drop as the supplier now remember this is the product that I want so you can see here I can click add to my products and then under my products it should now show it here I'm going to cck review and publish for now guys you can just leave everything as it is go to variant because my product is a variant-based product I just

want to make sure that all the variants that I want are here me person Al I don't want certain variants like blue I just want the black one so I'm just going to do that so you guys can see I'm only selecting the black variant and then I'm going to click publish to my store now once you've done that it should say connection status linked if we go back to Shopify go to the products we should see the product now show up underneath products so now you can see it here showing up which means Zen

drop has successfully linked it to our store if we go to online store themes we can go and customize the Ecom King theme now what I want you guys to do is come to the homepage scrw down to where it says featured products click products change and select the product that we just added and then it should show up like this you want to then click on the product and now it will take you to the product page and your product page should be in this formation now this is the base formation where obviously you're

going to add to this make it way better but you get an idea of the rough formation we're going to get now once that's all ready we can now do The Branding the color palettes the brand kits and everything to make this look good now this is basically just the initial setup so now what we need to do is we need to go to chat gbt you need to go to where it says explore gbt and you're going to want to search for Branding now once you search for Branding you should see one called branding

gbtm and it should look like this with this Icon by this person here once you've done that this is where we're going to start messaging the gbt now before we can give the gbt a prompt I need you to go to Google and search for your product so I've typed in he advest and now you're going to see loads of Google ads coming up for your product now with these Google ads we want to look for competitive that have really nice looking stores usually it's the ones that aren't Amazon links or Walmart links you can

see this one called polyware if I click on this you can see that it's a private store on Shopify and the store is relatively nice so I can bookmark this one if I go back to the ads again there's one called toaster body I can look at this one the product page is actually pretty good so again I can bookmark this one I go back to Google and go through this again there's one called Heaton this one's not bad but it's definitely not what I want now if I scroll down on the the organic listings

anything that lists at the top organically like this one here is also a good one so if I scroll down this is the exact same jacket arm styling and their landing page is also really really nice so I can bookmark them as well now once you found a few of your competitors that are big have really nice looking stores that's what we want to do because at the end of the day we're not here to you know come up with something new we're looking to take what already works and what looks nice and make some

slight changes in our own unique take on it and by having three solid ref es of other stores is going to help us throughout this whole journey you can see I said to the gbt I'm selling this product come up with the brand name ideas with the store extension so it's important that you put dot store extension because that's the domain name that we're going to go with and I'll explain the reason why in the next few moments now the link that I sent it was from one of my competitors companies and you can see

that it generated some titles now the titles that it generated me I wasn't over the moon with them so I scrolled down and typed in incorporate the heater jacket into The Branding I want the brand name to really reference the product then it came back and it gave me these ones heat Heaven heat jacket thero style and I like thero style a lot because Thermo and style obviously go together style is something you can wear Thermo is the technology so I really like that one so then I said to it now make me a logo

for Therma style and then it made me this logo now this isn't the logo that I'm going to want guys I just wanted it to give me an idea of what could look good now what could look good is this which is a jacket inside of a heat flame now the execu ution is really bad but the idea is really good I hope that makes sense chat gbt is not the best at making logos because they give you these horrible looking cartoony ones but I like the idea now we've got our brand name which is

Thermo style we've got an idea of what we want the logo to look like so now we can buy the domain name so guys in terms of getting our domain name we want to go to store. domains make sure you use my link for this so you can get it for 99 literally you're going to get do a main name for 99 cents instead of $15 so what you want to do you can see ww.you name. store so we need to get our name which is thero style come back here and paste it in so

ww. thost style. store click buy now so guys once you've done that you can see that the price is showing you $23 or £23 but if you look on the right you can see here if you use this code here store99 you will get it for 99 this is my domain name that I want I'm going to click add to car then I'm going to click proceed and now you can see with the actual coupon code added now it's around about $5 but that's because it's got privacy protection turned off if you turn that off

you can see it then goes all the way down to 99 so if you don't want privacy protection which is basically this then you can get it for 99 but personally I want privacy so I'm going to keep it on which just means I need to pay an extra $5 which is still cheaper then if you to do it through Shopify so it's super recommended now you might be thinking what's the benefit of having a store domain over a store domain organically ranks better when somebody searches for your brand name with a store domain at

the end it typically ranks higher in the search engine you can also get between 20 and 30% cheaper ad costs because for some reason paid advertisers prefer the store. doain extension for Ecom Brands so there's a lot of benefits to using it and it just also sounds better if you hear something like Theros style. store you know you're going to buy something because it's a store instead of a do com so you get the intentions right from the start when people look to buy from your store now with that being said guys let's place the

order so guys once you've bought your D domain name from store domains you can go to where it says manage orders and go to list search and orders then you should see your domain name and you should click on that and then it'll open up this portal here which will help us connect it now to Shopify so if we go back to Shopify I'd always recommend that you have two Shopify open one for the editor and one for the dashboard go to where it says settings in the bottom left go to where it says domains

go to where it says connect existing domain type in your domain here click next then it says update DNS records so this is super easy guys we just got to change the DNS record and the C name to these values here and we're all good so if you go over to where it says name servers now if you go to the right hand side here you can see it says DNS management click DNS management then click it here where it says manage DNS so you can see the first thing we need to do is do

a a type so if we go back here click add a record it's going to say host name you can see that the host name is going to be at then the TT is 60 minutes now this is going to be 3,600 then it's going to give you this new new value here just click copy paste it here and click add record then the next one you want to do is go to where it says cname records click add a new C name type in the host name here this one's going to be ww then

where it says value you want to change it to this one here which is the bottom one and click paste where it says shops. myshopify.com and click add record then once you've done both of those guys click verify now guys once you've done that it should now say verifying now this can take 24 to 48 hours but if you have any issues feel free to out to store domains they will assist you and get it sorted ASAP now again it can take between 24 and 48 hours so don't panic as long as you've done everything

correctly as Shopify tells you there's nothing to worry about now we're waiting for the domain to verify we can move on to the branding so now we've done the domain guys and the boring stuff we can get on to the fun part which is building the store and The Branding so remember when this gbt gave us this logo idea we're going to want to use that as a reference and obviously for me to get this logo I just asked to make me a logo so once we've done that guys we're going to want to come

to this website called Deep ai.org machine learning model to text images so it's the AI image generator so I've put make me a logo of a gay in a flame then you want to put HD and you want to put quality over speed then you want to hit generate here so guys I put make me a logo of a jacket in a flame I used HD quality and it made this image for me now what I want to say to you guys is this image is really cool and really nice now you might have to

mess around with the prompt slightly change it I had to change it around about three times before I got this type of image if you're not happy with the style click view all styles if it's giving you a too realistic image remember you want this to look a little bit cartoony because it's going to represent a logo you can just change it to illustration or logo or cartoon and it will make it less humany now this is perfect for what I'm trying to do so what I can do now is download the image and just

like that guys we've got a custom logo design now this isn't the logo we're obviously going to have to add to this but this is a great sty so now the next thing we're going want to do is open up canva remember canva is my best friend then you're going to want to go to the search bar and type in logo then go to where it says create a blank logo in the bottom left then we're going to want to go to elements in the top left then we're going to want to go to uploads

in the top left go to where it says upload files downloads and we're going to upload that download we just did so now we've uploaded that image now we can click it and now we got it added to the timeline so now what we can do is we can click on it click where it says background remover so now we've got a image without the background which is nice the only downside to this is it's slightly a little bit blurry so we're going to want to go all the way down to where it says image

upscaler which is one of the apps on canver go to 4X and click upscale and just like that guys the image is now in 4k and it looks a lot better than it did before less blurry a lot more higher resolution so now we've got the graphic done on our logo so what we can now do is we can actually add the text if we go to text go to add a heading we can drop this in now what we're going to do is we're going to add our brand name here so it's called Therma

style so just like that done now what I'm going to do is I'm going to put a big space in the middle and what I'm going to do is I'm actually going to shrink this and put it just in the middle in between that text now personally I don't like the way this looks with the text and the logo going through the middle sometimes it looks nice sometimes it doesn't so for now guys I'm actually just going to scrap this all we needed was the high resolution logo so now we've made it into high resolution

we can download this now separately and it will make sense in a minute why we're doing this guys at the end of the day we do need a graphic logo not just a text logo so this is super important so once you've resized this made it big enough you want to download it as a PNG transparent because again this now is the 4K version of our graphic logo now once you've done that guys you just want to go back to the canva homepage then you're going to go back to the search bar and you're going

to type in brand kit now brand kits are super important and this is what a brand kit looks like it basically shows you everything to do with your branding and we all have to make one because throughout doing everything on your Drop Shipping Store and your actual e-commerce store it's going to make a lot of sense now I'd recommend that you click a brand kit that you like the look of now for me personally I like the look of this one here so I'm going to click it I'm actually going to click customize template now

the reason why a brand kit is so important guys is because it gives you an identity to your brand remember we're not just doing Drop Shipping we're trying to become a brand now this is the look and feel that you want to give your audience so you can see here there's the logo I actually really like this font for my brand so I'm actually going to just copy and paste it into my brand so you can see now thero style is that logo now I can actually delete this other stuff underneath it it doesn't need

to be needed so I can now replace that in the middle I actually really like thero Star looking like that and then basically where you've got this option of it being upside down I really like that as well so I'm just going to change that like this make it bigger delete that text there make the font slightly smaller now I really like my logo on the side angle profile it's a very common thing to do these days with branding and it looks really nice with my logo so I'm happy with that now the next thing

I need to do is I need to delete this section here and what I need to do is I need to upload the symbol version of my logo so if you go back to uploads you're now going to see the 4K version here you're just going to drag it over and you're going to basically put this there and just like that guys we've got the symbol version now the reason why I chose this branet is cuz I actually like the color palette the color palette is what will be used on your website it'll be what's

used on your image ads now the only color that I'm going to change is this one here because I want to incorporate an orange color into my branding so I'm actually going to change it to a custom orange so let's make it a little bit darker I'm happy with that orange I just need to get the hex code now which is this one here e hyen which is the hashtag and then the number I need to change this now to the correct one because remember these are the hex codes for each color so that when

we go to Shopify we can match it with the color palette on here now where it says individual fonts I really like these fonts here so I'm going to keep them I'm just going to change it to Brand fonts instead and then where it says brand strategy we're going to change this to about us so where it says about us we need to go back to that gbt model scroll down and I basically said make me an about us for my website thermost style and you can see here about us at thermost style so now

it's actually made an about us so I'm just going to copy this first part of the paragraph go back to canver and paste it in there so there we go about thermost style now where it says mood board we're going to change this to target audience and now we're going to change these images with images that are actually meant to be our target audience so let's delete these then we're going to want to go down to where it says photos and we're going to want to search for our target audience now fishing people is part

of my target audience so I'm going to want to grab an image of a Fisher and place it in here and I'm going to want to move this and resize it so that you can clearly see he's a fisherman now the next one's going to be skiing so I'm going to type in skiing now I've got an image of a skier I'm going to put it in the next one I'm going to make this one slightly bigger then on the next one I'm going to type in hiking as the next one so you can see

we got fisherman skier and hiker now you might be wondering why we're spending time doing this this is honestly going to save us a lot of time in the future and help us so the whole point is we stick to this brand identity this is our identity we don't change it we stick to it because if you don't stick to it people won't remember you now doesn't matter what you do how you do it when you incorporate this into marketing like video ads image ads we use the same style throughout now the reason why it's

important to put your target market at the bottom is because we need to remind ourselves who we're trying to sell our products to these are the people that we're trying to sell our products to now when I visually see it it helps me understand more than writing it down the reason why we put the about us here is because if we share this brand kit with a chat gbt model or we share it with another AI tool it can understand our brand very quickly so we don't just create this for ourselves we create this for

other people whether it be Freelancers we work with where we want them to make us stuff we send them this they know exactly what they need to do if we work with an AI model and we want it to understand our brand it knows it straight away knows what colors logos that we use so it's just going to help us a lot in the future and of course now so once you've done that guys you just want to download this and we're ready to go so guys now we've done The Branding and the logo we

can now add it to our store and start editing the whole store with our brand colors Etc so the first thing that we're going to want to do is go to theme settings styling and then you're going to see your brand colors and obviously we need to change these to the ones that we did on the brand kit all right guys now I've updated these colors here you can see on the left hand side I've updated all the right colors now we need to update the typography to make sure it matches with our branding so

our headlines should be Anton so if you type on Anton here it should come on now because my font isn't available on Shopify I need to download it and upload it to the file section so underneath content files I need to download it and upload it here so you can see under Google fonts Anton exists which is this one here so all I need to now do is get font download all click download go back to the Shopify file section upload files Anton zip click open and now my file has been uploaded and it should

now be available for me to use here so if I click save and refresh it should now show my file so guys when you upload the fonts if they're not available like mine wasn't available which was called Anton you go to the files you get the exact name of the file so Anton regular or you can copy the link come here and paste it and then it will update your font to the correct font you should see the font genuinely change then the body font for me was quicksands and quick Sands is available on Shopify

so now the font and the colors have been changed perfectly now if we keep scrolling down you're going to see favon favon the little image on the bookmarks on the Google's tabs it's important to have it so make sure you select image and make sure you upload the image of your logo so the logo image is this one here so this is the one I need to upload and click open and then I can click done so now that's pretty much all The Branding done on the store we just need to add our logo now

now that's pretty much the styling done on the store so all we need to now do is go to where it says navbar come to the right hand side section and you're going to see logo logo mobile and Logo desktop the good thing about this theme is it gives you the option for mobile and desktop because they're both not designed for the same aspect ratio obviously this is mobile this is desktop so by having those options it will make your store look a lot nicer on either platform now I do recommend that we carry on

editing the store in Mobile because that's where the majority of our traffic is going to come so if we go back to logo mobile and click select click add image we're going to upload our logo we made now I've just uploaded my logo it's very small and it's on a black background so I'm going to go back up to the top and change the background color to dark and now you can see that it's updated the color of of the logo background which is perfect so now I can increase the size I wouldn't have the

logo mobile height any bigger than 34 I would recommend that you keep it at 34 guys and that's what it looks like now with my logo I think it looks really really nice and professional so now we can click save now I've changed my logo to be in the center so make sure it's always in the center now you can see here it says with search I'm going to keep mine simple I have the search bar turned off on the mobile version personally as I'm only selling a few products I don't need to search button

now we can change the desktop version upload the logo again but on the desktop version click done now we can change the size of the logo on the desktop I don't usually go over 50 so yeah I'm going to keep mine at 50 and I like the way mine looks so I'm not going to make any adjustments or changes so I'm going to click save now if we switch back to the mobile version guys that's that bit done looks really nice and professional now the next thing we need to do is the announcement bar now

the announcement bar is the section at the very top and now if you come back to the left hand section again you're going to see a drop down now because the announcement has three announcements now we only want one so we're going to delete two of them and have one left now if we click on that announcement we can change the text here so now I've changed mine to say free shipping worldwide sale 40% off then you're going to see links here I actually delete the link I don't want a link so make sure mine's

turned off and then I'm going to click save now your announcement bar should be your offer with a free shipping so mine is obviously free shipping worldwide and then a sale which is 40% off those are usually the best ones to have on on the announcement bar and you should always change these to the latest thing so if it's like Black Friday or Valentine's Day update it to the local event what's happening because that's the best way to keep your audience interacted with you now the next thing I want you guys to do is select

the product section here and it should show on the far right product template now we are going to want to change a few of these so you can see here where it says show vendor we're going to turn that off show SKU turn that off you want to make sure that show Dynamic buttons is turned on just in case you enable PayPal or Apple pay it's important to have those turned on and then once we've adjusted those guys we can click save so the next part we're going to start working on is the copyrighting and

the images now I want to give you guys a quick analogy you can have the nicest house in the world you can buy a fancy looking Mansion but if the interior is disgusting or horrible the Mansion is no longer nice so the point I'm trying to make is we've got this really nice beautiful theme the Ecom King theme with the AI building things are starting to look really nice on this store but the problem is if we upload really bad quality images copyrighting Etc to the store it's no longer going to look nice so the

point I'm trying to make is we can have this really nice theme but if we're only adding horrible looking logos images it's not going to look nice so we're now going to be spending most of our time building out the images the copyrighting which again is going to be a long intensive part but it'll be worth it because once you start building up the theme it's all going to come together now for the copyrighting guys I want you to go back to chat gbt go to where it says explore gbt to again and go and

open up landing page copywriter this will do it all for us now I've sent this prompt please make the landing page copy based on these sites my brand name is Theros style these are my competitors so I'm telling the gbt that these are my competitors this is my brand name rewrite their copy but include my brand name so now it WR out this copywriting that I can use obviously on my store for certain sections now the thing that I noticed is they didn't actually add my market audience or my target audience so now I put

now address my target market which are winter sports fishing hikers and campers so now if we look at the copy it's a lot more directed to those people which is really important because if we're going to be targeting these people on paid ads like for your next ski resort holiday make sure you have this but then on our landing page it doesn't say anything about skiers or fishes we're going to make them think that they're in the wrong place so we have to keep that up throughout the copy so that's why I wanted to make

sure I added those people in to my copy and again if I look at my competitors they don't really talk about the target market the sites look pretty they look good but guess what they don't talk about the target market now something that I need to do cuz I'm in the UK guys is go back to the Shopify dashboard and change the currency from British pounds to USD now you might be thinking why is it important to change it to USD that's where the majority of the Market's going to be for me which is America

and Canada so I want to charge in USD it's up to you if you're going to be selling locally in the UK or Europe change it to Euro if not keep it to USD now the next thing I need to do is come up with a product name because the one they've given me is obviously terrible so go back to Shopify go to products go to the product delete the name of the product now I've called my product men's classic thermost style vest so I've Incorporated my brand name to keep up with The Branding obviously

to call that my target market for this product which is men called it classic and obviously a vest or I can call it gay but for now I've keeped it vest and I can click save don't give your products boring names and try and incorporate your brand name into them because that way again it's going to help with your branding it's going to feel less like a Drop Shipping Store and more like a brand and if we just go back to the product page and look at the product name here and I refresh it it's

already going to make a huge difference on the perception visually so if we look now it already looks a lot more professional just by me calling it this name now the next thing we need to do is delete the whole description because we don't need that we're going to actually change it later on and now the next thing we're also going to want to do is delete the images that we feel like are no good so I believe that image is no good that image is no good that image is no good that image is

no good the close-up shots here are good so I'm going to keep those uh and I'm going to delete these ones here so guys it's worth deleting the photos that aren't good I'm still going to delete all these photos as well but for now I'm going to keep them till I replace them now I need to go down to where it says variant I need to start messing around with this now color options there is only one color which is black so I can delete blue and click done and then when it comes to sizes

I don't like the style that they've done it in they've done small medium large extra large double extra large three extra large four extra large I'm just going to change it to the usual which is s Al for large and then for extra large it's XL and then extra extra large and then we're going to do extra extra extra large and we'll leave it at that we don't need the rest of them so I'm happy with that make sure that your variant image matches the actual variant so mine's black and only comes in Black so

I'm going to keep it there so your product price guys is super important now so it should be a minimum of $30 margin so if I'm buying it for $5 I sell it for 30 I make $30 so I'm going to put here my cost of goods to buy it and sell it and ship it is going to be £30 or $30 so I'm going to want to sell this at $99.99 and then I'm going to click save now I'm going to go back to the gbt that did the copyrighting and I'm going to get

this short overview here I'm going to copy it go back to Shopify product page here and paste it in here and then I'm going to click save now if I refresh the product page here it should be updated so guys that's what the product page is looking like right now we still need to make a lot more adjustments but now if we go underneath details you can see that that short bio has been added there we're going to come back to this later now guys we've done the majority of the actual structure we just need

to fill it in now so let's now go and make some nice looking images to fill this in with so guys when it comes to the product photography we need to look at our competitors again and look at all of them and think what do we need to add and what have they missed out so for example this is the biggest competitor they've gone for more lifestyle imagery which is where people have worn it and it looks cool Etc so that's the type of images they've gone for they've gone for a few close-up images like

this that actually are really really really nice so these images are really cool then if we look at another competitor they've gone for video shots and again livestyle shots the only difference is is somebody wearing it which we can easily do ourselves so same old same old then the last competitor has gone for the generic images of them with text so the image and then got text but these are all blurry images which is really really really bad so we're going to do a mixture of this a mixture of Lifestyle photos for our store now

you might be thinking well how am I going to get this imagery how am I going to get this on my store that's a very good question so what we're going to do is we need to find a competitor selling the exact same product as us or a alternative that is literally the same now a lot of these stores like this they are just private label white label stores of the same products that we're selling the only difference is they have a logo on theirs we don't now from what I've seen this gay that this

gentleman's wearing is the same as what we've got the only difference is it's got their brand name just underneath the little power button now what we're going to do is we're going to use AI to remap this so it's actually going to be a custom person wearing the same gay so that's what we're going to do now so I'm going to download these images I'm even going to download this image as well guys now by the way we're not copying we're not stealing or anything because we're going to remake it using AI again this can't

work unless the images are similar or the product is similar even these images here are really nice so I'm going to download them these close-up shots like this one as well I'm going to download I'm also going to download this one then we're going to go off and use my favorite tool at the moment free pick AI Suite we're going to go to the AI tools and we're going to go to image generator then where you got image generator you want to go to remagine you're going to want to go to upload upload file and

we're going to upload the file of the gentleman wear in it then click use image then you want to make sure that the imagination is vivid now once that PR been automatically done based on the image we're going to click reimagine and just like that guys we've got our own custom model shot wearing the gay now one thing I'd be very very careful about is when you're doing this guys just make sure that the product that they've remade is more accurate obviously if you look at these four shots if you look at how many lines

there are on the gay or the vest there's not many where that that one's got more so you need to find the one that's the most accurate to yours if there isn't just click reimagine again or click subtle and click reimagine now these have come out actually a lot better and I think this one here I think these have actually come out a lot better and I'd actually say that this gentleman here on the far right I'd actually say that these have come out even better and now I'd say the image of this gentleman here

is the most accurate to my product so we can actually use this now this is slightly blurry so what I'm going to want to do is underneath the export button you're going to see upscale click upscale and you're going to want to click non 4K upscale so that's going to upscale that image into 4K so it gets rid of the blurriness so you can see here now in the bottom left it's upscaling that's before that's after and it looks really really good so now I can download this image that's one of our custom images ready

now although it's got a little bit of random W in here we can get rid of that really easily in Cana and in other editors so I'm not going to worry about that for now now I've actually done a few more guys so you can see here this is the first one that I did of the guy looking forward and that's the one that I like the most so I'm going to use that one and then I also got one of an older gentleman and I actually liked one of these here the most so I've

also took that one as well so those are my custom lifestyle shots that I've got now that I can actually use for my own store and I upscale them all in 4k now something else that I've done is I've gone to photo room and I've basically used AI backgrounds to basically fill this out so I'm going to show you how to do this again if you go to select photo in photo room you select the photo you can now see that it's been selected you go to backgrounds you go to AI backgrounds and then it's

going to start generating them based on what they think this gentleman's doing so the ones that work the best are obviously mounting so I'm click mountain and now it's going to generate them based on a mountain background and obviously as this is a winter sport product those are the correct backgrounds for my model and they look really really good that one there looks really really good that looks the most accurate and it Blends in with the photo really well so there we go custom lifestyle shot with a nice looking background happily done so now what

we can do is we can download this and we can start uploading them to Shopify now this is where things get even more insane if we want custom videos with this lifestyle shot of a mountain we can download it now from photo room go to free pick go back down to AI video generator upload the image that we just got from photo room of the background which is this one here click use image it's going to make an automatic prompt we're going to go to effects and we're going to do pan right and now we're

going to click generate and we're going to change this image into a one: one square and we're going to click generate now the goal with this is to take our image that's still and turn it into a video with a real Dynamic background so this is going to get really insane now this can actually take a long time you can see here 8.5 minutes so we're just going to let that carry on now we're going to go back to Shopify I've uploaded those images now when you upload these images just make sure that you go

to where it says crop and transform and you change them to the square Ratio or they're not going to fit properly and click apply and then once you've done that guys go back to your Shopify page and this is what these are looking like now with the Custom Image avatars with the custom backgrounds now this image here was actually from Zen drop and it was a really low quality image that I was able to upscale using the AI upscaler using free pick so before it was really blurry and now it is immaculate just to show

you guys how good of a job this is done that was the original and that is now after I've upscaled it so it's made a huge difference for when we view it on the Shopify store now guys this is where things get even more insane with AI look this is the image that I took off their website and it was pretty good now using AI look at how much better this one looks this one in my opinion looks insane so I'm going to use it but before I use it I'm going to upscale it cuz

it looks a little bit blurry I'm going to upscale it into 4K upscale now although yes it still has their brand name attached to the back of the colar I'm going to put it into canva soon and remove that because this now is technically my own custom image way better than theirs so I'm going to go into Cana in the next few moments and show you guys how to remove any custom labeling like that so that's before guys and now with the 4K upscale look at how much Slicker that looks it's insane what AI can

do guys it's actually quite scary so what I can do guys is come to canva go to create design click upload you're going to upload your design you're then going to click edit image once you've got the magic eraser you're going to use the brush and you're just going to go over this here and then you're going to see aray now if you're not happy with that cuz I'm not overly happy with the quality there I'm going to make the brush a little bit smaller and I'm actually going to make it like this instead and

click erase I'm actually going to erase the rest of it as well so I'm going to get of all this as well and you'll see why I'm doing this in the next few moments so now I've erased it guys we're going to click using new design we're going to go to where it says uploads we're going to get our logo that we've got we're going to make it smaller and we're literally just going to put our logo on there so now guys I've done that I can go back to where it says share I can

go to where it says download we're going to download it as a transparent background and we're also going to do it here where it says size PNG suggested and click download and then we're going to click save and then we can go back to Shopify add the image here here add media click here open now we've added it in Shopify guys we're going to want to go back to where it says done we're then going to want to select the image go to where it says croing transform Square scroll this down and that is perfect

and click save and just like that guys that's the image now added to our Shopify store let's refresh this and see how it looks and just like that guys that image that image and that image that image is insane by the way I think that is so so cool doesn't even look as good as that so I'm actually going to delete the old one so let's click delete so now guys we've got one image custom made two image custom made and the third image custom made and this is starting to look really really good how

insane this guys we've now created a video of the guy wearing it where the trees in the background are moving he's slightly moving and it's pinching out this is really cool guys look at that all right guys so we've got these four assets now we've got the video that I turned into now when you use these videos the dimensions aren't right you can see the white panel here if I also show it you on Shopify the video is this here looks amazing honestly guys so crazy the fact that we can do this now what I'd

need to do is put this inside a cap cut and change the dimensions though so that it fits the full width so what I'd have to do is zoom the video in just to fit the dimensions here cuz obviously you don't want these black bars showing it doesn't look great but I'm not going to do that cuz I want to save some time but you guys would know how to do that by just going into cap cut and zoom in the video in and then downloading it and then it should be fine now the last

set of images that I want to make are product feature images which which are like these ones and then we're pretty much ready to go guys so if you go to canver and type in product feature you're going to get all these templates of product features already done I like this running shoe one and I also like this chair so I'm going to use the chair click customize template I'm just going to start off by deleting the chair go to where it says uploads upload a static image of my product which is this one here

I'm just going to change the size a little bit put it in the middle there I'm going to have to move these arrows a little bit so it bits delete this here so I'm putting the image there that should go there that should go there right I'm pretty happy with that for now guys now what I'm going to do is I'm going to start changing these colors to my brand colors which is obviously orange and the ones on that blanket so if we open up my brand kit again we've got the colors here so this

is one of them I'm going to go back here back to the color there we go don't think that one's great to be fair the bottom works the Stony color works because of it matching with my brand colors anyway so I think that works pretty well now I just need to grab the text paste it here I just need to make sure that the fonts right it should be Anton there we go guys that's the right font just going to make the text bigger I'm actually going to make this image slightly bigger there we go

move the text there move the arrow there move the arrow there move the text there now we can use some of the text from here on ours which is large zipup pocket so if I go back here I can type in large zipup pocket ET now remember we do need to change the font to Open Sands which is the right one so let's type in open sand cool there we go let's change the color of the text to the orangey color let's change the color of that font to I would say probably this color here

okay that's a little bit too dark yeah I like that contrast of color light text to like the light shade of white at the end kind of Pops a little bit quite like that I'm just going to leave it like that actually quite like that and then if I go to edit if I do effects and I do let's say for example Shadow lift okay lift Works lift makes it pop out so adding that color with the lift works perfectly well I like that a lot now we can finish off the rest of the text

so I've put adjustable heat levels then I've put slim fit design just need to change the color to Black also make this one Open Sands and then once I've done that guys I'm pretty much done I can make this slightly bigger to be fair need to change the color of the arrows can make that slightly bigger as well and just like that guys we have one of our images ready now bear in mind guys I did this extremely fast and the reason why I did it extremely fast was just to try and save a bit

of time you guys can do this way better than me if you spend some real quality time on it so guys that's what that image looks like now on the store looks really really good really really professional again you guys could spend a way longer time making this look nicer but I don't think it looks bad at all so there we go we got a little bit of content guys that we can use throughout the landing page now so let's Carry On Building it so the first thing that we need to fix on guys is

this section here which is the drop down menu so we need to fill this in so if we go over here where it says shipping and returns that's one of the drop- down menus that we have so that's what we need to work on so I'm actually going to change this from shipping and returns to materials and care as that's more related to what my product does now these drop- down menus are really going to depend on what your product is and what you're selling so if you're not selling a cloth product or a wearable

product you might not need to do this now to get the information like guid did here guys either go to your supplier or find your competitor that's selling the same product as you like literally the same product and whatever theirs is is obviously yours and then once you've done that you can click save now underneath materials in care now when you click that dropdown menu you can see it gives them the right information the materials and the care which is really important now obviously the icon doesn't make sense it being a shipping icon so we're

going to go back to that section we're going to go to where it says icon we're going to go with bootstrap icons and here we can find any icon we want so you can start filtering by typing so I'm going to get this info logo and I'm going to get the svj information go back here I'm going to paste it in here and it will work so just replace it with that svj and you'll see now it's updated it with the I icon and I can click save now details will remain the same that's like

the short description and it should be the one at the top then size chart is extremely important for me because obviously the size chart is for my wearable product now you should get this size chart from your supplier or again if from your compe test if it's the same product and with this theme all you've got to do is upload the image you click on the size chart and you actually upload the image and then when they click on it they'll see the image of the size chart now if you need more of these drop-

down menus just go to one you've made before like materials and Care click duplicate and you'll see another one's been added to the list now I'm going to change this one to heating system as my product really talks about the heating system and people are going to be really intrigued to know how that works and how to do it so that's why I'm going to put it here so now you can see under Heat system that information now is clearly shown there which is really important and the icon that I'm obviously going to go for

is for a flame for this so go back to bootstrap icon so I'm going to filter it by Flame or fire I was able to get there in the air guys fire is actually a workable one so if I go back here and type in this svj code it should work and just like that now the flame is shown and I'm happy with that so guys I'm happy with my drop- down menus now details materials and Care heating system and size chart those are all done and now I can move on with the next part

of my now we're moving on to the brag section of the website so if you scroll down this is the section where you want to talk all about your product and what it does now you can see there's a try completely free risk free this helps with conversion rate now I'm actually going to move this section A little bit further down because I actually want it near the Bottom now we've got image with text as the next section for me to start talking about so I've uploaded the image of the closeup of the vest and

I've called it thermost stall vest feature details so now I'm going to go over all the key details in this section section now if you go back to chat gbt you'll see it all here guys that we did before so we can just use all this info for that part of the website so guys in this section I've put the subtitle as built for Action perfect for El action Y thermost style and then I've put that information here now I'm actually going to get rid of the heating customization section as I'm going to add that

in a different place so for now we're going to leave that just like this and click save now we're going to move the image with text up again underneath that image with text so we're going to have image with text with image with text again so now we need to upload the next image so guys I've actually changed the image here with the one I made in Cana so now I'm actually going to delete this one from Cana from here cuz I'm actually just going to leave it here with the image with text I feel

like it flows better like that so guys I've added a few sections since I last updated you and I'm going to show you how to do those right now now the story is coming along pretty nicely in my opinion we're starting to get there slowly now the one of the sections is this rotating bar where it goes around and you can see free shipping 90 left in stock 1,300 happy customers this works really really well on landing pages now to get this all you need to do is go down to where it says add a

section and then if you scroll down it's this one here m a r q e e e you're going to put that one in then you're going to see it be added and what you're going to do is you're going to drag that all the way to the top so you're going to put that right above product template then once you've put that there you're going to have a few options underneath it now I keep it between three and four so one of them's happy customers one of them's free shipping and then one of them's

like a limited stock situation now it's up to you guys what you want to put but these are the ones that typically work the best for me and that's what it looks like on mobile by the way and now the next thing that I do is I change these icons here at the bottom so before they were free shipping they were customer satisfaction now I don't leave those trust badges as though so if you go to where it says trust badges on the far left I change them related to the products one of them is

effortlessly charging one of them lasts all day one of them is unmatched heating power now I've changed the max width to 500 the column width is 33 now I again have changed it related to the product key feature so you should change yours also to a key feature for the product again you can check your competitors to find those out now item one I've obviously gone to bootstrap icons and I've changed the icons to match the text as much as possible and I think that's not too bad for now then if we keep scrolling down

we've gone from image to image and now I'm going to be working on a video as a review now I've actually changed the background color to Black for this section cuz I just thought it went from white to black and it pops and I think I quite like the look of that I think that black background looks really really nice with the orange so I'm really happy with that one's talking about the battery one of them's talking about why choose us then the next section's actually going to be an MP4 video which I've added manually

so if you click add a block choose it as video it's going to be a video of somebody basically reviewing my product so I've gone back to Synthesia I think that's how you say it and I've created a custom avatar so I went back to the chat gbt I went all the way back up and I said look can you make me a customer review ugc style and it's given me this review so what I've done is I've copied it gone back to the AI Avatar maker which is synth Synthesia iio I went to home

I went to new video and then I went to side orientation which is 19 by 16 and then I click Start From blank now as soon as you start from blank just delete the custom avatar already there then the first thing that you need to do is change the dimension size of this project so if you come to the top left where it says the three dots and you want to go to landscape you want to change this to one to one that way it's going to fit perfectly onto our Shopify store then you're going

to go to Avatar and then you can choose any Avatar the avatars that I'd actually recommend that you use are the ones with the purple because they can adjust their facial expression so the other ones can't so that's why I like this website the most because when they read a script it's actually going to look real it's not going to look fake so once you've chose the person you want you just click them it adds them to the timeline you can just reposition it then go down to the bottom and you'll see you can just

paste here the script and then you just click generate and then it'll generate the video now obviously I've changed the background as well so if you go to spaces you've got all these spaces you can use as a background and as you guys can imagine cuz mine's an outdoor product I've gone for an outdoor back background like that and I just thought that was fine now remember this is actually going to go once I've exported it here so it's going to be a video testimonial of somebody that bought the product and then I'm going to

change the title to say what customers like you are saying that way people can see a video of somebody explaining what they thought of the product it's going to build up more trust and then I'm going to delete this version here so what the old one with the cards with image this version I'm actually going to delete this guys because I'm going to be using a video instead so I'll do that now with you guys so I'm going to delete that then you've got got your FAQ FAQ you definitely need guys so keep make sure

you keep the FAQ at the bottom and again go back to that gbt agent and tell him to make you some FAQs look make FAQs and then they've made you the FAQs now you don't need to do all 12 six is more than enough I think the options that you've got here which is around about five is more than enough to do so obviously to change these you click on them the title would be the question so for example so for example this is the question so we'd put this here then we go back to

the gbt and would just get this come back here and just paste that in and then that one's done and then obviously you can do the rest of them guys I'm not going to do it with you guys on this video because it'll take too long but you get the idea it's just simply clicking on them and changing the text round that's literally all you guys have got to do now once you've done all those FAQs guys go all the way back to these images with text and make sure you add a button so the

button text should be by now and then you're going to get your little button at the bottom and obviously you need to put the link here to the product and then it'll take them back to the top now my favorite one is actually see what our customers think so that's actually my favorite option as the button text now the button URL will actually take them to a page so I'm going to show you how to do this in a minute you're going to create a page that's just going to have a video on there and

it's going to be the video of the testimonial in a long form so instead of it being 10 seconds it'll be like a 30 to 60c video and then underneath it it'll say buy now and it'll take them back because sometimes when people come through your product page they're not going to want to buy the product straight away especially when it's a higher ticket product like this 9 $9 they're going to want to see some reviews so if that link takes them to a video then they watch the video builds more trust then they come

back to buy that sometimes works now you don't need to do see what customers think for the next one for the next image you could just put buy now this is what you call Dynamic you just change it based on what you think is a good idea and then you can click save remember to come back to these those guys and fill them in later with the links now the next section that we definitely need to start working on is the homepage we'll come back to the product page in a few moments once we're waiting

for those videos so if you go from default product to homepage now I've actually started filling this out a little bit just to make my life a little bit easier but the first image should just be a carousel with one image and you need to delete all the text on the right hand side so on the right hand side you're going to see loads of text just delete all of that guys and have it as a plain image now we're going to come back to this image and add text in the next few moments now

this image that I got was through free pick I literally just sent them an image of a lifestyle photo of somebody wearing the jacket and they recreated it with this person instead so this is how I got this image then I did the same thing last time I got this text that moves across left and right and you just want to copy the same texture used on the product page but put it here and then underneath this guys I put a single product to obviously the product that was selling here and I made some quick

adjustments to basically what I want to see and don't want to see like showing vendor showing quantity Fields all of those things I just made sure I had turned on or off and then underneath that I'm just going to have fa Q's so literally guys that is my homepage image these little text going left to right the product now if you're going to be doing a collection of different products then just put a collection page instead of single products you'd put a collection page here instead so if you're selling 10 of these you'd put them

here just to save time guys I'm only doing a one product store so you'd add the one product here but let's say for example I'm like this guy that's selling the women's version The Thermals I would just add those as a collection on the homepage and then the fa VI would be the same as the ones you did on the product page and that's my homepage done now most people don't go to your homepage because you're sending the traffic directly to the landing page but if they were to come to your homepage this is more

than acceptable for me to be a homepage now we need to start working on the footer so you can see here if you click on the footer you've got your logo on the right hand side that I've already uploaded which is just the logo that I used for the header as well I've turned off powered by Shopify I've turned off payment icons I've I've changed the background color to dark description I've also deleted phone number you should definitely put in so you should get a virtual number adding a phone number to your website actually helps

stopp and getting your ads banned so just make sure you add a phone number don't obviously use your personal get a business phone number you can use loads of virtual companies like open phone that's the company that I personally use now to get your business email I'm going to be talking about that after we're going to be using hostinger to get our business email set up so just remember to come back and add that in later and then it says newsletter we are going to make some slight adjustments to the newsletter now I don't actually

like having newsletter subscribe I think it's a bit aggressive so I actually take this out and I just leave this text here and I change it to this which is sign up to get exclusive offers news and more so put that as the title and get rid of that as the subtitle now the title size I make either H4 or H5 I think anything more than that is way too big then I leave the rest of the information as it is the top padding is a bit too much for me so I'm going to drop

it to around about 7 the FAQ padding could be better at the bottom so you see where it says bottom padding I'm going to change that to around about 10 and there you go that looks a lot better now if we go back to the footer again you're going to want to go now down to where it says footer and you're going to see the option for SHOP Company legal so personally if you've not got a multi-product store you don't need shop if you've got a multi-product store keep shop because Shop's going to be the

menu now obviously you can create a menu which I'll show you guys how to do later and then obviously company is going to be your company information like refunds policy pages and stuff like that are going to go here now company you can actually delete guys you can delete the company one now I changed the word legal to support now if you go back to the footer menu again and go to the description underneath the logo that's where you're going to add the about us so make sure you add it there guys and then once

you've done that we just need to create the menus a little bit later on and then that part of the footer menu is done so let me show you guys how to do the next bit correctly so you want to go back to the Shopify dashboard go to Pages click create page or add page now you're going to call this page customer reviews or customer testimonial then you're going to want to insert the video here by using an imbed code so you need to use a company like YouTube Vimeo or you need to use iframe

to do this so I'll be showing you guys how to do this later but basically you need to upload a video to one of those platforms it will give you an imbed code and then you paste it here and then it will add the video through this now remember this is the long form testimonial that we're going to add so we've got a short form we're going to create a long form so you need to go back to the chat gbt you then need to ask it to create you a long form customer testimonial video

that's 1 to 3 minutes long then once it gives you that script you're going to go back here you're going to use a different Avatar and this time you're going to change it to a 16 by1 19 aspect ratio and then once you've downloaded that video upload it to one of those platforms and put it here because this is the page we're going to use as a link to on the product page where it says find out about about what our customers say just in case they want that extra proof now if you go back

to Pages again you want to click add page now this page is going to be about us and you're going to copy your long form about us in here not the short form the complete long form that's the long form about us guys we're going to save that then we're going to add another page this one's going to be the contact us and then where it says page template default page do contact and then click save and then you're going to want to hit add page again now the next pages that you need to make

is terms of service refunds policy shipping policy privacy policy so those are another four pages that you need to make and in the cheat sheet you will get those Snippets of what you can copy and paste in here now although I've given you the script to put in these Pages you need to read them and make sure you agree with them because every product's different if your product only has a short warranty or a long warranty you might need to adjust it but those are the other pages that you need to make now once you've

made all those pages you're going to go back to navigation you've got main menu if you click on this I usually delete catalog because I'm not using catalogs I keep home contact I usually delete the home one as well because all people need to do is click the logo to go home now what I do add is shop then the product name because it's a one product store so shop thermost style vest and then the link is going to be products and then it's going to be the vest and then that's me done now if

you're selling a collection or you're selling loads of different products then You' do a catalog or a collection page but for me I'm just doing that one product now where it says contact change it to contact us and then click save now we're going to come back to the main menu a little bit later because it'll make us add a few more items to the menu so we'll come back to that later now if we go back down to the futter menu this is where we add a lot of pages you want to delete this

you want to click add menu go to where it says link go to where it says pages and you're going to see all your pages here now all the pages that you need to add in the photo menu are going to be all of the legal Pages like terms of service privacy policy shipping policy refund all of those should go in the footer menu and once you've added all those guys click save now once you've done that guys if you refresh the Shopify editor it should show those adjustments so if you go back into the

editor and you click Navar you scroll down on the right hand side you're going to see mobile menu you're going to click select and you're going to select the one that we just made which is main menu once you do that and you click the burger logo you're going to see the items that we added to the menu for me it's just contact us and then shop the vest then we can click save then if you scroll all the way down and you go to let's say support you want to go to where it says

footer menu and once you've done that guys those have also now been added now for shop if you're selling like lots of variations like best sellers new arrivals you would create that menu and you would add those in like best sellers new arrivals and then you would select that as a menu but for me I don't need this so I'm going to delete it now a few of the things that we want to keep in mind is if we go back down to theme settings in the top left and you scroll all the way way

down to the bottom you're going to see cart then you're going to see here it says show view cart now for you to be able to do this add something to the cart cuz it's best to look at it when you're doing it now you want to go back to those settings again which is cart and you want to go where it says show view cart link so let's turn that on now where it says show shipping rates feature I turn that off where it says show note field keep that on show payment icons keep

it on where it says cart goal keep it on but change the value to zero because when somebody adds to the cart they're going to get this animation which is congratulations you're eligible for free shipping which people really like so make sure you keep that on now if we go back to the settings again theme settings you're now going to go under the search here you can see search in collections show in Pages search in blog post I turn this one off if you're not doing blogs enable speech button you can keep that turned on

show popular products so they'll show those popular products under your product listings so I usually have that turned on then you've got product which is show add to cart form you can have that one turned on as well now obviously this is purely down to preferences guys then you've got social again I would definitely recommend adding your Facebook and all your other social medias when you get them now the next menu is also important because you got color swatches you've got size buttons you've got currency selector so it's really important to review those guys and

make sure you're happy with the ones you've got there now I would recommend that you get all the way to the checkout and then it's going to say customize checkout you want want to click that leave page and now you can customize your whole checkout here in your configuration so you're going to want to add your logo you're going to want to put it in the center I usually make this as big as I can now accents should be your color accents of your branding so make sure you change these to the right colors of

your branding where it says color accents and then where it says checkout layout this is really important guys make sure it's on onepage checkout this is super super important guys and then where it says address Auto completion turn that one on and obviously you can adjust this now my logo is on a black background it should be on a white background if if this is you know a white background in terms of the checkout page so obviously I need to make sure I change that now you can actually change the position of where you want

your logo at the top in the order summary or on the checkout form I personally have it on the checkout form and then you're good to go and then once you're happy with your checkout page click save now a few other things that you need to do guys is go to the settings in the bottom left go to where it says payments and this is where you're going to want to activate your Shopify payments and your also going to want to turn on PayPal and then payment capture should always be automatically at checkout you shouldn't

mess around with any of that guys and then when you've done that go to check out and then underneath customer contact method phone number or email show my link to customers to track their order that's completely fine require customers to log into their account you don't want that turned on require only last name I require first and last name company name I put is optional marketing options email pre-selected everyone does that personally recommend it and then once you've done that guys come all the way back to the top and click save now the next thing

that you need to do is your markets so if you come to markets you're going to see here you need to set these up so you want to hit add market so guys the next thing that you want to do is shipping and delivery come to shipping and delivery go to where it says general shipping rates for locations and zones click it then you want to scroll all the way down and you want to go to the one what says Zen drop Zen drop's the most important one and what you're going to want to do

guys is I personally delete all of these so I delete them all then I go to where it says add shipping zone now I call this one on worldwide now when you do Zone name worldwide the only Asian countries that I actually sell to is Singapore and the UAE so I only have those selected and Japan and then if you keep scrolling down you're going to see North America have all those turned on and ocean specific you want those all turned on and then click done and then you want to add a rate you want

to call this one free track shipping and then you get a preview of what they'll look like and you want to click done and then you want to hit save and then it's going to say customers in 35 countries or regions won't be check out because they're inactive so go to markets then go add market and then you want to select all and then once you've done that guys you want to go back down to shipping again select on the general place you want to go to edit Zone and you want to select all these

countries again now you want to go back to shipping again click add shipping Zone call this rest of the world you want to select Europe and then click done and then click where it says add array call this one free track shipping again and then click done and then click save and then if you go back to markets again and click inactive to active it should work and click save and then all your markets should now be active now if you're not sure what markets you've activated underneath the market you made under shipping you'll see

all the countries that are now active in that region now it's really important guys that markets is active and turned on for all countries because if it isn't your store will still be working and running but when people go to check out they can't so this is a big issue that a lot of beginners face they don't turn markets on correctly the markets aren't active in every country so they think their stores working they think oh yeah it's all working people go to the checkout it doesn't work because the shipping won't be active for them

again they can go through the whole funnel but the shipping part will not work so if you do not do this section guys correctly your checkout will not work properly now the next one to do is policies at the bottom and this one here guys you just want to use the ones in the cheat sheet or the ones you've amended which is shipping policy terms of service refund policy and then contact information and then you can turn on return rules if you want guys if you click manage you can set this up here return window

30 days free return restock fee final sale return you can add all of this in here guys to obviously protect yourself and make life easier again this should reflect on what your supplier said to you in the supplier section where should the refund go how long should it be so that should now be done in this now if you go all the way to the top under General this is where it says my store you want to change this to your actual brand name so we're going to change this to our brand name you'll also

need to add a phone number as well in there and then in terms of the settings Pages guys that's pretty much all done for you so guys if we go back to the product page there is going to be an app that we're going to want to add which is going to be a review app where you can get image reviews now to do that we're going to use La AI product reviews they're completely free and that's what I like about them and they give you lots of customization so once you've got this app and

downloaded it you want to click Next Step then you want to click activate app ined that should just take you natively into the editor again and then you should see ined blocks you should have that enabled and then once we've done that we can then click Skip and then we can click import reviews now we're going to go to AliExpress and what we're going to do is we're going to use the AliExpress link to do this we're going to select our product that we're going to want to do this with we're going to want make

sure it contains photos now you're going to want to do this with the one that has the most reviews on AliExpress this one's got 10,000 with 5,000 reviews so we're going to get some decent ones out of this which is really important so I'm going to paste the Alex express link here contains photos and then I'm going to click import and now it's going to give me a wide range of reviews now remember guys this product comes with a lot of reviews so don't just rush for any of them you want to go through all

of these reviews and think to yourself well do these look good or do these look bad don't just think oh they reviews import them read them look at the photos and say to yourself is it worth having them on the site now once you've imported the reviews they should show up under the review section here under approved and you should see them show up so once you go back to Shopify editor come down to where it says app in bed and once you go to app in bed you're going to see all the apps and

they're going to be unbedded just make sure that's turned on then once you've done that you can click add section go to where it says apps go all the way down to where it says La reviews then go to where it says product review section and then that now should add it in and now you can see the reviews of your product being added in now I usually leave this at the bottom of the landing page just because I feel like it's just an extra way to build trust now what I would also say that

you guys need to do is go into the settings inside of the app go to the home section go to where says customize product review section go to customize and then you're going to see where it says default layout and what you're going to want to do is you got full compact rting so if you do compact it will show you what that now looks like you got Ren that will show you what it looks like then you've got centered that will show you what it looks like then you got photo now I personally liked

compact the most or I liked rating or I like centered so I'm going to leave mine at centered and then you got body type you got round grid round list so if you want them go going down round grid you got Square list you've got Square list with small photos you can do a lot of things on here now my favorite guys is the rounded list just like this then you've got design so you can choose the color now you got rating icon color which means the Stars so you can change this to like gold

and then change it to gold now my branding is like an orangey color so I might change it to Orange to go with my branding then you've got section background you might want to change this to Black then you got primary text color changes to White now once you've played with that you can also change the actual font now I'm going to change it to my branding font you scroll all the way to the top and Anton is there so I'm going to click Anton now I don't like that Anton font it's not like the

Anton font that I usually use so I'm going to try Open Sands instead now once you've done that you can go to header now some of these features are unlocked guys if you're on the free plan now I'm happy with the way mine looks so I'm going to click save and then if you go back to your Shopify store they should updated in that new formation so you can see they've been updated now to look like this so basically all the customizations happen within the app not on the Shopify editor now the key when you're

using this app is to make sure your fonts match the colors match and you're using good reviews don't just randomly pick reviews because if you read them some of them sound really stupid now if you're struggling to get good reviews from one supplier you might have to import reviews from a multiple different load of suppliers so you might be able to get two good reviews from one supplier three good ones from one supplier and get to around about 8 to 10 I always say the sweet spots between 5 and 10 for when it comes to

these types of reviews so guys the next apps that we're going to set up are going to be our aov and LTV apps now the first one's going to be our bundles and offers and free gifts so buy more save more offer now there's an example on the screen that I'm going to show you how to do which is with my thermal vest which is where the more people buy the more discounts they get on them which means you make more money now the pros are clear pricing and discounts key benefits highlighted bundle offers are

transparent the cons are simple basic offers in 2025 with poor copyrighting just doesn't work so the buyer one get one 20% off that doesn't work anymore guys so you can also confuse the buyer with this as well if you do it wrong where they might not understand it and they might just not even buy from you so you might even kill the original order because they get overwhelmed so you got to be very careful with how you set these up now one of my favorite offers are buy more save more offer so you can see

here on the left hand side it says buy one and you save $40 buy two you save $105 buy three for the price of two plus a free gift so those are the types of ways that I Like to Lay mine out now that I find converts the best remember strong copyright in emphasizing the customer buys three and they'll get them for the price of two plus a free gift it sounds somewhat compelling now the only issue with this offer is it's one of the most used offers in the industry of Drop Shipping so customers

might get fed up with it by now so you just got to be careful although this is good people might not bite to it the same way they used to so this is my favorite bundle or offer this is the one that I find works the best converts the best and makes me the most money so if we look on the left we can see on this phone ultimate winter warmth Bundle free gift self heated vest which is usually $49.99 plus a a long sleeve heated coat which is usually $89.99 plus a pair of gloves

which is $449.99 so you buy them for a total of $94 but they were worth $189 so you do what we call a very aggressive bundle offer where you show them a massive savings on what they would get this usually works the best for me and when you throw in a free gift as well which is one of the items so they only get the free gift if they add more to their C so if they add for example the instant heat vest and they add the self-heating coat they get the gloves for free so

they have to get two for one so if they get two they get one for free that's usually the best offer for me that works so guys the next app we're going to set up is tidio or Tido live chat I always fail to pronounce this one right but it is a crucial app for your customer support success and keeping the customers happy so you want to go to the Shopify App Store and download tidio live chat which is this one just here guys and it's free to use once you've downloaded it click it and

it will take you to this page here where you need to create an account or log in once you've created an account log in you're just going to click the green button so then it'll take you on to an onboarding process it'll say what's your name so type in your name I'm going to put Camille then it's going to say which department do you work in website development sales it I'm a business owner is the best one to do then it's going to say what tools and channels you currently use to customize with your support

and then you put in I'm just going to get started what's your primary business model e-commerce online store what industry are you in try and answer this as accurate as possible so I'm going to put pets products and services how many customers do you have I don't know and then click next how many visitors do you attract at the moment but I don't know how many customer support agents do you have at the moment just me click next now it's going to give you an option automate my support systems with AI generate leads increase sales

offer Live support now the two that I would recommend for you guys is this one and this one but for now let's do automate my support with AI chat Bots then it's going to say how would you like to interact with your customers it's going to say email website Live Chat is my favorite then click let's go now we need to set up the AI agent and they call it lyro AI chat so you want to click set up lyro AI then you want to go to where it says let's go then you can connect

it to your mailbox which we'll do later on once I show you guys how to get a mailbox now you want to go into configuration guys and then it'll say active Lyra responds always so I always keep it on always then it's going to say live chat and you can integrate it into messenger Instagram WhatsApp and I'll be honest with you guys I'd recommend that you do all of those if you can then it says email when we get a mailbox we'll do this later that way it syncs everything so you don't miss anything then

if you go up to personality you want to describe your business so the AI chat boot can tailor the responses to your customer so this is actually really really important so I'm going to paste in the About Us section so that it's got it then it says tone of voice so you got neutral friendly or formal personally I like to do neutral then you've got data sources so this is where Lyra will find out information about your brand your products to then give the right information to your customers if they ask now this can take

a little bit of time for it to work now the next thing that I want you guys to do is come to the bottom left where the settings Cog wheel is and let's start customizing the look so you got background color gradient one now I'm going to go for gradient 10 because it goes with my brand in either 10 or 11 goes with my branding I'm going to stick to 10 guys cuz I think it looks the best then you got content home so you got chat you've got pre-chat survey and you've got home so

let's stick to home for now guys you can put your logo or you can put an operator colleague as a face image it's up to you guys what you want to do I put operate colleague instead then you've got header where it says hi there and then the message says Welcome to our site ask us anything I actually change both of these I don't like any of these I put welcome to thermostar ask us anything about our products that's what I like to put because you don't want to put our site it sounds generic so

put your brand name and then where it says hi there that's fine I don't mind leaving that it's completely up to you guys then you've got conversation starters which is very very important I always turn on do you offer discount codes cuz I really like that one what is my order status I also like that one and what is the return policy so those are the three key ones for me that I found in the past that people will trigger then you've got online status we typically reply immediately we typically reply within a few minutes

and then you've got an offline message now again I would recommend that you change this depending on how you're going to be active and how many Bots you're going to set up to answer those questions then you've got pre-chat survey where they can enter their email to sign up to the newsletter and you can get back to them if you can't get back to them already I always add name as well guys it's really important that you add email and name so you know who you're addressing and then where it says minim I would change

this from chat with us to we are here to help it just sounds a lot more friendlier in my opinion and I prefer it then once you've done that guys you can go to where it says chat page and this is where we can start customizing the company URL the header the welcome message the chatbot URL and then the title now of course the company URL is the one that we bought from store domain the header can be anything you want now where it says personal and account can I would change this to a fake

name because this is going to be the store that they use for your icon and your chat agent name so whether you want to use your real first name it's up to you I go to an AI image generator so text the image generator and I just say make me a online chat support Avatar and it will make you one and then you can upload the image here then that way you've got a custom image as an avatar as an agent then you've got operating hours so are disabled so it's up to you if you

want them on or you can turn them off I turn them off there's no need to have them on in my opinion and then I want you guys to come to to the flow section on the left hand side you're going to see strategies sales flow lead flow and support flows so let's start off with support flows and then it's going to give you loads and loads of support flows so the track your order on Shopify is one of the best you can do so I'd recommend that you go with this one guys click learn

more then you can click use this template and then it's going to give you this diagram here visitor clicks the flow launcher visitor says check order status then there's a delay then flows engaged now as soon as you've done that guys you can activate it and how that flow works is the order number will match the tracking number so that the AI bot will then go and scan that come back and then give them the response time so that one's really easy to do you can go to add template again you can go to win

back close deal upsell or all so the discount for new visitors is a really good one guys that works really well so you want to click learn more you want to click use this template and it says here hi nice there to see you we have a 10% coupon code for new customers click save then it says here is the code enjoy shopping now obviously you need to go and make the code so you need to go back to Shopify you need to go down to where it says discount and then you need to click

create a discount code then you want to go to product discount and then you want to go to where it says discount code you're going to call this one live chat 10 then you can do percentage as 10% then it says specific collections or specific products and then you can browse the product so I'm going to do this one no minimum requirements all customers limit number of use so limit to one per use is what I usually do and then you can click save then you can click save discount then you can go back to

Tido paste in the coupon code and click save and then you can click save again and then you can click activate and then once you've done guys you've done that one as well and then you can click add from template again honestly guys it's up to you how many you want to do how many you want to make it's completely to you obviously don't go over the top too much cuz you're going to spam people they're going to get annoyed but use the live chat to really enhance the experience on the store now in my

opinion you guys are going to get the most value from the lyro AI chatbot in my opinion just because it's AI based and it will go out there and do most of the research on its own so what I'd recommend that you guys do is go for the SLE flows but then really invest your time into doing add knowledge now you can manually add knowledge to lyro by import a CSV file adding manually questions and answers so this could be Q&A what I would would do is I would get chat gbt to make all the

frequently asked questions for your product based on other competitors put that into a CSV upload it here then the chances of it knowing all the answers are going to be very high and then once you've added all the knowledge go to test lyro and this is where you need to start testing to see if the knowledge is making sense but honestly this is the key for you guys investing time and power into this cuz this will save you a lot of time and a lot of hustle so now guys what recommend that you do is

once you've started messing around with Tido live chat ai go back to your store once it's been activated and start messing around with it start speaking to it start seeing how it behaves because at the end of the day this is going to be a massive factor to your attention rate and if it's not been done correctly it can either damage you or make you more money because if it's done wrong it can just annoy people but what I've also done for you guys is in the cheat sheet I've given you loads of behaviors you

can do lots of information on how to use it but it's all down to personal experience and what you're selling it's really hard to just generically use tiio apart from the flows and sending it the lyro AI knowledge base but those are the best ways to use it in my opinion and look at it as your companion as when you're a startup as a startup it's your best friend because that will be your VA when you haven't got one so guys now I want to teach you how to set up the free gifts and the

bundles correctly so what you want to do is go back to the App Store and download bogos IO free gifts it's completely free to use once you've downloaded them click on the app make sure the bogos status is enabled basically go back to the Shopify editor go to apps and then go to embedded and make sure it's turned on then you're going to see in the left hand section all offers now you can see I've already got one made it's called buy one and get one free so that's buy something and you get one for

free now if we're going to create a new offer you're going to come to the top right and click the drop down menu and you're going to click create gift now the offer title is going to be buy to get free gift so buy now you can see it says here start and end time you don't need an end time now offer main condition add a main condition now it's not C value it's not cart quantity it's specific product condition so you're going to click that and then click add condition number of products required should

be one then it says this condition will apply to you select your product gifts will be the same as the selected products so Track by variant or Track by product you can track by variant then you can select the product then click select product so for example let's say the heated coat click select then offer sub condition now when you're doing this guys you can see the summary of how it's going to work buy to get free gift the start time the main condition the sub condition which is optional I don't usually do this and

then the gift itself now usually how I do it is let's say for example somebody was to buy this heated instant coat they would get a free pair of gloves in return so I'm going to click edit and I'm going to go to where it says heated gloves I'm going to click select so basically if they buy my instant heated coat they're going to get a free pair of instant gloves now when you're doing buy the product get the free gift model like this it only works properly if the free gift is cheap to buy

and has a high perceived value so those gloves are going to cost me $6 to buy but they have a $40 perceive value that's going to make people want to do this offer now the one thing that I do like about this app is if you go to customize the offer customization that I like is the gift slider this is the one that I usually use myself so you can see here I can add you know four products and it shows it as a gift slider this is what I usually use when I'm doing this

just cuz I think it looks the best you can see on mobile on desktop what this looks like this to me gives me the best perception of what I want personally now obviously you need to go back to your page test to see if it's working does it look right does it look nice don't just do this and make your page look nasty this should appear underneath the product itself so not on top of it not on the side of it it should appear next to it or below it that's the only time or it

should be offered as a gift in the cart so you can give it in the gift as a cart but usually you just want it on the landing page next to the product this is to get the people that are interested but need a pull to get in that's all you're trying to do here now the great thing about this app is they have a great customer support team so if you're having any issues with setting them up get the visuals to be writing stuff they can all help you do that that's the one thing

that I love about certain apps on Shopify how good is the customer support are they willing to go out their way to help me and this is one of the apps that really do help when it comes to setting up stuff like this it can be a little bit fiddly but you just have to spend a little bit time with it understand what you're trying to do and understand the different offers that you can do now in the cheat sheet I've given you a whole list of offers that you could possibly do like buy this

get a free ebook or buy this get a free ebook and get a free product product but they've all been listed in the cheat sheet on how you can do but remember the goal with this guys is to buy the product cheap get the big perceived value and then they'll buy the product because if you're giving away a really expensive product as a free gift you've eaten all your margin there's no point in doing that now the next app you need to do bundles this is where they buy more to save more is called bundler

and once you've got the app bunder you're going to see it says create bundle then it's going to give you an option which is classic bundle Standalone product bundle mix and match bundle volume discount sectioned mix and match bundle tiered bundles and these are all the options you've got now I like to do the mix and match bundle which is this one here then it's going to say bundle discount so what is the name of your bundle you can do mix bundle then it says here get a discount buy these products together and get a

discount total price template which is the original which is the discount call to action button add to C text under the call to action button discounts will be applied at checkout priority sequence bundle status active show bundle widget for this bundle show then you got The Branding colors here guys you can choose the colors that you want then you've got percentage fixed amount set discount fixed bundle price or without discount now I usually do a fixed bundle price now for you to be able to do a fixed bundled price it would mean you need to

know what the margins are on the bundle so if you're setting up a certain bundle how much are they going to save now if you're going to struggle to figure that out which is what you're Mak make individually on each product and then figure out what you can give away do a percentage discount and I would do personally 40% then it says bundle product level product level is important automatically add new product variants I wouldn't do that then you're going to select the products that you want to bundle so for me it's going to be

the heated jacket the heated gloves and the instant heat vest now it says discount conditions Advanced I would do BU required non discounted products so what I would do is make the heat vest a required product so you see here I'm going to make the instant heat coat the non discounted product which means they only get the discounts on the two other products now it's completely up to you guys how you want to do this based on what you think is going to work best for your products CU I don't know what your margins are

and I don't know what you're trying to do in terms of profitability again the more aggressive you go the more likely you are to convert but again you can also raise speculation on why you're trying to do this this is the one that I've done on my site here which is if you buy all of these you're going to get it for £99 or $99 when all of this is usually $400 so for some people they might think this is a little bit farfetched right they might look at this and be like this seems a

little bit too good to be true so you got to be careful with how aggressive you get with this because if you get too aggressive you're going to raise speculation if it's just right you're going to be like people are like okay it makes sense now the copyrighting is the ultimate winter bundle get the S hea and gloves coat vest in One exclusive bundle now it's important that you put the copyrighting like this in the right section so you can see here title description this is where you're going to be putting that information now if

the copyrighting doesn't make sense in the bundle people again are going to be put away so if you explain why you're doing this it might work we only have 30 left in stock you could do something like last stock bundles or something like that you could explain why you're giving it away for so cheap you're just trying to get rid of it so by doing that you're going to help increase the chances of doing this now so what i' would say to you guys anyway is the free gift is a must like it's a must

if you want to help your conversion rate increase the bundles is an option if you want to increase aov again aov is important especially when you scale because your margins are going to drop so when you scale on ads your margins drop which means if your aov doesn't increase you're going to make less money so it's really important to do bundles you don't have to do it necessarily now but you definitely need to do it as soon as you get a few orders and you're consistently getting sales now the next typee of discount or bundle

you can do is through Shopify so go to discounts click create discount and do where it says buy X and get y so this is called Product discount this is the one where it shows buy three save on two something like that so this is where you set this up guys so you can do discount code or you can do automatic discount so there you can click Generate random code then where it says customer buys minimum quantity of items so you can put the quantity here you can do selected products you can select your product

so let's say I'm doing this one here customer gets selected product again percentage they would get is 10% they would have to do one then two and then we can do more set a maximum of usage per time you don't have to do that if you don't want to now you can play around with this guys depending on how you want it to be laid out now I will say the shopify's version is very limited to how you can do it but I think if you're new to doing this guys the Shopify one's more than

enough usually three bundles is more so like buy one and then there's two that they can save on so they save 10% on the first one 20% on the second one is a good option but you shouldn't have to go further than that bundle bear is a great alternative option if you want to go more advanced into you know Mass bundles and doing crazy features the Shopify one like I'm showing you now which is the buy X and get Y is good to do you know your first few buy X Plus y's they can work

really really well usually for most beginners I would just stick to using it this way because it's going to be cheaper and more cost effective in my opinion so just play around with this guys again be a little bit more aggressive on the discounts when you're doing this especially if you're only doing it on a low quantity if you're doing on a high quantity obviously the percentage needs to be lower so guys now I've shown you the foundation of building your store I want to show you the most powerful way that you can customize your

store in any way you want you can make it look however you want any way you want and you can literally create your own custom theme basically after you've built the foundations that I've just shown you now this will require a little bit more skill but I'm going to show you how to do it now the best way to do this is look for a competitor that is selling your product so I've gone back to Google typed in heest and you want to look at some of your most known competitors so for example I'm going

to look at their website now the reason why we're going to want to do this is because if our competitors have parts of their website that we want on ours we can do that with what I'm about to show you so if we open up that competitors's website and go to one of their product pages and if we scroll down and we really like this section here here so this little snippet here we can recreate that with custom code now don't worry when you hear custom code you're going to be like wow that's way too

advanced now with AI it's never been easier and with a little bit of Education you're going to be able to do it so if you want to add custom sections in like this and like this we can do that now you're going to want to look through all your main competitors to see if there is any decent ones that you can use so like if I go to this site personally I don't think this site's very good there's another one here called toast budy again I don't think this website's anything special so I'm going to

call it a Miss but this website on the other hand I like this section I like this section now so let's say I want to recreate this whole landing page and put it on my landing page so let's say we want to add that whole section to this landing page here that I've just shown you how to create now all we need to do is open up chat gbt and I want you guys to open up Liquid programming so this is the app on there that you need it's called liquid programming it will be in

the cheat sheet now Shopify uses something called liquid so liquid is what they use to code so as long as you got liquid it's very easy to recreate because AI is going to redo it for you now this is the app that I'd recommend if you want to do liquid programming which is what we're going to do but now there is a new version with chat gbt and it's called 3 now you can either use that app in chat gbt the liquid one or you can use the new model that chat gbt's made which is

03 mini high now I don't know if this is free or for paid but the app that I showed you prior I believe is free now this is the new AI on chat gbt that's more advanced and it's designed for code so it's designed to do code now regardless of whichever one you're going to use you need to T it this prompt I want you to make me a product page on Shopify using liquid now whilst we're waiting for it to understand our question we need to go back to that competitor store that we might

want to reuse sections from because we need to know if they're on Shopify because if they're not on Shopify it won't work because again we're going to be using this as an example and if it's not using liquid they're not going to be able to recreate it now how to do this is you're going to right click on your mouse and you're going to go to where it says view page Source then you're going to click command F and it's going to show you the search prompt now we can search for a word and the

word you're looking for is Shopify so as soon as you type in Shopify you're going to see now in their code if Shopify exists now if Shopify exists on that competitor store that you might want to recreate from then you know it's using liquid web or custom web whatever you want to call it so that means that we can use this as an example with AI if it hasn't got Shopify then you're not going to be able to do it now most stores on e-commerce are running Shopify but you do need to double check using

this method now with this AI model that I'm using which is the 03 Mini model it's going to tell me the example of how Shopify code works and how you need to edit it which I'll show you in the next few moments but after this has been sent you're going to say I'm going to send you an example of what I want remaking now when you give it the prompt of an example that you want remaking do not send the link I don't recommend sending them the link now in this example I will because I

need to save time and I'm already screen recording and going back onto screen recording the best thing you can do is either take a photo or take a video of the page so hypothetically let's say I want this section remake in here I can either take a screenshot of it or you can take a video of it now I think that works better than sending it links I find that it struggles when you send it links now in this instance guys because I'm already recording my screen for you guys I'm going to send it the

link anyway just to show you an example of how the output works now once you've done that again I've used the link and remember don't use links guys cuz it doesn't work as well it's going to give you the liquid that you can copy so all of this is what we need and then it's going to explain the next steps of how to do it now I personally find this very hard to follow so I wouldn't recommend that you follow these instructions now this is the bit that you need the liquid code now you can

click copy then the next thing that you need to do is go back to your Shopify store go to the theme section go to the three buttons and go to where it says edit code then you're going to have to mess around with templates and you're going to have to mess around with these folders here now in this free course I'm not going to be showing you how to mess around with these folders because it's very complex and it's way above my knowledge grade but I am going to show you a video that you can

watch where this gentleman will teach you the ins and outs of how to do it so this is the video here Shopify coding 101 I'll put the link in the cheat sheet this is a 47 minute video but it's worth watching the whole 47 minutes because if you do you'll learn how to code or you'll understand how the folder system works on ify so that you can mess around with the code and build whatever store you want now once you've learned this guys it's a hack it's literally a hack because you can create whatever product

page you want you don't need to pay for paid themes you don't need to hire crazy developers because you're going to know how to do it yourself because you're leveraging AI to do it for you and then you're learning how to add it to your store now the power doesn't just finish there guys once you open up these block so let's say I edit this block here you're going to have custom CC at the bottom now custom cc is a line of code that you can write now custom cc is very powerful because if you

don't like this section let's say you don't like the way the text is positioned here or you don't like the font with custom CC that gives you the editing rights to be able to adjust anything here so the point that I'm trying to make is if you want the full complex editing of your store you can use custom CC now you might be thinking I don't know how to write custom CC you don't have to guys you can take a print screen of this send it to the AI model say to them that I don't

like the way that it's been done can you redo it in this format and then it will write you the custom cc to then add here and it will readjust it for you so if you don't like the way the text has been done you don't like the positioning you don't like the lining it will do it for you now the point that I'm trying to make here guys is if you learn this which I believe is so easy now with AI because it writes the code for you all you need to do is understand

what is written and where to put it which is the easiest part by the way you will have full control over how you can build your store basically all the limitations go now one thing that I'm going to say to you guys is once it writes you this code you're going to add it to your store and it might not be perfect the first time round don't expect when you do this straight away it's going to be perfect you will have to readjust this quite a lot so don't think the first time round it's going

to be perfect you're going to have to come back to the AI model tell it where it's gone wrong get it to redo it and eventually maybe third fourth time it will be the way you want it to be done but this is like the advanced section of how to edit your store and I do believe that this is the best way to do it guys cuz you will will get whatever you want out of your store now with that being said guys let's move on to the next stage and remember the videos that I'd

recommend to learn the code will be linked in the cheat sheet and you can just go to this video here by this YouTuber so guys the next app that I would recommend this is more of an optional app it's not a mandatory app is Bon loyalty it's free to use guys and I would definitely recommend it so this is the name of the app here Bon loyalty and obviously it's within the name it's designed to create a loyalty program with your customers is to create Al TV which is inspiring long-term value of your customer so

once you've downloaded the app it should bring you to this welcome page and you want to hit next then you want to encourage customers to purchase more with Reward Points a customer earns one point for every dollar that's what I would recommend is $1 per point or one point per dollar and then you want to click next don't let customers sit on their points for every 100 points customers can redeem it for what 10% off 10% USD or 10% off the shipping I always do 10% USD so they get $10 off the value I find

that converts the best then you can do a referral program to attract more customers and boost sales so I just leave this as the one they give me and click next and then you can go to where it says you're ready to be on board so the first thing we need to do is go to Shopify customer accounts and then you want to go down to where it says configuration with apps and click customize and then you want to go to settings here and click loyalty program status turn on and then you want to enable

on your storefront by going to themes here by clicking this button and then you can see here it's now been enabled and you you can change the popup from flip to fade so you can either have it as faded or you can have it as flip then you can set up the duration of how long the popup stays now what I'd also say guys is if you've got the live chat on the bottom right you might want to move the live chat to the bottom left if that makes sense or do VI Versa move the

rewards to the left hand side and keep the live chat on the right hand side the next thing we need to do guys is go down to where it says branding and then we need to go to where it says Widget icon in the top right click customize then you can change the page visibility from high link to placement so like I said to you guys before because I've got the live chat on the right hand side I'm now going to move this to the left hand side and then once we've done that guys click

save and now if we go back to our store again and click refresh you can see now the rewards is coming up on the bottom left hand side now instead of coming up on the right hand side that way they don't overlap each other now if we go back to the visibility if you want this hidden on mobile then you can do that based on visibility now once we've done that guys we can go down to where it says theme customize now change visibility to colors and this is where we can start to change it

to our branding again so if our branding is orange which mine is we can change it to Orange now we can only make slight adjustments on The Branding on the free plan which I think is more than enough so I'm happy with those so I'm going to click save now the next thing that you might want to be now the next thing that's important is the email so if you go to where it says email customize now you can turn on these emails so for example you can send emails out as a welcome as earn

points redeem points happy birthday now in my opinion I'd recommend that you turn every single one of these on and you customize it so you can customize it like this and this is a great way for you to get people to incentivize and build points and loyalty with the brand then you've got Point programs where you can earn points referral program then you've got VIP tiers and redeem points so if you go down to where it says earn Point setup you can see all the earn Point setups that you can do you can do redeem

points you can look at all of the different point programs that you can set up now if we go back to the Shopify store we should now be able to see that this has changed color to Orange so you can see now it's Gone With The Branding it's now more of an orangee color so if I click that now you can see how it works so guys the next app that I'd recommend that you download is up promote affiliate marketing now this is definitely most crucial if you're going to be doing influencer marketing you're going

to need this app so I'm going to be teaching you guys how to do influencer marketing later on and if you are going to be doing that then this is a musthave if you're going to do so now opromo is a One-Stop shop for you guys to set up Affiliates which is also influencers you can create coupons codes for them you can create commission plans for them so you're basically going to automate having influencers working with the brand it will create them a unique code tracking code coupon codes you can give them assets you can

also put them on automated commission plans so that it's systemized you're going to need a tool like this to do that now they do offer a free plan that pretty much facilitates what you're going to need if you're going to be doing influencer marketing and of course if you do really aggressive influencer marketing you're going to need to choose one of their paid plans now if you're interested in up promote correctly so that it works with your brand really well then what I'm going to do is I'm going to put an old video from 2001

and I'm going to add it here now the reason why I'm going to put an old video here is because it's not changed since then it's literally stayed the same in terms of the setup how to set up the tiers all of that has remained the same so what I'll do is I'll go back to 2021 and place that video here just to show you guys how to set up the app now if you're not interested in influencer marketing you can just move on to the next stage once you download the app you'll be greeted

with a quick start process and this is a great process to watch and read if you're not very techsavvy and you're not used to affiliate markting I definitely recommend you give it a read and give it a watch because up promotees done a great way of teaching you guys how everything works inside of the app and then once you go through all that it will take you to a quick process setup now this is just a quick way to set up everything now I don't recommend you do this because I'm going to be teaching you

how to do it the full version way instead but I'd recommend you give it a quick look anyway just so you understand all the different features now once you've gone along click exit and the first thing that you want to do is you want to go to pricing now I will recommend you go for the professional plan and that is currently the plan that I'm currently on right now and this is the plan that you're going to need to be able to get the same features as the features that s dress used for their affiliate

marketing program to help them achieve over a million dollars in Revenue so once you've chosen your plan and again like I said I'd recommend the professional plan if you want to be able to have the same features as sress then what you want to do is you want to head over to programs and when you head over to programs the first thing that you want to do is you want to make a new program now you want to be following along with the cheat sheet cuz this will make life a lot easier and you want

to hit add new and then when you click add new what you want to do is in the name you want to go into the cheat sheet and you want to scroll down and you'll see here it says affiliate program tiers and what you want to do is you want to copy and paste this into the actual form so you can see here we're going to go back here and we're going to put where it says name paste it in there and then in the description you're just going to take all of these um these

um these these actual benefits and you're going to put them in the description like that and then you're going to click active to mean that the actual uh program is active and then you can see here flat rate per order you're going to change this to percent value and you're going to do simple and the amount you're going to be doing on this one is showing here so you can see here it does show you how much you need to do which is currently 5% now once you've done this you want to make sure that

you exclude shipping and you exclude taxes because it's important that you do so and then you want to go to where it says here um dis disabling C commission for self referral you want to turn that one off meaning that if they refer themselves they get paid you don't want them to be able to do that lifetime commission that's basically meaning that it doesn't matter what that customer orders after the first order they do with that store if they go on to order another six items maybe 3 months down the line they'll get paid commission

on that as well so lifetime commission means that it doesn't matter what customer they bring to you if they order it if they order stuff after a year two years they still get paid on that customer so if you have that enabled then you will give them that commission throughout their whole life now I only do this on the Platinum tier or the gold tier in my instance I don't do it for the first two tiers so I have that actually turned off and then once you do that you can actually add that and then

what you want to do is you want to add another program so then what you would then do is you'd go back to programs again and you'd click add and you'd hit add new and then the same thing again you're going to go back to the cheat sheet and you're going to do the next one which is called the silver program copy and paste that into name and then in the description you're going to do the same again copy that into there turn it on change the flat rate to percent and remember all the percent

values are shown here now based on your own store and your profit margins you can decide on what you want to do now if we go back over here what you want to do is you want to do the same again do not turn lifetime Commission on if you're going to be following my tactics I don't do that one but now you're going to be adding a new program so you're going to go back to programs again after you've saved that one and you're going to be adding the next one which is our gold program

now you're going to be doing the same again copy and paste everything in and then this time you want to be turning livetime Commission on because these are the ones for the people that have done really really well now what I'm going to do quickly is I'm going to be going through the different um tiers that we've got so everybody will start off on the bronze ambassador program or affiliate marketing you can call it an ambassador program you can call it an affiliate program it's up to you but everybody will start on this one now

if we have a look at the uh programs that I've currently got set up you can see that this is classed as the default so once you've done this guys you want to make sure that you make this the default by just clicking the little circle now up promote will give you a um tier system already made I've deleted that one by just clicking the bin symbol but to delete it you'll need to create a new one you can't delete it if it's the only one if that makes sense now once you've done that this

is the standard one they'll be on once they join the affiliate program now what do they need to do to actually go up a tier so you can see here earn $30 and you'll be moving up to the silver tier so once they've earned $30 in commission then they will automatically move to the silver pram PR you can see here they'll be moved to the silver program then if they want to get promoted to the gold program they'll have to earn at least $175 in commission to move to the go tier and then they will

be on the go tier and that will really entice them then to go out there and smash it with the affiliate program now again those are the Frameworks I've given you guys you don't need to follow those exact ones but those are the ones that I personally recommend so once you guys have done that then what you want to do is you want to head over to where it says Auto te commission and what this will do is it will actually help you automate the process so once they hit those uh thresholds on commission they'll

automatically get promoted without you having to do it manually so what you want to do is you want to change the level condition to commission value and you want to turn it on and you want to keep level one the basic one and then you want to add a new level by clicking add new level and you want to select the next program and then put the commission that they need to be upgraded to the next one in and then you can see here then they get upgraded to the next one and then do the

same again for the level three and then you put the value in here to get them to be upgraded on here and once you've done that they'll automatically be upgraded to the next tier based on the commission that they brought into you as a store which helps streamline everything and make everything a lot easier for you so the next thing that you guys want to do is you want to head over to the settings in the bottom left of the tab and then you want to go to where it says general and you want to

put your contact email address in here and you want to make sure that the email address in here is the one for your store like info at your store name or contact at your store name and then you want to make sure that this is turned on and then the brand name needs to be whatever the brand name is for your store and then the sub path is should be whatever your store name is as well and then you want to upload your logo here and the default affiliate link is here but I also have

it as Affiliates are allowed to customize their own link if they want to because obviously they want to have their own name and their link which looks more professional and then what you want to do is you can actually do a generated shorted affiliate link here by using um bit.ly uh personally I don't do it but you can if you want to and then you want to be doing tracking by coupon you want to turn that one on and you also want to have autogenerate coupon that way it'll save you a lot of time and

how you do that is you want to hit setup coupon and you want to go to Shopify and you want to create a discount and you want to call it influencer and once you do that you want to put the name of the coupon in here and once you've done that it will work automatically and in terms of this is the actual coupon that the influencer and their basically their users will get so when they promote something on their story if that if that influencers uh subscriber or follower uses that coupon they get how much

off so I normally do it as 5 or 10% and then once you've done that they'll automatically get coupons and then you want to have chat with Affiliates turned on which makes them be able to contact you if you need to and then you want to have alsoo activate Affiliates on and you want to make sure that all of these are turned on especially require the W9 Form submission this is basically a tax form that they need to fill out um so you don't get into trouble so make sure you always have that one turned

on and once you've done that hit save changes so once once you've done that you want to move on to analytics and you want to turn both of these on and then you want to move to payment and the next thing that you want to do is you want to have PayPal on and you want to have store credit on and you want to have export invoices as well that way instead of the influencer keep asking you for invoices they'll automatically be done message bar you don't want to have turned on Integrations I'm going to

be going over that in a little bit later with you guys um and the one that I do on here is the um tid live chat so I'll come back to this at the end um but I'm going to go over the the next things for you so then what you want to do is staff accounts and this enables people to be VAs on here when they chat with Affiliates so guys we now move on to the fun part of the setup which is setting up the affiliate registration now where it's this affiliate guide you

can miss that bit out I personally don't change it I keep it as default now affiliate registration is basically this gu I'm going to show you right now which is the form that they fill out to become an affiliate and as you guys can see this looks very similar to the S address one right now and I'm going be showing you exactly how you can fill this out guys and you can see here I've got a photo on the left here now I need to resize that and I'll be showing you how to get that

done in a minute now the first thing that you need to do is you need to select the program as the basic program and then in the page heading you want to put join our affiliate program and you want to leave these two underneath empty you do not want to be adding anything to them now once you've done that the reason why you've left them empty is because that will that's what we're that's what we'll be given here we're going to put a photo there instead and then what you want to do is you want

to go to where it says form fields and you want to make sure that all the ones that I've got checked here are checked on yours and you can add more if you really want to but they're the ones I think are necessary then you got the benefits text so you put the you put the show benefits here and you put each tier here so you can see I put all three tiers and then I'll put exposure opportunities as well as an extra and you put the commission value per that and then what you want

to do is I put exposure opportunities potentially be featured in a viral ad who doesn't want to be featured in a viral ad that's the way I look at it and then you got the button tax here and I put on mine join the family login now and then the colors the colors need to match your website colors um and and so forth and then the font can match your website font as well to make it look congruent so now you come to a section called background and this is where we make the image for

the side section of the form and you're going to be uploading it here where it says side background image and what you want to do is you want to head over to canv and you want to use the 14-day free trial in my description um to get the extra benefits and you want to type in on canva vertical business card or anything to do with vertical click create a blank canvas and then once you click a blank canvas you want to upload an image here of so for example you can click um elements you got

photos now the photo that I used was business so I typed in business and it comes up with people shaking hands and obviously you want it to match something professional now depending on your clientele it depends on what image is it going to be men or is it going to be women so for example of mine I used a woman and I'm going to show you mine again here you can see two women shaking hands so you want to upload the it on there and then you want to get some text and you want to

drag it over and you want to type in something example is mine become more than a buyer become an ambassador that's what I've written online and then what you want to do is you want to download that and then once you download those you want to then go back up here and upload it and then you can preview your ambassador program by clicking that and then you want to make sure that you resize it to fit it exactly now it can get annoying to resizing it but after a few times it will fit perfectly once

you do that you want to head over to the logo and you want to show your logo and make sure you got your logo filled out on the settings for this to work then you got terms and conditions you use sample template use sample template makes life easy and then you got the custom CSS which is for developers I don't recommend you do this and then you got this which is the capture for Bots you want to have that turned on so you don't have any Bots messing around with your affiliate program then you got

the affiliate login and once you've done this you want to have it as affiliate login forgot password gav account the button text login now the background and then the custom CSS which is for developers and then you got your affiliate account customization which is very important so if you want to you want to basically go to where it says commission information and you want to have show commission value and you want to only have this one turned on you don't want the customer's name to be shown and you don't want the address to be shown

cuz they are very um important information and information that people don't want you to know so make sure you only have commission value on that way it shows the affiliate what they've earned then you've got affiliate account language and you want to make sure you turn this one on English and then you have affiliate select language and autod detect on that way when they log into the affiliate program it's all Auto Auto detected and it makes life really really easy now we're going to be moving on to the creative section which is right here now

this is where when your affiliate logs into their affiliate marketing program this is where they're able to find the social media post that they can use to upload to their story to help promoting it so what you want to upload on here are things like product images sale images and you want to be creating all of these in canva now if you remember what the S address one looked like they had loads of different call sale um designs made and they put them in here and what influencers will do is they'll put it on their

story and they'll click swipe up and then people will swipe up and take them straight here so make sure that you upload loads of different designs like um sale designs photography have it all uploaded here even upload videos if you want to but the sky is the limit with what you do the more creatives you upload here the more that influencers have to work with to potentially promote your products and obviously get a sale going through the door so guys now we're moving on to the email section of the affiliate marketing program now when it

says pending Affiliates this is all on the left hand side you want to make sure that you turn this off because you're doing Auto approved which means nobody should be pending so turn this one off for spam filter and then you want to by doing that you just click the status and then click save and it will turn it off so you come down here now you click save and you'll see now that this one's been turned off then you want to go to approved Affiliates and this is the one that you want to spend

the most time on now if we go to my email you can see that as soon as you sign up for or uh s address affiliate they'll send you an email and you can see it right here it goes through all the different benefits and it really and they also attach a video as well onto the email to tell you how the affiliate marketing program works so this is very very important now when you scroll back up you can see they give you all the information on how everything works what you're going to be doing

as an affiliate so you get off to the best start so we're going to be recreating that as well so what you want to do is you want to make sure that the subject Lin is your affiliate account has been approved let's start making money to get people motivated pumped and then you can see here I've given you the uh copy and paste template as well so if we go back to the cheat sheet you can see I've got it right here for you guys so you can just copy and paste that in you do

need to change a few different things here as well so you can change it to your brand name so it makes sense and then once you've done that guys you want to hit save so what I'd also recommend that you do is you add the link to the video explaining how your affiliate marketing program works and the way you want to do is you want to add a video to your Vimeo account and then get a Link and Link it here and then that way they can watch the video now let's talk about how to

make this video so if we go back to S address's webbsite you can see when you go to earn money they have a video here and I'm going to play the video I'm not going to play it Loud but it's literally just a video of somebody doing a voice over showing them what the affiliate marketing dashboard looks like what's in there how they can use it and how they can integrate it so what you're going to want to do is you're going to want to download a screen um screen shareing software from OBS for example

I use OBS and then you just want to basically go over it and you want to use voiceover so you can either do the recording first you can record this and not do a voice over just show them the different sections and then what you can do is you can use a free voice over so if you don't want to personally talk in the video you can just script the video and type it in here and somebody else will say it so if you don't want if you're shy and you don't want to say anything

you can use a free voice over and that's been linked in the description or if you want to get something done a little bit more professional then I've actually left a link in the cheat sheet to a Fiverr um freelancer that does a that does voiceovers professionally and you can see here if you want to get a real professional feel to it then use the fiver person now the the one that they've used in here is just an automatically generated voice over the one that's for free in the cheat sheet and again they've just recorded

a video of explaining what the dashboard looks like how to get the most use out of it and then they've got some voiceover robot to go over and explain what it all means so that's how you want to be doing it guys and again it's all Linked In the cheat sheet make sure you get this done because if you want to get the best results you need a video designed for your Affiliates and this is your dashboard where you can create an embed link so you embed the link on your website so you can actually

embed this link on your website so it will show on your website now I don't recommend that you do that I would recommend that you get a direct link and you copy that link now as soon as people go to this link check it out so as soon as you go to this link it's going to take you to the affiliate marke and Subs you can see here it takes them to my basically my sign up to sign up as an affiliate for my program now what you want to do is you want to head

over to Shopify you want to go to online store and you want to go to where it says navigation and then what you want to do is you want to go over to menus and you want to go to main menu and then what you want to do is you want to create a new menu and you want to call this one earn money you want to call it earn money because remember the same as with the sales address.com they have a menu I'm going to show you this again just in case you forgot they

have a menu at the top called earn money and when you click that it takes them straight to in affiliate marketing and how they've done that guys is exactly what I'm doing now with you is creating a new page earn money and then they paste the link here and they click that sorry let me do it again you paste the link there and you click the link and then you click add once you've done that you will see this link appear and if I go to the online store on the store you can see here

it's got earn money at the top as soon as you click that it will take them straight to your affiliate marketing setup and that's exactly how you integrate it with your Shopify menu so guys this part is extremely important because now we're moving on to the section where we've now got our affiliate marketing program and now the key to this is sending traffic to our store and converting that traffic into a customer but more importantly as an affiliate so the first thing that you want to do is you want to go to where it says

convert customers to Affiliates by going to the growth tours section and the first thing that you want to do is you want to go to post purchase popup and you want to make sure that this is turned on and you want to split test this to see if it kills your conversion or if it increases conversion and your affiliat so you want to turn this on by clicking active and you want to make sure that you turn the bronze program on straight away now you don't want to click assign customer as a downline now I'm

going to be going over this in a minute but this is to do with MLM and I'm not fond of MLM and I do not endorse it so personally I do not have this on and if you are somebody that agrees with it this is up to you but personally I do not now once you've done that you're going to head over to design and what this does is before you purchase it's going to show a pop-up setting do you want to join an affiliate marketing to earn a commission to earn money so potentially getting

something for free that's what this does so that's exactly what this is going to be doing and you can change this and design it to however you want now I will be leaving examples in the cheat sheet of some of those that I've created so you guys can have a look now if we go to email template this is the template that they're going to receive once they check out so once you add your email to add to car and you abandon it this email is going to get sent straight out now I will be

leaving the template in the free cheat sheet as well so you can copy and paste it in but this is how you're going to convert these customers into people now the the whole key to this is you either want them to become a customer worst case you want them to at least become an affiliate now you got convert signup customers so these are people that have actually bought so these are people that have bought now they're at the checkout they bought they've waited for that product now they're at the checkout you want to turn this

on and this is the email that they're going to receive once they buy now again I'm going to be leaving the template in the cheat sheet so you can just copy and paste but make sure that you have these turned on so you can smash it with the conversion of turning PID traffic customers into Affiliates now the next thing that you've got is the MLM thing like I told you about um and this is basically about for example let's say one affiliate comes in and they recruit another 10 Affiliates they get Commission on those affiliates

so again this is down to you guys if you want to do it personally I don't endorse or do it so I'm not doing it but it's obviously there and this is a very powerful way of making money with Affiliates because it's basically merchandising so remember just think of it as McDonald's McDonald's have loads of different franchises now McDonald's doesn't own every franchise they only own a few brands in the McDonald's franchises so franchising is when people pay to own a McDonald's and they have to pay a commission to McDonald's as a company for the

sales that they ear and this is exactly the same thing now again it's based on your opinion but it's a great way to scale if you agree ethically with this structure so guys this is the last section of the Shopify Drop Shipping Store build and I know this section's been really really long but I'm going to leave it on one of the most important things which is a full guide to winning charge backs for your stores now if you don't know what a charge back is a charge back is initiated by a customer through their

Bank to reverse a payment they believe was unauthorized or unjustified now this is one one of the biggest issues in the e-commerce and drop shipping industry now chargebacks can cause a lot of damage for your Drop Shipping Store because it can cause payment holds on stripe and PayPal which means your money gets frozen because if your charge back ratio goes above 1% just 1% they have the authorization to start freezing your money now 1% chargeback ratio is not that high now the second biggest damage is obviously your profit margins your profit margins will die if

you get loads of charge backs because people are basically getting your product for free and basically scamming you so why do customers follow charge back number one they're fraudulent charges so somebody's done credit card scam but this is easily avoidable if you don't sell in those high-risk countries that we'll be teaching you in the Facebook ad strategy product not received and again this is legitimate you as the drop shipper is to ensure that the product gets delivered correctly and within a reasonable time frame number three product is not described you've basically Miss sold them on

what it is you're selling so always be authentic and 100% accurate with what you're selling now the fourth reason is you've agreed on doing a refund or an exchange but they never received that so then they've gone to their bank or credit card provider for a final reason of causing a charge back now how do you guys win chargebacks because you're going to get them regardless even if you follow the best principles you're still going to find out that you're going to get charge backs now number one establish clear business practices timely shipping transparent policy

and honest advertising now the second best way to do it is by using a shop called charge flow now if you go to the Shopify App Store this is it charge flow dispute chargebacks now this is a fully automated chargeback management system so it will go through all your transactions and respond and submit the evidence to prove that you weren't in the wrong and this will help you win all of your charge backs basically on automation now this app is completely free to install so I'd always recommend that you install it now like I said

the app will do automated dispute management tracking numbers payment IDs and customer Communications now the cost of the app is completely free to subscribe now how it works with charge flow is you'll only be paying them a 25% fee on whatever they've been able to win as a charge rate but again only if they win so let's say for example they were able to stop a charge back of $30 going out they will take 25% of that only if they win now chargebacks win rate is usually between 60 and 80% which is insane by the

way now for charge back to work really really well you need to always have a robust evidence system which is order details shipping proof product documentation and customer communication now a few ways you can prevent chargebacks as well is by providing accurate product description so that's why when you're using AI to make the descriptions off your competitor's website you need to make sure you double proofread everything and your product is the same because if it's slightly different and if that other feature that's on your competitor's product but isn't on yours and it could be the

smallest thing that could give give them a reason to charge back now also set realistic expectations with delivery times especially because you're Drop Shipping don't promise them next day delivery don't promise them 5day delivery if it's going to take between 7 and 10 days say it's going to take 7 to 10 days but if it is going to take 7 to 10 days then enhance your customer support offer them free ebooks so let's say on the third day that they're waiting for their parcel you can say look guys your ORD on its way but here

is a free guide on how to train your pet at home if you're selling them a pet product that way you're keeping them happy whilst they're waiting and don't leave your customers in the dark always provide upto-date information on their order because what happens is as soon as they order a product they start to get a bit of worry and anxious Behavior because they're thinking oh is it legit or is it a scam so if you don't update them on the journey they're going to just think straight away You're scamming them now to make this

very clear you don't have to use charge flow app for your chargebacks you can technically do it manually so through stripe and PayPal you will be able to submit your evidence for the charge back but it means you personally have to take up time to do that so in my opinion it's just a waste of time and yes you might be saving 25% instead of paying charge back but in my opinion that time is better off doing your business tactics which is marketing creatives and so forth stuff like this should not be taken up your

time your time should be allocated to generating business income not working in the business I always say work on the business not in the business because then that way you're going to make more money so guys welcome to module 5 of the free Drop Shipping course for 2025 now within this module I'm going to be teaching you everything when it comes to creatives video ads image ads even creating ad copies and headlines now the creative is the biggest weight when it comes to your success when you advertise on Facebook and Tik Tok the actual setup

isn't that important the main thing is how good your creatives are so guys the first thing that we need to do to create viral winning creatives for Facebook ads or Tik Tok ads for our Drop Shipping Store is under our product as much as possible and we also need to come up with these few subjects the winning hook the product name the product features and what the product solves Now by us gaining this information we're going to give it to a gbt that I'll be giving you guys access to that will write us a script

now remember the script is only one part of the creative although it's very very important remember it is only one section now because we've already built our Shopify store and I taught you how to do that some of this you can already fill in like the product name the product features and the product solve so these three you should be able to fill out already because you should have that information already on your Shopify store now saying about your Shopify store if you rushed that section or you didn't do it very well then it will

show here because the information that you're going to put here is going to be really really bad so I would recommend that you either go back to your Shopify store and make it better or if you've done it well enough as it is you can just fill these out now the winning hook that is something that you can't do right now because you need to figure that out and the only way to figure figure that out is by using a tool like winning Hunter you guys might remember this tool from when I showed it you

in the paid product research method it's also very handy to use in this section because instead of us guessing what the winning creative is for our product on a Facebook ad we can figure it out here because again we've gone to the Facebook ads Library we've typed in the name of our product we've also sorted it by winning which is formally consistently performing the best now if I scroll down you can see here this one has been performing really well and it's also scaling by 185% and it's in chronological order so it means that this

first one the second one are the best creatives overall for this keyword now remember I don't want to use a winning hook based on a terrible performing ad because then that way I'm giving my gbt a bad winning hook I only want the best winning hook now the winning hook will be the first 5 Seconds of what's said and shown in your video now remember what I said to you guys at the intro of this model it's an attention mark market so if you can Captivate somebody's attention for 5 seconds it's likely that they're going

to carry on watching your video so that's why it's so important to get those first 5 Seconds to a te in terms of the best performance and again the best way to do this is by looking at our competitor's ads seeing which is the best performing one based on statistical data again we're using a pay toour like this because it's going to show me what the best creative is now if you don't want to use a pay tool like winning Hunter then you can use Tik Tok organic type in the name of the product and

search for whichever video has got the most likes and the most views now if you go based on views and likes that will help you if you don't want to pay for a allll remember organic content which is free like this and paid content is different to Consumers they won't react the same so it's a good way to do it for free but it can sometimes not be as good because remember people react differently to organic content to paid content now the reason why I'm telling you to do it on Tik Tok is because you

can see likes and views on here and that will tell you whichever the best video was now technically you could use the Facebook ad library to also do this the only downside is you can't tell which is the winning creative because the ad Library does not tell you that information what you could do is find the winning page that's running creatives for this product and go to where it says view their ads see how many active ads they're running and see whichever creative comes up the most so find the page with the most ads running

and see which creative comes up the most as an active had for this company it's the exact same one so I was to presume that this is their winning creative which means it's their winning hook that is another way to find a winning Hook from your competitor for completely free now because I want the best results possible I'm going to stick to using the paid method cuz I trust it more and I know that I'm going to get better success with my winning hook now as I know that this is the winning video and the

best creative I'm actually going to open this up and download it so you can see here it says download I'm actually going to download this now once you've downloaded the video you're going to want to use use this AI tool called a Ai and what this will allow you to do is create an account for free and then you can upload the video and transcribe it cuz remember we're going to use this as a script so we're going to transcribe the winning creative and take away the first section so you can see I've clicked import

browse files and then here on downloads I've got that video and I can click open and then I can start transcribing it and then you can see it says here transcribe audio and video and you can see it's now uploading now you can see that the video file is currently processing the transcript now once it's done we can come back to it okay guys so this was the winning hook transcribe now the reason why I transcribed it was to make sure I'm 100% accurate with what they said now you could technically listen to the video

and write it but to be safe I'd rather just transcribe it so what I'm going to do now is I'm actually going to take this I'm going to copy it go back to the sheet like I said I've already filled out the rest of the stuff I'm just going to paste it here and I'm actually going to make some adjustments to this very quickly now the adjustments that I'm going to make is I want to read the hook and I want to get rid of any fluff so the scorched heated vest that's their brand name

so I'd have to change this with my brand name is great because it heats up lighting fast and stays warm for over 12 hours and with a few clicks of button you can adjust the temperature of your vest so that for me is the hook so I'm going to keep that and get rid of the rest cuz I think it's fluff now I've also readded my brand name into the copy so now it reads correctly so now what I can do is I can actually copy all of this information so just copy it then you're

going to want to open up a chat gbt Tab and I'm going to leave a link to this gbt app in the description because it is an app it's called Tik Tok viral script short video script writer so this is already trained with AI to write you really good scripts and it will do it for you just based on the information that we've just got now for this to work correctly we do need to write a quick prompt to the gbt so it understands what we're about to send it so you can see here I

put I need you to make me a script for a video ad I'm going to send you all the info you need to make me a viral script so all you need to do is send that to the gbt so once it's done that it's going to give you a generic response and this is where you want to paste the information from the Google Doc and send it to the gbt and just like that guys I've got my viral Heatwave ad script and it looks really really good you've got screen content where it suggests what

to do but we don't to worry about that the only thing we're interested in is this section on the right and it looks really good so I'm going to say just send me the script section and it should just give me the written version so what I'd recommend that you reply to the gbt is without the table CU it'll keep sending you the table and just say I just need the lines and then it will just send you the written version so you can see here we've got it we can read it out ever wish

your jacket could fight the Cod like a personal heater that is very very good I must say meet the Heatwave TM heated vest the Winter Game Changer that heats up in seconds so just by reading this right now it seems very very good now I'd always recommend that you proof read and see if it makes sense but in my opinion I've just had a quick read and I really do like the quality of the script so now we've got the script out of the way we need to create the visuals so that's going to be

the videos to go with the script now what I'd recommend that you do do is come back to the Google Doc and then just paste the script that you've got here and call it script one now the reason why we're going to put script one is because we can make more scripts if we want so if you want to make more so let's say you want three in total you can basically change the hook or you can change the features what it will depend on is what you put here and what you put here product

solves and product features will regurgitate basically the script now I'm actually going to show you guys in a few moments different marketing angles that you can do that can actually change this as well so if I was you guys I'd wait for that section but if you do want Alternatives then all you need to do is switch these out and you can get different scripts now I do recommend that you do have between one and three scripts because it's always good to test to see which one works the best but I would wait till I

show you guys the different marketing angles and emotions that are in place when it comes to viral videos so now we've got script one we can create the visuals which is the imagery the videos and what people are going to visually see with our script and obviously we're going to have a voice over for that script so it's all going to look nice and and clean now before we get on to doing the visuals we need to find the best content that's already available for us on the internet now the best thing to do is

go to your suppliers website on AliExpress look at the suppliers with the most orders 10,000 2,000 uh 366 orders and you want to go through all the supplies and find as many good images that you can get from them as possible sometimes suppliers do also provide you with videos as well but it's just good together as much content as possible whether it be images and whether it be videos now with that being said guys we now need to create our Avatar the person that's going to read the script and showcase themselves on the camera now

there are three ways that you can create an avatar now these three ways I'm going to show you are AI generated so it means that we're going to use an AI Avatar to read our script Forest that way it's Unique content that way we're not going to get into any copyright issues and it's all unique content now the first option is a free option and that's called Tik Tock Symphony and it's under their cre creative Studio you can see here Avatar videos and generate Avatar so these are the two things that I would recommend that

you look into and to get to the Tik Tok Symphony you need to create a Tik Tok business account now if you haven't already got a Tik Tok business account make sure you use my link in the resources to create a business account on Tik Tok because you can get cash back and free credits when you start running ads so you're actually going to start running ads after this so why not use my link and get $200 or $500 in cred credits that way you're not risking your own money so make sure you use my

link in the description once you've created an account you want to come to business center and then you want to come to this tab here and you want to go to where it says Tik Tok Symphony if you can't see that go to all tools and it should appear here and then once you click Tik Tok Symphony your page should come here now again this is the free option to create avatars and to actually create the videos now an alternative to the Tik Tock Symphony for creating Avatar AI videos is actually arer ads now you

might be thinking why would I use arar ads over Tik Tok if it's free arar ads in my opinion have better avatars their AI is better so the lip syncing for the script I think looks more natural you can do it in 4k there's more scenarios now with Tik Tok because it's free everyone uses it so when you're running ads some people might see the same Avatar so it might look like they know that they've seen this before I just think with arker ads that you get way more avatars that look cooler natural and the

quality is better but it can get a little bit expensive ranging from 50 to $100 a month but again I do think this is a way better option if you've got the budget now another option to arar ads that's paid but it's a way better quality service than the Tik Tok symphony is Synthesia I don't know how to say this again it's a paid toll it's a little bit more affordable I think it's around about $25 and they do offer AI avatars and these guys are really really good now I'm going to be using all

three Tik Tok arar ads and synthes here for different scenarios of the ad so I'm going to basically use all three websites to create different parts of my video ad now if you're not going to be spending any money on this stuff then you can just use all the different avatars from Tik Tok and mess around with them now I'm going to start off by using the Tik Tok option to create an avatar for completely free so now I'm in the Tik Tok Symphony Studio I'm going to go to where it says Avatar videos so

guys now we're inside of the Tik Tok Symphony 3 video AI Creator Studio it should look like this it should show you loads of different avatars and you can see them all here and on the right hand side side you can choose filters like eCommerce education gaming Finance body gesture clothing style scene and gender so basically you can filter your AI Avatar down by these now remember depending on what you're selling think logically about who your audience is going to be so in this example I'm selling a heated vest so it's a unisex product so

it can either be male or female I sell this to it's probably going to be to people that are slightly older so probably over the age 25 people that go hiking people that are doing you know jobs outside so I'm probably going to go for the a little bit more mature Market but for example if you're selling a beauty product like a hair curler or something or an eyelash curler it's going to be females only it's going to be from the age of 21 up so you got to really think before you start playing around

with these avatars think logically who you're going to be speaking to now I filtered the clothing style down to sporty and buy e-commerce as I feel like these are going to be the people that will look the best for what I'm trying to sell now I filtered this down by sporty so you can see here people like this will be perfect for my product cuz these are the kind of people that are going to want to attract for my product so now I can select this aditar and now where it says what would you like

your video to say we can add our script now because I've got 10 lines of writing I'm actually going to divide this in two so two lines two lines two lines now if you don't know what I mean by that is I'm actually going to keep two adverage to two lines so you can see here I've only pasted two lines of the script script because I'm going to want to switch out the different avatars per two lines because remember think of it if somebody watches the same script from the same Avatar as a consumer they're

probably going to get bored of that person so they're going to want to change now if we change the Avatar every two lines they're going to have a refresh of somebody new somebody with a different voice so that should keep their attention a lot more higher so what I'd recommend that you do is depending on how many lines you've got I would divide it by two so if I've got 10 I'm going to be doing 222 which equals 5 so I'm going to have five different advertis now again you can just use the ones for

free on Tik Tok to do this or in my case I'm going to be doing a bit of Tik Tock a bit of arker ads for my current situation now I'm going to want to have a voice over and then once I've done this I'm going to click generate voice and captions so that took a few seconds to do so now once that's done we can click export now I'd recommend that you export before you watch because when you watch here it won't be at the highest quality so when you export it will then be

at the highest quality now this can actually take quite a while this can take a few minutes because it is exporting and it's going to be doing the lip syncing and upload it at the highest quality so this can take a little bit of time so guys I've got my first AI video back from Tik Tok I've downloaded it before reviewing it just so I can watch it in the full resolution and this is what I've got so what I'm going to do is I'm going to play this video and see if I like the

quality of it now I'm actually really happy with this video I think it's really good quality and I think it's perfect for the audience I'm going to be targeting now do bear in mind guys that this video is also going to have be roll over it so this is called a roll and then we're going to have b roll which is visuals of the product in use so don't just think it's going to be this guy in front of the screen and people are only going to see him on the ad they're also going to

see you know Snippets of Boll on the top where it transitions between the product and him just so you guys know that's what we're doing this is a roll and then we're going to have b roll so that's my first avatar done so I'm going to get my second one and I'm going to go to arar ads to do this so I've just opened up a new project I need to add the script here and then I can generate a video so I'm going to get the next two lines which is these two I'm going

to copy it I'm going to go back to arar ads I'm going to paste the script here and then it's going to give me some options again just like Tik Tok where I can choose but buy a lot more filters I can really choose loads of different things HD free speech exclusive for pro so I filtered this one by Exclusive by Pro that way or the advertisers aren't going to have the same avatars because they're not going to have a pro account so that way there going to be less likely other people seeing ads with

these avatars now I'm going to change it to a female from a male so I'm going to select this person here and click next and then I'm going to click generate video and now it's going to be generating me my next video now again to get my next Avatar I'm going to be going to this company here called Synthesia I think that's how I'm pronouncing it and what I'm going to want to do is I'm going to go to where it says new video then I'm going to go to where it says start from blank

in the bottom left then honestly guys you can choose any of these just make sure the aspect ratio is vertical so I'm just going to choose this one here and click use template now once your template loads I'm just going to delete everything off the template cuz I'm going to start from scratch so now I've got a blank canvas and the script at the bottom is got nothing there we can now go to where it says Avatar at the top and now you can see you've got loads of different avatars again that we can choose

from now I'm going to go with Cole as the next Avatar and the ones with this purple icon they have facial expression depending on your script so these are smart avatars and that's why I like using this company because the emotion and the lip syncing is way more advanced so now I'm just going to click on him and now he's going to load up on my project and now I'm going to resize him so that he fits the canvas so now I've got him fit in the canvas and he's in the middle I can now

go to where it says background and click background media and now I can actually add a background media so you can see here I can go to library upload my own I can go to synthia spaces I can go to in this video or I can get it from other places now I'm going to go to synthia spaces I'm going to go to where it says outside and I'm going to choose one of these I think this one's my favorite I like this one because it goes with the outdoor effect that I'm going for with

my product now I can go back to my script get the next two lines and put them in here and now put the script here at the bottom and then if I come to the bottom left where it says Cole I can choose to change his voice and I can choose to show his voice as well now with that all being done I'm happy so now I can go back to generate and then I can click generate video now to finish off the rest of my script I'm just going to use the same avatar for

the last four sentences just cuz I don't want to use up too much time so I'm going to go back to Tik Tok again I'm going to go back to avatars and filter them through I'm now happy with using this Avatar here so I'm going to click on her then it's going to regenerate the video guys then I'm going to go back to script I'm going to delete the old script and I'm also going to delete all this down here as well now once it's regenerated I'm going to click on and make sure there's no

mask I want to make sure it's the full version then I'm going to go back to script and paste the last part of the script in there and click generate voice and captions so guys now we've downloaded all of our AI avatars through all those different websites we can now use cap cut cap cut is the best choice when it comes to video editing it's free and it's absolutely amazing now what you want to do is once you've created an account on cat cop you want to go to where it says create new you're going

to go to where it says 19x 16 and then it's going to open you up into this editor view now the thing that I love about cap cut is although yes Facebook ads can be 1:1 ratio or 9 to6 if we do 9 to6 and think about one: one when it comes to resizing it later it's easy so as long as we sit inside of the parameters of a one: one ratio when we edit this video when we upload the video to Facebook and we do one to one it will look natural because we've not

overstretched the video so an example is you can see my cursor here so if we put text up here or below here here then it's not going to show on a on to one video but if we do it through the onet toone grid which is around about there and there then even if we crop it down later in the Facebook ads manager it's still going to be the same kind of video so I'd always say think about one: one ratio when you're editing your 9 to 16 or if you want the perfect look do

them separately but it just takes a little bit longer now that being said guys the first thing we're going to want to do is go to where it says media go to where it says upload and we're going to want to upload all of the video avatars that we just got so guys once you've uploaded all of your videos and you can see them here just remember which order you've done them in because you don't want the timeline to be wrong so I know that this was my first video so I'm going to click it

and now it's going to add it to the timeline for me the timeline guys is this bottom section and then the preview is this section here now what I always say just for editing cases is do One Clip at a time don't add the full timeline yet I would recommend that you do it one at a time now the first thing that I'm going to want to do is I'm actually going to want to resize this video so I'm going to grab it here at the top and I'm going to just basically stretch this out

now the reason why I'm doing this is because I want my avatar to actually fill in quite a lot of the scene if you have them too zoomed out they don't bring the connection to the audience now I still think that's a little bit too zoomed out so I'm going to make it bigger and I would say that's about right for me I think that is a nice zoom in for the Avatar now you might be thinking what about the captions the captions have been lost I don't want the captions from anywhere but the cap

cut editors so I'm going to select the clip and I'm going to go to where it says captions on the left and I'm going to go to where it says autoc captions and then I'm going to click generate based on English USA and then it's going to autoc caption it for me just like that guys if we play it it should be autoc captioned ever wish your jacket could fight the cold like a personal heater and yes guys it's perfectly done now I don't like the style of caption guys I don't like it just looking

like this so I'm going to select the caption now you can go to preset and you can see the ones here that are preset to use and these ones are way better than the standard ones or you can go to basic and you can change it manually or you can go back to presets again go to templates now if you've got a pro account then you're going to get access to these other really cool versions of caption now one of my favorite ones guys is the first one here I really like the yellow and the

white text I just find it converts the best for me so I'm actually going to leave mine like this wish your jacket could fight the cold like a personal heater now if you want to move the text higher all you got to do is drag it and move it up now bear in mind when you're doing one section it's going to do the rest of it so if I move this up here although it's technically only this section it's going to move all of them up here and if I make this text bigger bear in

mind it's going to make all the other text bigger fight the cold like a personal heater meet the heat wve heated vest so you just got to make sure that when you're doing this guys it all fits the screen because remember you can only consolidate each text if you autoc capture in each part now the only way around this is if you you caption each section so what I mean by that is you cut the clip here you then cut the clip here and you caption each section that way they become individual captions that you

can resize but for me guys I think this is fine as it is and this has worked for me completely fine in the past now this is where we start to incorporate b roll into our a roll video so now you need to really look and listen to what is being said so in this first section it says ever wish your jacket can beat the cold like a personal heater now I need to find content that matches what's being said here so within the first second so around about here we're going to want to show

a preview of that being done so guys to showcase the first b-roll section of my heated jacket fighting the winter I'm going to use free pick again to do that because I don't want to overdo the B- roll here I just want a simple image of our heated jacket fighting the winter now I think I can do that with AI and free pick is the best way to do it so I'm going to go back to videos click explore videos I'm going to go to AI video generator I'm going to go to generate AI video

now once you do this guys you're going to go to where it says high quality you're going to want to upload an image of the product so I've uploaded an image of the product so I've shown the front and the back now if you guys remember I actually generated this image or video from when we were building the store so I turned a normal image into a video by using free pick so I've turned a 1D image into a 3D video so I've reused us that here and now I'm going to use the end image

of a winter scene so I've reused that file here so now where it says describe your video I'm actually going to describe exactly what the guy says in the script so I'm going to go back to the script you can see it says here wish your jacket could fight the cold like a personalized heater I'm literally going to copy that go back to where it says describe your video and paste it there and then where it says what kind of style I want pan right pan left I'm actually going to go to where it says

or right then I'm going to change the aspect ratio to 9 to 16 and I'm going to keep it at 5 seconds and then I'm going to hit generate now whilst that's being generated guys I'm going to go back to cap cut and see what else the person says so at this section here he says meet the Heatwave so this is where I need to find content of the product being used in a real life scenario now this actually brings me on to an interesting part which is when it comes to Boll and you showcasing

the product in action you've not got many choices is here guys you're either going to have to go to Tik Tok and find videos of people wearing the gay you're going to either have to go back to Tik Tok and find videos of somebody using your product in action like this or like this or you're going to have to make the content yourself now the downside of you getting content off Tik Tok and repurposing it is it can be flagged as copyright now if you try to keep no one's face in the video that can

help but it still isn't a great option now the better option you can do is you can actually order a sample product from Zen drop get it delivered to your house or if you want it even quicker deliver it from Amazon it'll be next day in most countries and just get some videos from your iPhone everyone has an iPhone everyone has a smartphone and just get some videos of you wearing the product or using the product just like the top videos on Tik Tok so just replicate the same videos on Tik Tok that have gone

viral or replicate the same videos that have done really well on the ads library or on winning Hunter and recre create them you don't need to speak in them you don't need to do any of that because the Ari Avatar is doing it all you're doing is showcasing it so for example it could be a video of you wearing it like this or it could be another video of you unboxing it at home so you're not actually showing anything you're just showing what it looks like at home I think this is a really good example

of a video that you could recreate at home if I ordered the product how hard would it be for me to actually do this so this is the type of content that I'm talking about when it comes to recreating get at home to redo this at home it's super easy but the good thing is your own content and you don't need to be worried about getting it copyrighted now the Chan of you getting copyrighted isn't that high but it still looks more professional when it's your own content but like I said guys I've given you

both options you're either going to have to go on Tik Tok and repurpose content or number two go and make it yourself at home by ordering the product from Amazon or from Zen drop it's super easy to do so you don't need to be a genius just recreate what's already worked for other people on Tik Tok and on the Facebook ad library now in my case because I've not ordered the product I'm just going to go and find some content on Tik Tok and start downloading it now to download Tik Tok content you can use

a website like this called SSS tick. there's loads of them just type in Tik Tok downloader on Google and you'll find loads all you need to do is grab the link so if I go back to Tik Tok I'm going to start downloading some content now I actually quite like this video so I'm going to click on it now sometimes on Tik Tok you can download the video as it is by right clicking click download video not all videos will allow you to do this but some can so guys I spent around about 10 minutes

downloading as much good content as I could find as Boll so now I've done that I'm going to go back to upload I'm going to go upload file and I've got all of these videos that I can use so now I'm in this section of where it's introducing the product you can see it here so here is where it introduces the product so now I'm going to want to look for the BW that I downloaded that best showcas is that now I think that this video here is the best option so I'm going to drag

it just above where I believe the gentleman is talking about the heated jacket now make sure you put this in between the captions and the video if you don't then the captions will not be shown now I'm also going to crop this video slightly to show it outside the packaging cuz it's got branding on it so just here where our hands are I think is perfect so now I can push that back to where it needs to be I also need to mute this video now when you click on this clip go over to where

it says audio and make sure you mute the audio cuz there will be background noise now on once you've done that I'm also going to resize this so it gets rid of the water mark so now it shows it just like this now I like the shot where it shows a woman waving it in the air and it's around about here I need to put it now I'm actually going to break this up into two clips because I think it's a bit slow so from here where it shows the product to around about here I'm

actually going to cut this up and replace it with more B- roll so all I need to do is click on the clip click this little divide button and now it's the divided the clip all I got to do is delete it and now I've got that section showing and now I'm going to replace it again so guys I've actually changed that clip over to a better one that I found on Tik Tok CU I think it looks way better so let me show you this now now as you've seen here there's an issue because

my captions and the video captions from the actual video are now overlapping and it's showing mine and theirs and this is what I was saying to you guys before this can be the issue when you use other people's content because you have to fight with what's already on there now realistically their captions is not great and it kind of takes away from mine so the only thing that I can do is I can either delete my captions or I can put my caption over there's and put a background on mine like this and then cover

it up now personally I don't like doing that because sometimes it doesn't look right because you can never fully cover them up without it looking weird so I'm just going to get rid of my actual captions so I'm going to click on the caption where the video starts and then I'm going to click the Divide button and then I'm just going to delete it there and there so now you can see just like that guys now my captions are gone although it does show theirs those captions on their video isn't really interrupting my video too

much because there's nothing really that sabotaging on theirs so it should be completely fine so here's my video back from free pick for the intro so I'm going to drag it back onto the timeline in between the captions here so guys the content that I got back from free pick is actually really really cool it's turned that static image into an animated video and I really like it now because it's cropped to one to one I'm going to click it I'm going to go to where it says fill and now it will fill the canvas

perfectly so I'm just going to put it here like that and now we can watch the timeline back ever wish your jacket could fight the cold like a personal heater meet the Heatwave heated V the Winter game Cher so because this video here doesn't have any snow or like bad weather conditions it doesn't fit in so I've gone to effects of typing snow and I can use those here as an option to make this look more like it's actually snowing so I'm actually going to grab this one put it on the timeline reposition it so

it fits where that comes in I'm going to resize it and now if we watch it it should look like it's snowing so you can see there it looks like it's actually snowing so let's watch this back wish your jacket could fight the cold like a personal heater meet the heat wave heated vest now I actually really like what we've got going on here guys I think it looks good so far I just need to add a transition between these two clips because it does look a little bit weird so all we need to do

is go to Transitions so guys I've added a transition here and I've actually added another clip of somebody wearing the gay as they go in hiking or Upper Mountain so what I'm actually going to do is I'm actually going to watch this now so yeah guys I'm really happy with that first hook or the opening scene I think it grabs a lot of attention now personally with this section here of this guy with the AI video coming in making it look like snow now I could technically redo this section here with some videos from Tik

Tok but again I don't want to go too crazy with the b-roll from Tik Tok cuz I want to try and keep it using my own content or using AI that way I'm not going to get stung but again guys it will make a huge difference in quality when you create your own content by ordering the product because it will all look the same again like this content and this content will be more matched in terms of the style and it won't look as off but I'm only doing with what I've got access to and

even though this is all I've got it still looks very good so guys we're on to the next clip which is Avatar number two so I found an issue so with Avatar number one if I listen to the audio compared to the second clip it is a lot louder so I'm going to go back to this clip go to audio and I'm actually going to bring it down by around about 15 and I want to see if it matches so we're on to the second clip I have slightly zoomed this one in guys and straightened

it now let's see what she says but again we need to caption this clip so I'm going to click on it go to where it says captions and auto caption okay so that's it the captions have been added guys I'm going to click on them again and I'm then going to go to preset template the first version I'm going to make this slightly bigger and I'm also going to move this slightly up now I've done that time to get some b-roll added to the clip so let's listen to what she says again just a c

Okay cool so she's on about clicking the jacket so I need to go back to my b-roll footage which is under media and I need to find something that showcases that so just like that guys I found another b-roll clip where it shows a woman again it's a woman voice over so I thought I'd get a video of a woman she's literally clicking the button on the jacket which is what she's talking about so it shows that scenario nicely let's what she says next she's oning about dog walking office chilling or going up a mountain

so to get that type of b roll I don't think is necessary we could if we wanted to go to a free stock website like pixels or even use the ones in cap cut and get a video of somebody walking a dog but I just don't think it's relevant so we're going to carry on so let's see what this next said okay so now she's on about lightweight flexible and design so this is where we now need to show the product in action again that scene here is perfect for that clip so you can see

I'm going to show you that second clip again I'm just going to clean this up so that's the second clip done guys we've got her showing herself then a closeup of the button being used and then another woman an elderly woman showcasing the design and the lightweightness like she's saying in the voice over so let's watch this again from the start so we've got two avatars now in the timeline let's see how it looks win nice guys I think that's perfect so let's move on to Avatar number three so this next clip actually the start

of it was basically regurgitating what these other two people have said so I'm going to chop it a little bit earlier on by clicking that button there because I don't want repeating stuff cuz there's no need to repeat things that have already been said and we want to try and keep our vide to between 30 and 45 seconds or sometimes even 50 seconds so let's see how it looks now stay toasty for over 12 hours with advanced heat okay you know what I'm going to do I'm going to I'm going to drop the audio on

this one again it's from Tik Tok and I've noticed the Tik Tok avatars speak really loud so we're going to go back to 15 and that should now match okay cool I need to zoom her in she's really far out so let's Zoom her in nice I think we can zoom her in a little bit more nice cool so now we can put her there I think that's perfect let's have a look now how it looks with her coming into the sceney does standat okay perfect I think what she says there is completely fine so

all I need to do now is add some Boll and obviously the captions so I'm going to click on her again captions and I'm going to go to where it says Auto captions generate now we just need to change these captions again to the right template which is this one need to make it slightly bigger and we're going to move this one up perfect and now I think we're ready okay cool now we just need to add the b roll guys and I think we are done with this first version so guys I've made a

lot of changes to the timeline I was able to find a lot better b-roll I had to spend more time just finding it I wasn't happy with the end product so for the last section here where I introduced the last part of the video you can see this woman starts talking I'm going to show you what it looks like now advancy a chance against the Heat W he don't justv the on it okay so cool I've added that really nice clip in here where it shows the heat technology people in the winter using the jacket

and now the call to action we're going to come back to that in the next few moments cuz I do want to address something but if I show you the start of the video I wasn't 100% satisfied with the first clip but this is what the first clip looks like now win game thats up in second okay guys so there you see it's 30 seconds long and it is way better what I definitely need to start doing though is adding some transitions in between b-roll Clips so again if I come over to where it says

transitions I just need to add a few of these in just to make it look less solid as they transition over and then I'm pretty much done I'm very happy with how this ad has finished and come out I think I've done a really good job what I would say now with the call to action at the end of the video all we need to do now is we need to add to the script a call to action so you want to come back to this and you want to say call to action now your

call to action should be your offer and it should also be a time frame so for example is it going to be buy one get one free ending in let's say 4 days 5 days so we need to add the offit and the time frame as the call to action now I already know that in this uh cap cut video she's already mentioned a call to action I could redo this last part with the Tik Tok Avatar so for example if I find out where she mentions the call to action it's going to be here

so if I just click here and I click remove that in section and I delete that and that we can now go back into the Tik to Symphony Hall reuse the same Creator or we can use a different creator for a call to action which I might do now for the call to action and time frame it needs to match the one we made on the website so on your Shopify store remember I told you guys to make an offer a bundle and a time frame expiry for when it ends we should reuse that exact

same one on the call to action so guys if we remember from this PowerPoint presentation that I went through when we built the store you can see here we've got the bundle offer you can see it here on the right hand section we also explained what the bundle option was and then we increase the offer so without an offer with an offer so we were giving away an ultimate winter warmth bundle which is the South heating Gloves Plus you can get any of these other jackets or gay so what we want to do is we

want to add let's say for example a free pair of gloves as the bundle so in the call to action we're going to say click now to get yourself a free pair of self heating gloves so I've gone back to the chat gbt that did us the script and I said make me a call to action mentioning getting a free pair of heating gloves plus free shipping and only six pairs of free gloves left and now it says don't miss out order your Heatwave heat advest today and get a free heating gloves plus free shipping

but hurry only six pairs of free gloves left that is perfect and now we're going to give that to the Avatar which is here and we're going to go and get that generated so guys now I've got the call to action done I'm just going to drag it into the timeline at the end I don't need to make any adjustments to this now the only thing that I think I need to do is just alter the volume let's see yeah I just need to alter that volume slightly cuz it is still high so I'm going

to go back down to 15 and let's see if it works okay she speaks quite quiet so I need to adjust it by another five let's see now if it works yeah perfect so now I'm just going to zoom her in cuz she's a little bit out for my liking okay cool let's Zoom her in a bit more okay I think I'm happy with the way she is there let's have a look yeah perfect I like that cool now let's have a look at what she says and how it looks okay nice I like that

a lot I think that's a nice solid call to action and it all looks perfectly good now what I do like to do when I add a call to action in what I do like to do is add a screenshot of the Shopify landing page showing the offer or take a screen video showing it and somebody adding it to cart so you can do that on your phone and then just send the screen preview over and just insert that somewhere just before the last few seconds of the the call to action that way people can

visually see the offer as well so just add that in somewhere here guys and you'll be completely fine but let's watch the video now in full and see how it looks now bear in mind guys it took me around about 20 minutes to make this and if you guys spent way more time finding better b-roll adding better Transitions and also remember either getting your own content of the product you can make this look way better but I still think this looks really good let's have a look theat hey honestly guys I think that's a solid

ad now I do think there could be a little bit more b-roll added throughout the video I don't want to overdo the b-roll but maybe some parts of this video should be in other sections but I definitely think that's a solid ad um again don't forget to add your call to action preview of your checkout or you adding to the checkout and showing the bundle somewhere here or you either add text saying shop now or order now with a finger emoji pointing down down so you've just got to make sure you add that in guys

and you're ready to go now just to show you guys me making another creative for a different product I'll add that in now somewhere so you can see me making another video ad for a different product but that's pretty much how you're going to do it guys and again if you want to make it better it's all going to come down to you getting the b roll making it yourself and also spending time learning how to use transitions and effects in cap cup so guys now I want to cover the different marketing angles and offers

that you can use to test in your video ads now remember you want to make around about five different video ads for your product and each video AD should be a different angle or a different offer that way you're going to increase the chances of finding what works so an example of this is going to be a portable blender so I want you guys to think about a portable blender and this is the example I'm going to give you example of marketing angles could be a problem solution angle traditional blenders are junky bulky and noisy

inconvenient for travel marketing hook could be tired of logging around bulky blenders meet the portable blender video idea could be a start with a person struggling to use a traditional blender outdoors and then show the convenience of a portable blender so I've given you the three process for that one now the next marketing angle could be expressional desirable outcome desire quick healthy meals for fit and productive lifestyle marketing hook could be stay healthy on the go with smoothies anytime anywhere show a fitness enthusiastic making smoothies at the gym in seconds then the next marketing angle

is going to be the convenience SL timesaving key message saves time and can be used anywhere the marketing hook would be blend your favorite smoothie in just 30 seconds no cord needed video idea could be a busy student or a professional blending a smoothie while commuting or at work now the next Market angle is social proof proven and loved by customers marketing hook would be 100,000 happy customers blend their way to a healthier life video idea could highlight users testimonials reviews showing people enjoying the product now now usually this one works better when you retarget

or you've got some data on your ads but you should still try it out now the last one is price and value message could be affordable and exclusive marketing hook get this portable blender today for just $39.99 50% off for a limited time a video idea could be a simple Showcase of the product emphasizing the value for money now I want to show you guys examples of offer testing so you can see here in this table there's angles so problem solution aspirational convenience and social proof so offer one could be 50% off today offer two

could be free worldwide shipping and offer three could be buy one get one free aspirational it's the same again but instead the offer two is going to be free gift with purchase and then 10% off your first order and then convenience free worldwide shipping limited time discount and risk three 30-day trial and then the social proof would be buy one get one free 50% off today bundle buy two for $15.99 now what I'm trying to show you guys here is for the different angle the offer should be different so do you see how with the

aspirational outcome you've got free gift purchase because you're trying to inspire somebody to do something so these different angles should correlate with the offer that you're giving away now this is convenience based so look what I'm giving them a risk-free 30-day period people want convenience what is convenience risk-free 30-day trial do you now understand the psychology tricks we're using in these offers that's what you've got to stick to also you need to make sure that your Landing landing page offers the same offer because if your landing page says one thing but then your video ad

says another thing you're going to confuse people and overwhelm them they want to see the same thing in the ad and on your website now in the cheat sheet guys I've even given you some example videos of these scenarios that you can look at in your own time and these are really really cool to look at guys so make sure you check that out and make sure you join the Vault now what I'm about to show you is going to be a complete Game Changer cuz you're going to be able to make ugc AI videos

for completely free just like this one are you tired of dealing with forward head rounded shoulders and that awkward Donald Duck Butt it's time for a change let me introduce you to the posture Pro a simple yet effective solution designed to help you reclaim your posture and boost your confidence imagine being able to sit through meetings or enjoy your favorite activities without that constant nagging pain with posture Pro you can transform your posture enhance your overall well-being and even boost your confidence as you wear posture Pro you'll notice improvements not just in how you stand

but in how you sleep how you feel and how you carry yourself throughout the day so if you're ready to take control of your posture and say goodbye to discomfort give posture Pro a try now as you know ugc can be extremely expensive and right now you're going to be able to do it for completely free now what makes this video so powerful and effective is I'm going to be showing you all the methods you need to use to get the outcome of what I've just shown you so you're going to need a certain script

you're going to need certain AI models and you're going to need certain video editors so I'm going to be showing you how to use all of these today for completely free so as soon as we've hit 2,000 likes on this video I'll leave a link to all the AI models that I used all the scripts that I've used so you can recreate the video that you just saw for your own ecommer Drop Shipping product so guys the first thing that I want to do and show you is the product that I'm going to be using

throughout this example video so I'm going to be using the back posture corrector as the product that I'm going to create free ugc ad videos for the product now of course if you're going to be watching this video you need to know what you're selling first before you can actually make the video videos now once you know what you're selling and what your product is you need to go to the Facebook ad library and filter it by United States all ads and then you need to type in a few different keywords that are going to

bring up results for your product now for example I've typed in posture corrector now you're going to want to use different words to get ads for your product on Facebook so I could use back pain relief I could use loads of different keywords to find other keywords related to this one that are going to find me ads for my product now once you've done that you want to filter by active ads you're only interested in ads that are running at this current time now the reason why we're doing this is because we want to find

out what the winning Hook is for our product so that when we create an AI script that somebody's going to say we have to make sure we're using something that's going to grab somebody's attention now how we're going to do that is by looking at what ads are performing the best right now for our product now once all of these ads are coming up you want to see if there's a lot of the same Pages posting a lot of ads you can see here this one's called bbba Web where and you can see lots of

ads are coming up for this brand now what I want to do is I want to see which video from this page is frequently being used are they using the same ad video a lot now all I have to do to figure that out is by hovering over their name click view ads and then what that's going to do is it's going to show me all the ads that are running active now for that page they're only running six ads and all the ads they're running all of them are different now I found another page

called posture flow and you can see that they're running four videos but there's two of the same video which tells me that that's their winning video now I'm going to do this for a few more pages till I find a page with a lot of videos and a lot of consistent videos so I've just found a page here with seven ads and out of the seven six of them are the same video so that implies to me that that's going to be their winning video now what I want to do is I want to play

the video and see what the first 5 seconds are so I know if it's the winning hook forward head rounded shoulders and a Donald Duck Butt look familiar so just like that forward head rounded shoulders does that sound like you that is a winning hook she's called the user out in a very funny way so that's definitely what I would consider a winning hook remember your hook doesn't want to be aggressive it doesn't want to be salesy it wants to call somebody out which is your user your buyer in a funny way or in a

very neutral way so now what I'm going to do is I'm going to listen to the video again and just write down what the hook was now if you don't want to write it down what you can do is you can actually download the video and then transcribe it now I'll leave a chrome X extension that you can use to download the video and transcribe it in the cheat sheet or you can literally just listen to the video and write it down now what you guys want to do is you want to come up with

three to five different winning hooks now this would be considered one so I need to now go and find another three now I want to quickly show you guys another way that you can find winning hooks for your product and that's by using an ad spy tool now I'm using Pizza to do this and the reason why an ad spy tool is going to be better is because if they have a filter where you can filter it by ad score what you can do is you can search for again a phrase that will bring up

your product and then you can filter it by ad score and AD score basically means which ads are performing the best and then that way when you scroll through it you know that these are the winning ads because they're done by ad score or done by performance so you can see here these videos here are the winning videos stop going to the chiropractor and try this 3 in1 back massager for 15 minutes now the reason why I wanted to show you the ad spy method to finding your winning hooks is because it's going to be

quick and more efficient but again obviously it's a paid tool very affordable though so I definitely recommend this if you want to find the winning hooks quicker and more effective so guys once you've got your winning hooks now you want to get access to this cheat sheet remember once we hit 2,000 likes I will put it in the description now if this video does really well within the first day of comments and likes I'll just put it in the description on the first day but anyway you want to get access to this sheet because what

you want to do is you need the PO prompt now PO is is the gbt or AI script writer that we're going to be using so as you guys can see on this cheat sheet you're going to see where it says winning hook that is where you're going to be putting the winning hook that we heard on the video now where it says product name you're going to put the name of your product if you haven't come up with one then you can look at your competitors and figure out what you want to call it

based on their names again do not copy come up with a unique name but you can use your competitors to help you find out a name for your product and the same for what the product solves your competitor should be able to give you all of this now to obviously get your competitor if you go back to the ad Library all of those ads that you were looking at you can click the shop now button and you can view their website and then you can use the info on here to add to your cheat sheet

you can literally see here it says how it solves your posture problems so you can copy this text and put it on the cheat sheet then you're going to get something called a call to action now you need to manually write this and this is down to what you want to do so you could literally do something like this join the club of fixing your pure with a 40% coupon shop now you just want to come up with a call to action that isn't a normal call to action like shop now 40% off you want

to make it a little bit more enticing like join the club join the same people that trying to fix their posture you don't want to do the all boring 50% off shop now you want to make it a little bit more normal than that so once you guys have filled out this cheat sheet by using the information that I've told you to use based on your competitors you now need to come to the top and you're going to see a link from scrip ay- poo now you can either click the link or go to foe.com

and then you need to search for catchy hook as an app and then once you've got this one you're going to see it's going to say hello there I am scrip toy how can I assist you and then you're going to go back to the cheat sheet and you're going to see po prompt and you're going to copy this and you're just simply going to text it back now after you've done that it's going to ask you to then send them the information that you've created so you're just going to copy the winning hook the

product name the product solves the call to action and then you're simply going to go back and paste it again and just like that it has sent you your AI script now we need to make some adjustments to this the first thing I'm going to ask it to do is just send me the voiceover not also the Transitions and all that other stuff I'm just after the voice over you can see here it's now sent me the voice over but the problem is it's a little bit too short for me so now I'm going to

say make it longer so I've just said make it longer and less salesy perfect just like that guys we've now got the right script that I was after you can see here this here is perfect this is probably going to be around about 45 seconds it's longer and less salesy this is exactly what we were after so now we can copy this text go back to the cheat sheet and just paste it somewhere at the bottom so then that way we don't have to go back to Fae we can just get it from the cheat

sheet and also what you want to do is look at the last part of the script and make sure you add your call to action I've just added it here you can see now it says join the club of members so now we have our AI script so we're going to copy that again and then the next thing that you need to do is you need to open up the Tik Tok ads Video Edit editor software and how you do that is you need to get access to the Tik Tok ads manager by having a

Tik Tok business manager which is completely free to set up you just need to fill out your company details and then you're going to get access to this if you don't already have a business manager or a Tik Tok ads account then make sure you create one using my link because you can get up to $500 to $11,000 in ad credits for completely free if you've already got one then all you need to do is come to the Tik Tok ads manager and you're going to see in the top left tools and then you're going

to go to where it says video editor once you've done that you're going to click it and then your screen should now look like mine and then on the left hand side you're going to see assets captions Avatar script and what you want to do is you want to click avatars now what these avatars are is they are our free AI avatars that are going to read our script for us now you can filter this by clicking the filter button now I only want men so I'm going to filter this by mail if you want

you can filter it by other things and then I'm going to click confirm now what I want to do is I want to come up with three different AI actors to read my script so if I go back to my script I'm going to get one actor to read this and then I'm going to get another actor to read this and then I'm going to get another actor to read the last part so you don't want the same actor to read the whole thing if you split it up in three it's going to look more

professional and make your brand stand out so I'm going to copy the first bit here go back to the Tik Tok ad editor scroll down till I find somebody that I think's good to intro the start of our product now I think this guy here looks like somebody that looks like he could talk about good posture so I'm going to use this video and now once you've used the video it's going to look like this you want to click it and then on the right you're going to see mask you want to change it to

the first one and then it's going to fill out the whole screen and then what you want to do is you want to go to where it says script and then you're going to want to paste your script there now once you've done that you're going to see down below it says voice over make sure that's turned on and then you're going to see default voice you want to make sure you have default voice turned on and then you're going to want to go to where it says generate voice and captions now this process can

take around about 2 minutes so just be patient whilst you're waiting for it now whilst you're waiting for it you could technically go back to your script and then copy the next section which is going to be the next two lines copy it and then you're get ready for the next Avatar that you're going to actually edit and just like that guys it is now done so we can listen to it together are you tired of dealing with forward head rounded shoulders and that awkward Donald Duck Butt it's time for a change let me introduce

you now that looks really good guys now do bear in mind that when you're using it in the editor you can see here in order for us to quickly generate and Show preview the video quality has been lowered lip syncing as well so when you view it like this guys it's not going to be the final resolution and the lip syncing is going to be way way better when you export it now what we do want to do is you want to click on the captions here and you want to turn captions off now the

reason why we're going to turn captions off is because when we edit the video in cap cut we're going to get way nicer looking captions in there so we don't need the captions here now once you've done that guys you want to come to the top right where it says export video and then you're going to see here it says your video is being export so now guys you're going to see it says your video has now been exported go to the asset library to view your completed video so you want to make sure you

go there and now in the asset Library we can click on our video and look at it in full resolution are you tired of dealing with forward head rounded shoulders and that awkward Donald Duck that looks really really good guys so we can now go back to the editor again go to avatars choose a different Avatar and do the exact same process this time then we're going to take the next two paragraphs and put that in the next avat now just to save time guys going to do this quickly click on it again click on

mask change it to there and then you're going to go to where it says script past in those next two paragraphs always remember to get rid of the Emojis if there are emojis and then you can click generate voice and captions and then you need to do it one more time guys but this time with a different actor and you're going to do the last bit then once you've done that guys you need to make sure you go into your asset Library you can see the three videos that I've generated today then what I'm going

to want to do is download those videos now to download those videos what I personally do is I click on it and then when it shows me this preview I right click and click save video and then you can save the video as a file so I'm going to call it ugc part one and then the video is now saving for you now guys once we've downloaded those three videos for our script we're now going to want to come to cap cut you're going to want to click create new and then you're going to want

to do 19x 16 and then once you're inside of the editor you're going to want to go to upload upload file and upload those videos then once your videos have been uploaded to your library you're going to want to drag them into the timeline so that's my first video then my second video is going to be added so if you're ready to so you should now have three Clips your first video your second video and your third video now once your three videos have been added to the timeline you then want to go to where

it says captions on the left and click Auto captions and then click generate then once your captions have been autogenerated you want to come here to where it says presets in the top right and then you're going to want to choose one of the presets you like or you can go from style to templates now some of these op Pro but I like some of these ones my favorite one is this one here the brown fox one now this is the star that I like the most this white and then yellow but this is a

pro cap cut feature if you want you can go back to stars and use any of these that are free to use now the most popular ones that are free are either the first two and then this yellow one here but personally I pay the extra with cap cot Pro and get a little bit more of a better looking actual caption now once you've done that guys just quickly look at your first 10 seconds of your video just to make sure the captions have been done correctly are you tired of dealing with forward head rounded

shoulders and that awkward Donald Duck Butt it's time for a change let me introduce you to the posture Pro a simple okay just like that guys I'm happy with the way the captions are now you're going to see in the bottom left it's going to say AI generated Now by law you do need to disclaim when your video's been done with AI but what we're going to do is when we disclaim that the video's been done with AI we're actually going to do it in the Tik Tok ads manager there is a select button and

in the Facebook manager there is a button where you can say done with AI here we can get rid of it if you want to by clicking on the clip and zooming it in so you can see here we can zoom it in and then we can move the video now more Central and just like that guys you've got rid of that and in general guys you don't want your ugc creator to be that far out in the video you want them a little bit more zoomed in cuz it's going to get more engagement so

now guys what we can do is we can go to the next clip and do the same thing click on it and zoom it in and you're going to want to do the next thing to the last clip click on it and zoom it in just make sure guys when you're zooming these clips in your avatar is in the center line if they're off to one side or the other it can come off and not be engaging for the viewer so just make sure it's in that central line and the Tik Tok do give you

that central line to make sure you're there now once you've done that you want to get some b-roll to put over the timeline so when the AR Avatar is talking about your product you need some b roll of it in use now the best way to get b-roll is to head over to the Tik Tok platform and type in the name of your again I've typed in posture corrector and then you're going to want to make sure you download some videos that show your same product you don't want to download a different version of your

product or a product that isn't yours cuz it's going to look stupid in the video so make sure you're downloading the same posture corrector now my posture corrector is the one with these little white lines in it so this video I can download this video I can download this video I can download now I want to get some different content I want some of it on the floor being used how to use it I want some of it in action and then I also want some video showing somebody going from Bad posture to good posture

so this type of video here is showing a man that is either a chiropractor or a doctor showing somebody with bad posture is something I want again another video here is showing what bad posture is and then also showing what good posture is these are the types of videos that I'm going to want now to download these videos you can either click on the video and then click download video or you can then copy the link of the video in the URL come to Tik Tok snap and then paste the URL here and download the

video again just to make this very very clear guys we need some stuff where it shows people with bad posture and then good posture this is super super important now another really good place to get some b roll is called pixels now you want to filter it by video and then you want to search for stuff like back pain and then you want to filter it by the orientation being vertical and then you're going to see some videos coming up of people with back pain and the great news about this website is you can reuse

these videos so this here is perfect for me so I can download it so these are the two websites that I use to download videos now you can also create some gify with AI I'll put a link to the website that I Ed to do that and you can use some gify throughout the video as well but these are the two places that I typically go to to create the b-roll for the video so now I've got that b-roll content I can come back to capcut go back to Media go to upload and upload those

files that I just got so now what I'm going to do is I'm going to drag the clip of somebody showing back pain over over my original video so you need to make sure it's over not under and you also need to make sure that it's under the captions as well because you want to make sure your captions are showing so it's got to be in between the captions and the a roll which is the main video so then that way your captions will still show up now for this to work effective guys you've got

to listen to the video and you want to place this b roll over where it makes sense you're tired of dealing with forward head rounded shoulders and now what I need to do is I need to mute this video here so I'm going to click it and then I'm going to go to where it says audio and I'm going to mute the video and I'm also going to zoom the video in and reposition it are you tired of dealing with forward head rounded shoulders and that awkward Donald Duck Butt so the reason why I've placed

this video here is because the guy says are you fed up and tired of dealing with forward head and rounded shoulders then it plays the B role of showing somebody doing that and then it shows them at the end nodding their head which means you're fed up so that's the perfect place for me to put that so now I'm going to do is I'm going to cut it off just that when he finishes showing him nodding his face because the posher corrector is the wrong one so now I can go back and cut it there

I can cut it there by splitting the clip and then deleting the video so now I can go back and watch it are you tired of dealing with forward head rounded shoulders and that awkward Donald Duck Butt it's time for a change let me introduce you to the posture Pro a simple yet effective solution designed to help you and then he intros the product saying let me introduce you to the posture Pro that's where I'm going to need another video clip of showing the posture corrector again I need to mute this clip and then here

we go it's going to say let me introduce you to the posture Pro and it shows a guy using it and getting the benefit of it now the only issue with this clip is the original video has caption so my captions are now fighting their captions now there's two ways you can deal with this you can either delete your captions now if you read the other videos captions and they don't interfere with your video it doesn't mention the product name that they're selling it doesn't say anything that goes off their brand then you can keep

the original captions and delete yours or if their captions are calling the product a different name what you can then do is you can go over to where it says elements and you can search for a square and then you're going to see loads of different rectangles and squares coming up and then what you can do is you can grab it and put it over the video so you can see here now I've moved that square into the frame so now I'm going to put it to where the original one was so you can see

now I'm going to be able to cover that up now if you want this to look really really nice then you can get a custom square off Google and then that way you can resize it to fit it now unfortunately inside of the capcut editor you can't resize this I don't think unless you know how to let me know in the comment section below so what you can do is you can create a custom image size to fit it perfectly in Cana for example and then import that square in into the cap cut editor but

this is an easy quick way of doing it and now if I play the video the original one in the video is now been covered up Astro Pro a simple yet effective solution designed to help you re but again you do need to fiddle around with what is the position size for this to work correctly now what I could also do is go on the original clip Zoom it in slightly now I only care about the guy showing off the posture corrector so if I zoom it in you can see now that the square is

going to need to be lower down and if I really want to can get it to fit that whole screen so for example I can get it to fit that whole screen and then I can move the video up here so I'm just showing you a few different ways you can do this so remember the viewer only cares about the posture corrector so even if the bottom of the video is covered up by this Square then at least I know there is no way that that text can now be shown so if I go back

again and watch the video as Pro a simple yet effective solution designed you can see that it covers up all of the original caption and it shows the main part of the video that I care about and then what I can do is I can split the video there so I'm going to click split again and then I can click delete now I'm going to watch that first bit back again are you tired of dealing with forward head rounded shoulders and that awkward Donald Duck Butt it's time for a change let me introduce you to

the posture Pro a simple yet effective solution designed to help you reclaim your posture and boost your confidence now where he says boost confidence I can go back to pixel get a video of somebody smiling and then that way I can place it here again it's all about placing the the right b-roll in the right section of this video so here again I can reuse a clip I'm showing bad posture again I can reuse a clip of posture Pro the gentleman of the AI actor is now talking about the product and action so this original

clip that I downloaded I can use it where it shows it on the floor so I can cut this bit now to where it intros it on the floor so I can click split and then I can delete this and then I can place that video here with posture Pro you can transform your posture enhance your overall wellbeing and even boost your confidence as you wear posture Pro you'll notice improvements not just in how you stand but in how you sleep how you feel and how you carry yourself so just like that guys you can

see it's all about making sure that the b-r that I'm using lines up with what the guy saying now when you're doing this you want a nice in between of the AI actor speaking and then showing Boll so you need to figure out a good amount of the AI actor talking to the camera versus you showing the b-roll now obviously the b-roll needs to be placed in those important moments where the viewer wants to see what the benefit is so when it talks about the posture Pro can help you sleep it can help you it's

easy to wear throughout the day that's where I've placed this video cuz it's going to show them them using it throughout the day now something else that I'd recommend that you guys do is if the script is too long and the actor is over talking now I can tell right now that this actor has overs spoke I think roughly for around about 5 Seconds here then I can cut it out so just like that throughout the day that's a perfect place for the actor to stop talking so because of that I've got an extra five

seconds here so I'm going to click split again and I'm going to delete that last section and now you can see the video's gone from 55 to 50 seconds and now it brings us to the outro so if you're ready to take control of your posture and say goodbye to discomfort give posture Pro a try you deserve to feel your best every day join the mo normally when it comes to the call to action section you want to leave it where the AI actors talking to the camera instead of using too much b-roll you're probably

going to use around about one to two pieces of B at the call to action but they're going to be very quick b-roll which will be the call to action video of your website but you need to make sure that when you're doing this guys you're really paying attention and you're listening to what is being said and making sure that that B- roll fits what's being said now the hardest part of editing these videos guys is actually making sure that the b roll makes sense it's going to be you covering up old captions you increasing

the size of the video in the frame you making sure that that that is the right clip for that part of the video This is the the most time consuming part of the edit but if you do all of that correctly you will get an outcome of what I showed you in the intro of today's video so guys with the video ads out of the way we're now going to be moving on to image ads now image ads are key for everyone to try when they're testing products on Facebook ads now this is more for

Facebook ads than it is for Tik Tok ads Tik Tok ads you're just going to be using your video ads the five different videos that you make based on the offers and the angles now with Facebook you still want to make five videos you're going to use the same videos for Facebook and for Tik Tok but with Facebook you're going to actually add a few images into the mix now the reason why you want to do that is because image ads can be 30 to 50% cheaper than videos and they can sometimes convert better than

your videos which means that if they do it's going to be cheaper for you to advertise which means you're going to make more money so it's very important that you create really cool image ads for your product to run on Facebook now the best way to work out what image ads are working right now is the same way we did it for the videos I'm back on winning Hunter again but this time I've actually niched it down by images as media type and I've also filtered it by winners so the ones that are showing me

right now are the ones that are working the best now clearly the best image ads are the image ads with these massive trust icons and just a nice high quality image of the heated vest showing the heat ventilation going through it so it's got that white and orange background and also this style here is also doing well so what we want to do is we want to make our own versions but if anything we want to make them better now these are really nice but they look low quality they look like they're a bit blurry

so why don't we make ours better quality now there's loads of other images we can create but we want to go through this and see which ones are doing the best and we want to make our own now if you don't want to use winning Hunter cuz you don't want to pay for it you can go to the ad Library do the same here and you can see the same image ads coming up here guys the same one here the same one here the same one here but the only thing here is you don't know

which ones are performing the best you're just going to guess but the good news is the best ones are at the top here so what we're going to want to do is we're going to want to use these as reference now when it comes to image ads the most important part is getting good quality content from the get-go now to do this I like to actually use Amazon because I feel like Amazon gets better imagery so just type for your product on Amazon and now you want to go through the listings that obviously are selling

the same one as you so this one here is the same as me now the good news is this already shows off the product really nicely I can make some adjustments to this and make it better so once you've gone through all the Amazon sellers and you found the best images for the sales now this can actually take quite a lot of time because there's loads of really good ones that come up so if you keep scrolling like this one's really good that's come up that I'm going to want to use now once you feel

like you've got lots of images of your product you're going to want to create a Cana account which you should have already used for when we built the Shopify store now you want to make sure you got the pro version and they do do a 30-day trial I believe so you're going to get access to all of the premium templates now once you've got an account on canva go to where it says create design then go to where it says Instagram post Square 1080x 1080 click that and then it should open up an image like

this now the first thing we're going to want to do is go to where it says uploads go to where it says upload files and we're going to want to upload all of the files that we got from Amazon so guys the first image ad we're going to work on is the human style image ad which is this one here but guess what we're going to do we're going to use free pick again because free pick is absolutely epic and it's going to make our images look insane so we're going to delete this go to

free pick and you're going to want to go to where it says images go to reimagine upload that image I just uploaded that exact image and it will give you an automatic prompt go to mode flux go to Vivid and you can already see that it's reimagined that image for me in a few Styles and this one is insane so I'm going to download this now remember that image that we downloaded from Amazon was low quality this is now high quality it's a custom human so we're not going to be getting in trouble for copyright

because this now is a custom image and now we've got even more versions of somebody wearing it so I'm going to also download this one and just like that guys we've now got two unique images of somebody wearing it so now I'm going to drag this image onto the canvas I'm actually going to click on it click background remove it and I'm hoping that it gets rid of the background and let's see if it does it now it has got rid of the background but I also want it to get rid of these little icons

which is the remote and another view of the gay so I'm going to go back to background remover I'm then going to go to where it says arras and I'm just going to arase this manually now I've done that manually I'm going to click this little X icon and now that's done so now we can make this image bigger and we can put him just there now when free pick made this image it's now added some random branding to the gay or the vest so I'm going to click on the image click edit and then

I'm going to go to where it says Magic Eraser and I'm literally just going to highlight it and it should get rid of it for me when I click erase and just like this guys in Magic it's gone so now we've got our Custom Image with no branding on it and it looks amazing so guys the next thing we need to do is we need to add a background to this image because it looks weird with him just being there so we need to go to where it says photos in the bottom left and I'm

going to search for winter and see what backgrounds come up now I like to go for the pro images because they're higher quality and you don't tend to see them as much on creatives and they usually look better when you add them to the project they're usually designed to look good with these type of images so I'm going to try this one out first now when I've added it you can see it's now covered him up so you have to go to position click backwards and now you can see it's not covered them up now

I'm not actually a fan of that image so I'm going to go back to photos again I'm going to try this one now I'm going to go to position I'm going to go to backwards and you know what guys I really like this one this one I think looks really really good so now what I'm actually going to do is I'm going to click on it I'm going to click this transparency button and I'm going to turn turn the transparency slightly down now I'm also going to make the background so I've just dropped the image

down slightly I'm going to turn this background black because I now want this image to have a slight Shadow so that now when I move it back to the center you can now see that it's slightly dimmed out now the reason why I'm going to do that is because remember we're going to be adding text to this image so if there's no dullness to the image it's going to be hard to see the text now I'm going to click on this guy again I'm going to click edit I'm going to click shadows and then I'm

going to click drop now I don't like the drop shadow I'm going to try glow I also don't like glow so I'm going to try page lift I also don't like page lift so I'm going to try backdrop I don't like any of these so I'm going to click none sometimes adding a shadow can sometimes look nicer but for this it doesn't so now we can add our text so guys I've added some text to the image it's starting to look good so I added the heated vest now how to do that is I went

to text and if you scroll down you're going to see some nice presets that you can use I usually use the ones that match the style that I'm going for white and orange clearly goes with the product and it's got this cool looking text now I've also made the image slightly darker by going to transparency and turning it down and I called it the heated vest now the image looks a little bit empty so I need to add some logos here on the right now I'm getting inspiration remember from what I'm seeing on the ad

library or winning Hunter so I'm seeing a lot of people use trust badges like cycling fishing skiing and camping so I'm going to want to try and do the same so guys what I'm going to now do to this image is I'm going to add some of these icons like this like they've got on theirs now how I'm going to do that is I'm going to go back to Cana so I'm going to go to where it says elements I'm going to go and type in trust badge I'm actually going to get one of these

I'm going to change the color to Orange I think or white yeah I think we're going to go with orange I'm going to make this one slightly smaller now this might take a little bit of time for the first few we make but after we've made one or two it should be fairly quick so I'm going to place it there for now then you're going to want to go back to elements and you're going to want to type type in what it is so I'm going to type in camping again then I'm going to want

to find some graphics that symbolize camping so let's have a look I would say that image there is pretty good I think that does the job so we're going to want to make this smaller we're going to want to put it inside of the trust icon let's see if that works I think that works we're going to want to change this to White let's see how it looks like with white okay I think I prefer it black so we're going to keep that black now if I'm not happy with that tent looking like a tent

we can find a different graphic maybe we just type in 10 now I think that version is probably going to be better I think maybe that one's easier to tell that it's a 10 let's try this one out okay I think that one's easier to tell it a 10 if not we can change it again but for now I think I'm happy with that then we're going to want to go back to text again and we're going to want to go to where it says add heading and we're going to want to call this one

camping now I like to go on the text and use the font Muller it's one of my favorite fonts now we're going to want to resize this so it fits just on the bottom of that trust badge now I might have to move this up slightly and move that one up slightly for it to work now I actually might have to make this a little bit bigger for it to work as well and we can move that down now like I said to you guys before the first one we make is going to take most

of the time now I'm going to try playing around with a font color making this one white does that help okay I think making it white can also help I also think making it white black and orange also works so I'm going to stick to this for now guys I actually quite like this now I'm also going to go on to where it says effects I'm going to go to where it says shadows I'm going to see if it Glow helps okay I don't think it glow already does much what about a drop what about

an outline I think outline is definitely needed so we're going to make the size of the outline bigger just like that and we're going to change the outline color to maybe orange does orange make it look better yeah I think making it orange actually helps guys so I think that now looks good we can probably change the text color to black as well and maybe that works yeah I think now making the outline orange the text and the image black I think that works really really nice going to make this one slightly bigger again reposition

it so it fits now I'm actually quite happy with that guys I think I can make it look a little bit better but I'm not going to waste too much time I think you get the idea now what we're going to want to do is we're going to want to click on one of the items then click command and click on the next item now what you can also do is click on the other items click lock that means now we cannot reposition them we can also click on this and click lock and now what

we can do is we can actually highlight all of this and click group and now we've grouped them so now we can just move this as one asset so I'd recommend that you all do that group your assets especially when they're as fiddly as this CU now what we can do is we can actually copy this asset click V and now we've got the second one we don't need to redo all of that again we can just put them like this so now I can change this cuz I can ungroup the asset I can change

the icon to let's say fishing so now I can change the icon all I got to do is grab it reposition it delete the old icon and change the other one and now I just need to change the wording to fishing as well and just like that guys we've got our next version and now we can click command V again we've got another one and we can just put it here don't forget to group your assets guys cuz if you don't it's going to make it really really hard so now I've added three icons here

guys so I'm really happy with this now obviously I need to change the last one I'm not going to change the last one just for saving time but you guys get the idea this could be the first image ad and it's simple but it's really effective now we can change this again if we really want to we can keep the guy here on the left but just change what we put on the right but what I've tried to do is recreate the image ad here but just make it look better look at ours and look

at theirs theirs is really low quality you can't really see the image very well they're all using the same images ours is a custom image with some nice custom icons and some custom text and a nice little background so that would be our first image now to make a next image all we got to do is Click add page and we've now loaded up a second page ready to create our second image ad so now we're on to our second image ad and we want to make between three and five images cuz we're going to

also use single image ads and Carousel Carousel basically means multiple images in one so we need to make at least three so now what we're going to do is we're going to go back to our winning Hunter and look at some more inspiration now this time for my inspiration I just want an image of the gay and I want to put massive trust icons next to it that's literally all I want to do for the next image now all I'm going to do guys is drag this image here of the gay click edit click background

remove now it should remove the background and now I'm actually going to go into to even more detail on the background now I'm going to use the manual brush to remove this okay cool now I'm happy with that so we can click back now what I'm not happy about cuz I'm going to make this image bigger is the quality of the image isn't bad it's honestly not terrible but it's not perfect either now I'm going to crop this image because we've got all this space on the right that we don't need so I'm just going

to bring it in so now you can see now it's just there and it's easy for me to move it around now I'm going to want to make this almost the whole size of the page in terms of height to bottom so I think I'm happy with that so I'm not actually super happy with the quality of this image so I'm going to click on it and I'm going to go to image upscaler now this is a custom app that you can find so all you've got to do is go to the App Store on

canva and download image upscaler and what I'm going to do is I'm going to make this 8K and then I'm going to click upscale and what this will do is canva Will basically increase the pixels to try and make this look less blurry now canvas's upscaled the image so now it's going to show me the before and now it's going to show me the after and if I'm happy with it click replace and now the image on the ual project should be replaced we're going to slowly see it change in a minute and just like

that guys it's been changed and honestly that is a huge difference so now I'm happy with that and again it goes back to what I was saying to you guys before this is Crystal Clear in terms of clarity now and if we go back to winning Hunter theirs isn't clear theirs is blurry and it's low resolution especially that one that one's horrendous and it's probably making a crap ton of money it says they're $1,000 and it's only been running for not too long now ours on the other hand is crystal clear now what I'm going

to want to do is I'm going to also want to add a snow background to this again so I'm going to click on the image add it to the back click position click background and now I'm just going to want to make sure the background is black again because I'm going to turn down the transparency now all the other competitors have done this orange and white thing but I just feel like if I do that I'm going to blend in with a competition now you can do that if you really want to but for myself

I'm not going to I am going to turn the transparency down to around about 60 and now it clear shows a snow effect plus the image of the product now I'm actually going to add a shadow to this I think a shadow could work now so let's see if glow Works drop Works let's see outline let's see page lift let's see angled let's see backdrop I think my favorite's got to be drop I think drop actually works for this so I just need to make it bigger now drop definitely worked for this image it added

a nice little Shadow and I think it really has made it look a lot better now we just need to add our icons now the first one going to go to his elements and we're going to type in heat now I've added this this is going to be our heat Zone element so you can see I got it from there and that's why it's important to get the pro version at canva because you get these really nice icons that you can't get on the free version I'm actually going to go back up here I'm going

to copy the text come back down and click V and now what we can do is we can ungroup this delete the rest of it and just change this text here to saying eight levels now I'm struggling to see the text because of the background so I'm going to go back to the transparency again and see if I lower it if that helps and now I'm going to drop it down to 40 and I'm happy with that now so now what I can do is I can change this text to White and see if it

fixes it I would definitely say that it fixes it but I think we can go the extra mile and type in square we can grab this custom element here we can resize it to try and fit this all right guys so I've just done that now so I've just added a custom element I've just typed in rectangle it's able to find like this speech bubble with like a black outline I dragged it onto the timeline I resized it I went to the text I went to text spacing and I slightly adjusted it so it fit

perfectly in the box now I'm actually really happy with that I think it looks really really good for the first icon and I think we can add a few more onto the page now realistically guys we want three badges on the right and three badges on the left now I've grouped these asset so that I can easily copy it click paste and then add the next thing in now the next one's going to be lightweight so I've just got a picture of a Feather I'm going to put it above it like this now I've added

this feather but it kind of Blends in with the background so what I'm thinking of doing is either finding a different feather maybe this one and seeing if I can change the color okay yeah I can make a lot more adjustments to the color on this one so let me play around with it so let's make this one Orange let's make this one a lighter Orange let's make this one a yellow and then let's make this black I think this could work maybe white okay white for that one and then black for this one yeah

I think this can work I just need to change the orange to being a darker orange so let's go back here click C custom Orange let's make this darker okay let's make that one that and then then let's make this one more like a ready orange let's have a look yeah I think that works guys I think we can get away with that so let's delete the old feather let's resize this one I think that works maybe we can play around with the colors again but I honestly think that one's fine now we can change

this to lightweight and just like that guys we've got eight levels of heat lightweight and now we can add the last one here on the bottom this one's going to be water resistance so let's type in Rain let's do umbrella I think umbrella might work better for this one so I've added an umbrella guys I'm now going to click copy on this paste this put this at the bottom here I'm going to resize this slightly move this up all right cool so I've got that in so I've got waterproof lightweight and eight levels of heat

I've got the heat dial I've got the feather and I've got the umbrella now guys I am kind of making this quick you guys could make this way way better you could be playing around with the backgrounds for example to see if you can get a better looking background than this so I'm actually going to go back to images now this image could be better so you know what I'm going to do guys is I'm actually going to delete that I'm going to put this one here instead position back transparency to like 40 maybe we

can get around with 45 on this one now I think about 40 so I think that background looks better with the mountains I could also play around with this one one here but I think the one I've done is perfect guys so I think that's starting to look really really good the way I've done it we could play around with the backgrounds again the backgrounds are going to make a huge difference so like I'm going to delete this background and mess around with this one now I'm going to click position back back back back back

back back transparency going to go down to 45 even that one doesn't look too bad not overly keen on it though let's try this one I think that one's probably my favorite I think that one adds a nice color Hue to it makes it stand out really nicely now I would need to adjust these and make them slightly darker because now I've gone for a darker background so for example this would need to be a lot darker and then this would need to be like a ready color or maybe I need to go to custom

and change that to maybe maybe something like that works but yeah guys I think this is starting to pick up now and starting to look pretty good now if the background's too dark what I could do is I could change this to being white and see if that makes a difference see now I've made it white it actually stands out a lot more so now what I would need to do is i' need to invert this again so I'm going to change this one to Black and then change this one to White and then what

we need to do is we need to do the same here and we can also invert this so we can change this for example make this one black make this one white and then we can change the text as well make the text white so basically I'm inverting it and we could we could actually do it like this where one's white one's black one's white that could stand out but those are are some examples of what we could do with this version which is to try and mimic what they've done here but make it better

I already think mine's way better than that the actual image is better these Graphics look better they don't look stock they look a lot more professional so yeah now obviously what I need to do is I need to copy these over and put it on the other side now just to kind of show you what that would look like if I was to do it let me just lock it so let's say hypothetically I was to change what these said and what they were onto the other side it would look roughly something like this guys

obviously the image in the middle is a little bit too big so I'd need to resize that and put it somewhere there but you guys get the idea obviously I'm not going to add the ones on the right as well because it's just going to take up too much time but you get the idea of what this would look like now after looking at it I'm really happy with it I would probably change the fever icon and the umbrella one it looks a little bit cartoony but we can do that later but the first image

looks amazing the second image doesn't look too bad now we're going to move on to the third image so guys the last image that I'm going to show you guys to make is a lifestyle image just like this one now you can do variant of Lifestyle images you can do offers with the lifestyle image and you can also do it like this so how I got this image was I went back to free pick I uploaded an image of a woman wearing the item from Amazon and then it ricked it just like this and I

just downloaded this that way I've got unique content again then I went to canver and I uploaded the image you'll see it here I uploaded the image and then I just cut her out and placed her here now I did the same with this guy you remember me doing this one a few minutes ago guys so I just got rid of the background and then I used a mountain as the photo background so these are just subjects on the background and I've just added them in now I could actually just use this image as an

image ad and make it more like a lifestyle image which is completely fine now if you're going to be doing lifestyle images like this they need to be very high quality now this image here she looks a little bit blurry so I'm going to go back to my image upscaler I'm actually going to upscale it in 8k so going to click upscale You Can Tell She's a little bit blurry by looking at the face now when you're doing lifestyle images like this your images should be literally as highest quality as possible now I'm probably going

to do the same with him once I've done the image upscale with her let's just see how well it does for now now the image upscaler has definitely made a difference to her face you can now see it's clear and there's no blurriness now I need to do the same with him and that's the first lifestyle image done guys now with lifestyle images like this you can just keep changing the background or change the person on the image so for example I could change him with somebody else but that's how lifestyle images work but again

the key principle is high quality and then the background needs to be changed and that's how you create a lifestyle image now the next style of Lifestyle image we're going to be doing is the discount version so if we go back to elements and we type in 40% off you can see now you're getting loads of stickers with 40% off 45% off we're going to click this one and we're going to add it to the page now I call this type of image the lifestyle offer one so you've basically got a lifestyle image with an

offer on it now you don't just put 40% off you're also going to add text to this guys now I do need to change the color to match the branding so we're going to change it to Orange we also need to dull the background so when we're doing it this style guys we need to drop it to around about 60 cuz we're obviously going to be putting things on the screen that show an offer so we can see now that looks a lot better now I'm going to go back to elements again and I typed

in sale ends and funny enough I was able to find something that looks really good for my brand so what I'm going to do is I can just use this one here this one actually suits branding based on colors and style so I can add this one here and just like that guys you've got your next image ad which is an offer lifestyle image ad if you find this a little bit too aggressive and you find it too clunky then you can just mild it down a little bit by putting less of these bigger icons

now an example of what you could have done instead was instead of going for these big icons like IH have which there's nothing wrong with doing big icons like this guys they still convert for me is you can do the 40% off so you leave the sticker like this but then in text you put holiday sale or you put stay warm with the product so you don't just go aggressive with the badges you also put text at the bottom now I want to show you guys some more examples of the kind of image ads that

you can make for your products now for me to do that I've had to change the product because not every product is going to have the same style now I've gone for this titanium cutting board now you have an idea of what it looks like and what the stock photos are and if we go to canva these are some of the ones that I've made so I've gone for more text this time time and less imagery so I've got an image of the product here but then I've got text the only coton board you'll ever

need why do you need this and then I've go over with the features and then this style of image is yours versus their so what's currently in the market and yours and you're making theirs look worse than yours so I've put the titanium board why do you need this then they've got the competitors there and I've basically said that it's no good this is a really easy one to do guys and what I'm going to do is I'm going to leave a link to these templates in the resource section so all you'll need to literally

do is come in here delete the photo delete the photo put the image of your product there put the correct information in and it's all ready to go then we've got some testimonial style image ads like this where you got text basically saying that this is coming from the customer this is her quotation and then an image of somebody holding it now to get images like this you can literally go to Tik Tok find images of people holding the product and just print screen them in here or you can go back to fic pick and

get them done with AI and this is another example of a customer testimonial image of somebody holding the product and then a speech bubble saying that she highly recommends buying it but like I said to you guys before I'm going to leave all the links to the ones that I made today like this one and the gay or the heated vest so you guys can come in and make easy adjustments so these are basically templates for you all to use like I said to you guys before you need around about three to five different image

ads try not to make the image ads all the same go for different variations like I've shown you that way you know which ones work which ones don't and you're going to have a higher chance of finding success now remember the key to having good image ads is making sure that the content is correct on the image as in the information you've put on there is accurate making sure that the visuals are as high quality as possible so they're not blurry they're high quality you've got to think about livestyle images and you've also got to

be thinking about the kind of text you're using does it make sense what are you trying to convey to the customer in that image remember image ads tend to work the best when it's a self-explanatory product where you can just look at it and you kind of figure it out now by looking at this shopping board I figured out it's a titanium one so I already know what it is you don't want to have image ads of products where you look at it and you think well I don't know what that product is even though

the text might explain it you still need somebody to get a rough idea just by looking at the product that's why jewelry products fashionable products do the best on image ads because they're so self-explanatory so if you've got a super complex product that's hard to explain then I would say image ads would struggle for your product but that being said you should still try them out and see if they work and just like the video ads guys for your images to look good it's just going to be patience and time and getting good at using

Cana and all the other AI tools that I showed you in this module now with that being said that's this module over and I'm going to catch you in the next one so guys welcome to module 6 of the free Drop Shipping course for 2025 and inside this module we're going to be talking about Tik Tok ads advertising your Drop Shipping products on the Tik Tok platform I'm going to be teaching you my testing strategy my scaling strategy I'm also going to be going over the the metrics that I look for to either scale or

kill my Tik Tok ads I'm going to be going through all the different scaling strategies that I use like bid caps cost caps and also day parting so I'm going to be teaching you guys something called surf scaling as well so all the different scaling strategies that you can use to get to 10K a day even 20K a day and even higher days are all going to be taught within this module so guys the first thing that I want you to do when it comes to the Tik Tok ad strategy is get access to this

sheet which is in the resource section of the Vault so you guys can follow along with the strategy Sometimes some people find it hard to follow along so when there's a written format version like this it's going to help you make sure that you're doing it the correct way now before I move on to anything else I do want to explain that Tik Tok ads is an auction platform now I explain this in more depth in the Facebook strategy because it's a little bit more important but Tik Tok ads is the exact same it's an

auction platform where you're paying an auction fee to show your ad on the Tik Tok platform so essentially you're competing with other advertisers on an auction to be shown an ad on the platform so imagine you scrolling through Tik Tok and you see an ad somebody's paid an auction fee to compete with somebody else to show you that ad at that specific moment now the key principles that you need to understand is one it's an auction so you're always going to be competing with somebody number two if your creatives aren't good enough Tik Tok don't

just care about your auction fee they care about how good your creative is because they want people to be happy on their platform now the third thing is Tik Tok want people not just to see the ad also to view the ad and engage with the ad whether it be buying from the website whether it be scrolling through the website but the user must be happy with the end result so Tik Tok likes it when the users are happy now think of it from your point of view imagine you see an ad on Tik Tok

you buy a product or you buy a service because of that ad on Tik Tok and let's say something goes wrong or you're not happy you're automatically going to connect the service or the product to Tik Tok and think oh I only bought this cuz I saw it on Tik Tok so straight away if you've had a bad experience now you're not just going to associate that bad experience that you got from that website that you bought from because of the Tik Tok ad you're also going to associate with the Tik Tok platform because that's

where you found out about it so that's why Tik Tok care that their users get an all round good experience now the next thing that I want to cover is is Tik Tok banned in the US is it worth you guys even doing Tik Tok ads and the answer is Tik Tok is currently not banned in the US now Donald Trump is in office he is making sure that Tik Tok doesn't get banned in the US now recording this on the 28th of January 2025 and I'm having zero issues with advertising to Tik Tok in

the US I genuinely believe now because Donald Trump's in power and he's very Pro Tik Tok he will make sure that Tik Tok doesn't get banned so I don't think you guys have anything to worry about if there is any changes then I'll update you guys in the vault and that's why it's important to be part of the Vault because you will get updates if anything changes and obviously if you're watching this on YouTube and there is a change then I can make an updated video in inside of the Vault that you won't get access

to on the YouTube platform now with that being said guys let's get straight into the Tik Tok ad strategy so the first thing that you guys need to do is visit my link tree that I've been showing you throughout the free course now guys I'm going to quickly cover the account setup for Tik Tok ads manager so if you're a complete beginner and you've never set up the Tik Tok ads manager before and you don't know what you're doing then you need to watch the next following part of this module because I'm going to be

showing you the complete setup now if you've already set up a Tik Tok ads manager and a business center then you can just skip to the strategy part of this module and click on here where it says Tik Tok ads bonus credits worth up to $1,500 you're going to click it and then it's going to take you to my unique link where you're going to get an offer and the offer changes all the time at the current time of this video you can earn 30% cash back on your current ad spend which is really beneficial

now they change the offer all the time sometimes it'll be a $100 credit sometimes it'll be cash back and $100 free of AD spend so just make sure you check out the latest deal on this page now you can only get these exclusive deals if you go through my link that is on that link tree guys now this is another way you can support me for the free course cuz I will get a small commission from you doing so so what you need to do is you need to scroll down to the bottom of that

website and click create an Advertiser account and you need to fill out the details below now once you've created an account with Tik Tok you should see something called Business Center and it should be the one that you've just made and you need to select the business center that you just created now once you've done that it will take you into the dashboard that looks just like this guys and if you come to the top left you're going to see Business Center ads manager lead Center app center events manager and all tools now another thing

that you're going to see inside of the business center is your overview which is your users your assets your activity log and your business settings so now guys when you're in the business center I want you to go to users and I want you to add another user so you should see yourself which is this one here active and I want you to add another user just in case you get locked out of your account or you get banned as a user then at least it means somebody else can access the account so go to

where it says add members and add somebody else and make sure that they're in admin because obviously if you get locked out then that other person has full control so you don't lose access to anything then you're going to see accounts here in the bottom left and it's called Advertiser accounts you do need an Advertiser account so if you haven't already created one you need to go to it it says add Advertiser account and then click create new now if you don't have an Advertiser account guys you won't be able to create any ads so

make sure you create an Advertiser account now if it's not letting you create an Advertiser account it might be because you need to verify your account so if you come down to verification it says upgrade your business center to unlock more features so you need to fill out your company details and the information to be able to upgrade your account as soon as you've got verified guys you should now be able to add a advertising account because this is what they needed before if you go under the business settings and then settings you can see

your account health and as long as it shows good then there's no issues with your account and you should be able to advertise if you've got an Advertiser account and you've got the good health check now when it comes to connecting your Shopify store to this account we need to go back to Shopify we need to go to the apps and sales Channel go to Shopify app store and then we need to go to where it says popular stores like yours and you should see Tik Tok show up now if Tik tok's not showing up

go to the search bar and search for Tik Tok and make sure you're getting the same one here then you want to click install now once you've done that guys you want to go to where it says grow your business with Tik Tok ads and click set up now also before you do that go to the left hand side and pin Tik Tok so that it shows always on the left hand side as a sales Channel then it's going to ask you to connect your Tik Tok for business so click connect then it's going to

ask you to connect your account just make sure that it is the right one that you've just created so click connect then it's going to ask you to connect a business center account so make sure you connect the right one so guys then it's going to ask you to connect your Tik Tok ads manager now for me it's saying that mine's linked to another Shopify store so if you have got one link to another Shopify store you need to delete the sales Channel off there and then you can refresh the screen and it should connect

or you can just create a new one now to save a little bit of time I'm going to leave it there and then it's going to ask you to do data sharing you click maximum and then company information now the company information is a very important section of this setup guys if you want to be able to Target the us then you need to make sure that you add it as an option so you need to fill out that you're a US company now you want to Target the us as a country to make money

in now it will give you an option where you can choose where you want to advertise now if you don't select the us then it will not allow you to Target the us later on inside of your ad account now once you've done all that guys click finish setup and you're ready to go and then all you guys need to do is go back to the Tik Tok ads manager go to the menu and go to ads manager then it'll take you to a screen that looks like this and this is your Tik Tok ads

manager guys so this is where we're going to create all of our campaigns and manage them now the first thing that we do need to do guys is sort out our columns which will help us read the metrics of the Tik Tok ad so if you come up to the top right and go to custom table go to where it says custom columns and these are all the metrics that we're going to track to make sure that we're doing everything the correct way when it comes to managing our ads now if you go to the

cheat sheet guys I've actually listed all of the columns that you need but I'm going to show you right now which ones we need as well so if you go here what you're going to want to do is go to where it says performance you want cost you want CPC you want CPM you want Impressions you want clicks you want CTR you also want cost per 1,000 which is CPM as well you want result rate you want video views 100 75 50 and 25 you also want average play time per video view you also want

2C and 6c video view now this will be very important when it comes to judging our hook of our video basically this will tell us if the first section of our video is good enough to grab people's attention because if you can't get past 2 seconds then you won't get past 6 seconds and that is the crucial stage for you to actually get people to convert to your website now there's actually a name for this which is called hook rate and this is usually the way we identify if our Hook is good enough for the

platform then you got interactions where you want CTR all then you've got total which is purchase and then you got purchase row as that you also want then you want checkout total and add to cart total then you want to make sure that you go to the website version guys not the actual app so there's something called app statistics do not do the app statistics always make sure that you're doing the website statistics you want to do complete payment completement row as add to car initiate checkout and then you've got the date section which is

created on which is important then once you've done all that guys put created on at the top and then you want to move video views near the top now I'm actually going to put the order that you need to do this based on the cheat sheet so whichever order it is written in the cheat sheet you need to reorder this as well in the right order it's going to help you have a good glance of your statistics in the right order so make sure you organize this in the right section in the columns area now

just to save a little bit of time I'm not going to organize this but you you guys should click save as a column preset call it Ecom and then click confirm now once we've done that guys we can go to the top left where it says create then it's going to ask you for your advertising objective and it's going to be website conversion and then it's going to say to you do you want to do a smart campaign for now guys we're not going to be doing smart campaigns so turn that off then where it

says campaign name we're going to call it product name and then test now once you've done that you've got creative split test then you've got campaign budget optimization which is CBO and then you've got set campaign budget all of these should be turned off and then click continue now once you've done this guys it's going to say website data connection and it should be the pixel that we made on the onboarding and then once we've done that guys it's going to say optimize event and we're going to want to do complete payment now complete payment

is basically them doing a purchase they just call it complete payment and then you're going to scroll down to where it says placement you're going to click select placements and you're only going to have Tik Tok as the option and you're going to also have include search results as well so make sure they're both turned on and then you're going to scroll down to where it says targeting and you're going to see demographics and location now for location I do United States only I'm not even going to bother with Canada I only do United States

because Canada doesn't really bring me much when I scale I tend to use Canada and add it in as an extra but for now I'm just strictly going to do the United States now I am going to be honest with you guys if you are doing European Drop Shipping where you're selling to a specific European country which is very common for some people then just select whichever European country you're looking to Target now I'm talking to a wide broad audience here which is you guys so most of you are going to want to do the

us but if you're going to want to sell to specific European country then select that country here but for most of you guys you're going to be wanting to do us so just stick with us now for the age group I only do 18 to 45 to 54 I miss 55 plus out now where it says age range guys you're going to want to do anything above 18 upwards and you're going to want to leave these selected and then gender make sure you choose all unless your product is for specifically one type of gender then

you choose that but for now I'm just going to be doing all and then language you leave it as all household income leave it as it is and then you've got audiences where you can include exclude and then you've got interest and Behavior now where it says interest and behaviors this is where we can select people that we want to Target but I'm going to be honest with you guys I would leave this completely broad I would not add any interest or any targeting into our ad groups I usually use interest and behaviors if broad

targeting does well now in the future if I'm looking to scale I use interest but when I'm looking to test I leave it completely broad which means I don't add anything here then where it says budget in scale we're going to set this to 20 then where it says schedule you're going to want to schedule this for the next day midnight so today is the 28th so I'll do 29 and then 0 so you can see here 290 and then it says day parting now day parting we're actually going to use in this strategy now

the reason why we're going to use day partners because this is a coste effective way for us to spend our money whilst we test so we don't want our money being spent during the time when people are usually going to be asleep so what I do is I actually set this from 8:00 a.m. till 12: m midnight so all you have to do is you just have to put your cursor over it and then you just need to pull this along and I'm going to set that to midnight so as you guys can see it

says here selected time period 8:00 a.m. till 12: midnight so as long as yours looks just like mine guys you are right and we can move on now the reason why we're doing this is because when we're testing products out we need to be super lean on our budget we don't want to be spending more money than we need to to get valid data now the valid data is only going to come between 8:00 a.m. and midnight that's usually when the core buyers are going to take part in the buying process on our ads now

when you scale you can sometimes get a few sales during these times but honestly during the testing phase it's not worth wasting $ 20 to $30 a day during these times now I do want to make a very big disclaimer and please pay attention to what I'm saying if after we launch this campaign after one to two days you're struggling for your campaigns to spend money basically the budget is not being spent it might be because of the day Barn so if you do Sofer from your campaign not spending any money turn day parting off

listen to this again guys if your campaign after we launch it does not spend any money within 2 days we turn day parting off if it does you leave it on now usually that doesn't happen anymore because Tik Tok has refined day parting so you shouldn't have any issues now if you scroll down you got bidding and optimization so you can do goal conversion value or click we're going to leave it as conversion and then we're going to click continue so guys now we're going to do our ads so this is the ad level here

the ad group is basically where you do the targeting where we are now which is the ad level is where the visuals get seen now you do not want to use smart creatives right now so we're going to leave that turned off then you've got creative name you want to call this vid you're going to want to call this video one and then it says here spark ads do not turn this one on and then you've got set a custom identity now you're going to need to click create a new custom identity put your brand

name here and then add the logo in this section here and then click create now once youve you've done that guys it's going to say add creatives add video or images so click add videos go to where it says upload and we're going to want to upload our videos now when you upload your creatives guys make sure that they're in the right aspect ratio which is 9 by 16 because if they're not they will not work so if you upload the wrong aspect ratio it will ask you to upload it in 9 to 16 ratio

so make sure you do so now if you've made videos based on what I taught you in the video ad section you might just need to remake the ratio so just adjust it into 9 by 16 and ready to go now once you've uploaded your creatives you should see them here so I'm going to upload the three creatives that I've got so once you've uploaded your creatives select the first one and click confirm and then it's going to show you the preview of your creative now what you want to do is you actually want to

go to where it says thumbnail and you want to look for the section where you think there is the most attention which is going to be the most clickable based on what you can see now I think that shot is going to get the best CTR so I'm going to click save and then where it says enter text this is where we're going to get a headline from our store and just paste it there now I'm going to use this one here which says stay warm stay active now do not add any emojis in here

guys cuz they're not allowed now just make sure you use one of the headlines from your site that sound cool like this one stay warm stay active it gets people's attention so that's fine then you're going to see call to action now you actually want to delete all these call to actions and you only want to use shop now then it's going to ask you for your website URL and this is where you're going to add again your product page here so now I'm going to paste mine in now once you've pasted yours in always

click preview because you want to make sure that it is working and once you've previewed it that's completely fine then it's going to say automatically add URL parameters you want this on so this is basically them creating UTM for you which is really really helpful now as long as you've got this turned on you don't need to make your own UTM because it'll track it using this option now once you've done that guys you're going to want to duplicate this two more times so click copy add and do two and then click copy now select

the next ad now the only thing that we're going to be changing is the video and the headline so go to where it says update click update and now we're going to select the next video I'd also recommend that you change the thumbnail as well so this time I'm going to choose this thumbnail I'm also going to change the headline to a different headline so I've just gone back to my website found another headline that I like so I'm going to use this one so it's going to be goto gear for the cold so my

next headline is outdoor Enthusiast and winter warrior so that's my next headline then we're going to go back to the call to action again guys and we're just going to make sure that shop now is ticked make sure you scroll down to the URL and it's the correct one then we can scroll back up and call it video 2 then we're going to go on to the next one and we're going to do the same thing change the video change the headline and also change the thumbnail and then we can move on now once we've

done that guys we're going to go back to the add group level we're going to scroll up and we're going to change the name to add one then what we're going to do is we're going to copy the ad two more times so click copy ad group and what you're going to do is you're going to copy it twice and then click copy now this is where things get interesting we're only going to need one video for each ad group now I actually like testing only one video because with the budget you don't want to

spread too much over three videos and you usually don't get the best results so what I found is only spreading the budget over one ad per ad group works way way more better for me personally so for ad one we're going to keep video one so what we can do is we can delete video two by clicking the three dots and clicking delete add click delete and then video three click delete and then if we go back to where it says copy two of AD one we're going to change the name to add two then

we're going to delete video one and we're all also going to delete video 3 so can you see how the ad is matching the video so that's how we're basically doing it now you're going to want to make sure that you scroll down and the time and schedule is set to the same time which is midnight the next day and day parting is the same sometimes when you duplicate these they can forget to actually duplicate the time as well so it's always good to double check that they have duplicated the time across as well if

they haven't just reset it back to what we said the next day at midnight and you're ready to go then we can move on to the last one which is copy one of one and we're going to Chang this now to add three and of course we're only going to leave video three inside this one so we're going to click delete video one and delete video two and just like that guys we got add number two with video two add number three with video three and add number one with video one and then we can

click publish all so then you want to go back to where it says campaigns and then once you've done that guys it should take you here where it shows you your ads your ad groups and your campaigns now as long as it says active that means it will start spending the budget now I'm going to turn mine off because obviously this is a dummy examp example but remember what I said to you guys if your campaign does not spend within 24 to 48 hours after they've been approved which is active then turn day parting off

but again give it 24 to 48 hours now once you've done that you should now start to see your columns show up like video views payment row hours cost CPM click-through rate and then payment website now remember mine ain't in the right order but yours should be based on the sheet so guys let's go over add optimization so this is what you need to do after your ads start to spend money now there's three golden rules to evaluate your performance rule number one cost per click which is your CPC and your click-through rate so after

spending $5 which is per ad Group by the way you need to look at this is the CPC under a dollar and is the CTR above 2% example video 1 had a CPC of 110 while video 2 had a CPC of 09 turn off video 1 so if we go back to the T Tok ads manager and we go to ad group we scroll all the way over to where it says CPC so there is CPC so let's say for example it had one under a dollar that's fine but then the CTR was under 2%

then we turn it off now remember this is after it spent $2 now if you go to where it says cost this will show you once it's spent $5 so cost if it's at $5 we start using those metrics so these metrics are now active once these have have hit $5 even if it's like $5.4 or you know $6.3 as long as it's past the $5 Mark or at the $5 Mark that's when we start implementing those metrics which are clearly written here for you guys so it's not hard to follow now rule two is

add to cart after spending $10 so you go back to your Tik Tok ads once this here which is cost starts to show 10 or just over1 then you start implementing rule two now rule two is after spending $10 ensure that at least Le one add to cart has been done so you're basically spending $10 to get an add to cart example video 3 generated six ad to carts at $10 while video one only had one ad to cut at $20 so what we would do we'd turn off video one so if we go back

to the ads manager you're going to scroll all the way across to where it says add to cart which is here add to cart website and you're going to want to make sure that shows the ad to cart over how much that you spent which is your cost now we move on to rule three which is purchases so after spending $20 ensure that at least one of the purchase example video 2 had one purchase at break even while video 3 had two purchases that were profitable scale video 3 now listen to this very carefully I

didn't say turn off video 2 this time I said you keep it on because it's breaking even again you guys need to really pay attention now if you want to do this correctly video 2 has one purchase but it's at break even whilst video 3 had two purchases but it's profitable so that means we can start to scale video three which I'll explain in the minute so if we go back to the Tik Tok ads manager hypothetically video 2 which is this one here add two had one purchase if we scroll over here you can

see here payments completed so that's basically purchases as long as that shows one we can keep it running now the example here is that video 3 actually got three profitable sales so if we go back to video 3 purchase row as so the row as it's showing me is profitable now this is where we need to figure out what our row as is now you can use a Ras calculator just like this one that I'll leave linked into the cheat sheet and there's also a Ras calculator inside the Vault so you can just use the

RAS calculator in the vault but for this demonstration I'll use this one now all you need to do is add your cost of goods plus your shipping so in this instance mine is 20 now you need to be completely accurate with this so if yours isn't 20 it's hypothetically 1966 then you put 19 + 66 make sure these numbers are accurate then my sing price is going to be $79.99 then I can click calculate Break Even row as and my break even row as is 1.33 so that basically means anything above 1.33 I'm making money

anything under or at 1.33 either means I'm breaking even or I'm losing money so above I'm winning below I'm losing at the same number I'm breaking even so if we go back over to the Tik Tok ads manager it says in my example that video three was profitable so technically this number should be something like 2 or 2.4 so that means we can now scale video 3 now for the others so for example video 2 we've left that on because it's breaking even what we do is we let that run till it either doesn't break

even or it's profitable so we only let these run till either those other two conditions get met which is next day which is 24 hours or 12 hours it then becomes unprofitable or it becomes profitable now let's talk about some basic ways to scale and this is during week one so think about you're in week one now this is your first week of running Tik Tok ads this is the early method to scale now we're going to do something called budget scaling so if an ad group is profitable double the budget every 2 to 3

days an example is increase it from 20 to 100 then from 100 to 200 now this is an extreme budget increase if you're not happy with that go from 20 to 50 but I would recommend the minimum of a budget increase of from 20 to 50 so if you're not comfortable with doing 100 which is an $80 difference jump it from 20 to 50 which is a 50 but that would be the minimum that I'd recommend and then obviously 50 to 100 and then from 100 then you should be moving on to 200 now remember

you do that every 2 to 3 days as long as you're profitable so what we' do is we' go back to the Tik Tok ads manager and let's say video number three is the winner I'd go to where it says budget i' click this pencil icon and I would change it to either 50 or 100 now in this example I'm going to change it to 100 and then I'm going to click confirm now if we go back to the sheet this is extremely important add new creatives for every budget increase we launch three new videos

at $20 each to test additional creatives now let's say hypothetically add two and add one didn't succeed they died out because they were unprofitable or they didn't meet any of the other criterias that I gave you then what we would do is we'd turn them off by selecting them and then clicking turn off then what we would do is we would copy add one by selecting it then go into the copy symbol here and we would copy it three times make sure that the ad copies are in the existing campaign make sure the number of

copies is three and then change the name from add one to add four add five and add six now why are we changing the ad group names to add four add five and add six is because guess what guys if you look at the cheat sheet you need to launch three new videos so if we launch three videos we get to four five 6 because we've already done one two and three so we're adding the next three in so then we'd click copy then the only thing that we would change in these ones would be

the video so go over to the video go to where it says update and we would now add in the three new creatives now if you haven't got three new creatives you need to go and make them very quickly or you need to use ADC creative. a that I showed you in the AI module to basically rapid duplicate winning creatives but you definitely need to launch those new creatives so then you would change this from video 1 to video 4 then you would change this one over here from video 1 to video 5 then we'll

change this one from video 1 to video 6 remember make sure the video name and the ad name match and then we can click publish now just to give you guys a summary of what we've just done is we've turned off the ones that weren't winning that were unprofitable ad three was profitable cuz it had a really good row as so what we did is we added three new ads in with three new videos and they're being tested now guess what for every new ad that you add so these are brand new they follow the

same three golden rules so they will follow the exact same rules that the originals followed so I'll repeat that again anytime you add a new ad into the mix it should always follow the same golden rules nothing else changes everything stays the same now for the winning ad that has a profitable row as monitor this performance focus on key metrics like keeping the CPC below $1 the CTR above 2% and the ad to cart below 1 to four of your break even Point purchases within your break even cost now to be able to do that

you need to figure out what is your 1/4 of your break even point so you need to get a calculator out and figure that out and then if you go into the Tik Tok ads manager and you go to where it says cost of add to cart you'll see it here cost per add to cart you can see here in dollar amount what that is remember if it's under 1/4 that is completely fine if if it's above then you've got problems and the next one was purchases within your break even cost if we go back

to the Tik Tok ads manager payment complete value website as long as that is below or at your purchase price so mine is $20 then we're completely fine now there is something that I need to mention when it comes to complete payment value so how much it cost you to get a purchase now if you're working with really good margins then you can be a little bit more wider with this spectrum so what I'm saying is if I'm playing with let's say 50 to $80 in margin and my complete payment value goes from 20 to

30 but my cost is 20 then it costs me another $10 isn't going to break the bank or it's not going to cost me anything I'm still making money so with these metrics that I'm giving you you do need to think logically with them so in my instance if my complete payment goes over 20 that's more than my cost but if my profit margin's $80 even if it goes over by $10 if I turn that off that's still stupid right because I'm making money so think logical with these now of course because there's so many

variables in place because you guys are going to be testing different products with different margins it's very hard for me to give you loads of different variable numbers to use but the key metric is it shouldn't really go over your cost of goods but if you've got a big healthy margin to play with then you can be a lot more wider with where you allow this to go so guys welcome to module 7 of the free Drop Shipping course for 2025 inside of this module I'm going to be teaching you Absolut absolutely everything about Facebook

ads now Facebook ads is the platform that's generated me over seven figures in Revenue without Facebook ads I would have not achieved My Success with Drop Shipping so I really can't explain to you guys how much of an opportunity it is to learn how to advertise on Facebook and the true scalability of how far you can take your brand literally most drop shipping stores and e-commerce brands use Facebook as their number one platform for scalability now inside of this modle I'm actually going to be teaching you guys absolutely everything I'm going to be teaching you

how the algorithm works now a lot of people don't actually understand how the algorithm works and if you don't understand the algorithm you don't understand Facebook it's like their brain now for those that are complete beginners I'm actually going to be going through the complete business manager setup showing you around what everything is and how you should be using it and then we're going to go straight into my testing strategies Advanced strategies and I'm also going to be going over stuff that I've never gone over before like bidding rules how to not out bid yourself

I'm going to be going over all the advanced crazy stuff so guys before we start creating any campaigns and doing any of the fancy stuff let's explain how the Facebook brain works which is the algorithm now Facebook ads is basically an auction system so you compete in an auction every time somebody Scrolls on Facebook or Instagram advertisers a bid for a chance to show up on the ad so basically every time somebody Scrolls through Facebook you're bidding to show up on the placement on their scrolling through the Facebook platform winning isn't just about who pays

the most Facebook looks for three things your bid how much you're willing to spend to show up your ad number two your ad quality how interesting helpful or enjoyable your ad is to viewers number three which is the results likelihood of How likely is for the viewer will take an action which is clicking buying or reading for example so this is how Facebook ad success Works your bid ad quality and results likelihood so the second thing to understand is Facebook tests your ad first so when you launch a brand new ad Facebook tries it with

a small group of people to see how they react if they like your ad by clicking buying or watching Facebook will then show it to a larger audience and it will keep repeating that till it gets bigger and bigger in terms of the audience size and number three it learns as it goes Facebook collects data from your ad EG who clicks who ignores the better the ad performs the cheaper it becomes to show to more people so let's understand how the Facebook ad data collection Works what does your Facebook ad collect from ads Facebook collects

data on who clicks and who ignores the ad how does the ad perform effect cost the better the ad performs the cheaper it becomes now the fourth important thing to understand is it will always priori ize good ads ads that people enjoy or find relevant like a product they need get shown more often and cost less boring or annoying ads like with bad images or bad videos will get shown a lot less and it will cost even more so I really can't emphasize to you guys back in module 5 how important it is to create

good videos and good images because it will really depend on how successful your ads are so this is how you make the algorithm work for you as a drop shipper so it comes down to four principles number one great visuals enhance ad appeal with striking images or videos test different ads experiment with multiple ad variations Target the right people focus on audiences likely to purchase and Number Four Track Performance and obviously make adjustments based on those performances so why Facebook chooses some ads over others number one it wants happy users Facebook wants people to enjoy

their time so it prefers ads that people find fun or helpful number two it helps advertisers Facebook prioritize ads that are more likely to get results which is either clicks or sales number three it makes more money the better the ads perform the more advertisers spend and Facebook wins so obviously Facebook is a profitable company they want to make money so they want people to spend good money on the bids so they make even more money so you can see here Facebook success and the three triggers will attribute to Facebook success so that was a

quick overview of how the Facebook brain or algorithm works and now you know what makes Facebook happy we now know what to do logistically in terms of our videos our creatives that will help incentivize us to get the best results now I'm going to be going over the setup of how to integrate your Facebook ads into your Shopify store and how to set up the business manager and how to use the business manager now if you already know how to do this just slightly skip ahead to the actual strategy where I teach you my testing

campaigns my scaling campaigns this is just for the complete newbies or those that don't know how to do it the first thing that you guys need to do is go back to Shopify store go to the settings inside of apps and sales Channel and click Shopify App Store once you've done that you're going to come back to the Shopify App Store and you're going to go to where it says popular with stores like yours usually Facebook should come up here on the top left now if yours isn't showing this just search for Facebook and Instagram

and once you found the one that looks just like this you're going to click on it and you're going to install it and then you want to hit install app again and then it's going to say accept cookies from Facebook and click accept all and then on the far left hand section you're going to see Facebook and Instagram just pin that so that it's always there for you to easily access and then what you want to do is you want to click this button here which says get started now the first thing that you guys

want to do is connect your account so you're going to connect your Facebook account to your Shopify now before you even connect any Facebook account to Shopify you need to make sure you're using a Facebook account that can be ID verified if it hasn't already or you have complete access to you don't want to just be creating a fake account and then adding it to this because you're going to run into issues longterm always connect an account that you have control over you either know about and you can ID verify it if it needs to

be done which is's a high chance now in this free course I'm actually going to be using my brother's account because my personal account is now banned from Facebook ads because I've basically been running so many ads on there and now I've been banned from it so what I can do is I can just use my brother's account because I know him I trust him and I've got access to the account and his ID and it's also been verified so that's an example and if you ever run into issues in the future where you get

banned you can just use a family member's account to get it verified now I'm also going to be leaving a link in the cheat sheet to other places that you you can buy verified accounts from if you don't have a luxury of having a family member that you can use in case you get banned so I'm going to click connect account and then it's going to take me to the browser where I'm already logged into Facebook and I'm going to click continue and then you can see here it's connected my Facebook account and then it's

going to say business portfolio now if you've never created Facebook ads before or you've never created a business manager before it's actually going to show zero it's just going to show create a new business portfolio now in my opinion it's better off doing this inside of the business manager instead of doing it here so what you guys want to do is you want to come to this website here called Facebook business manager I'll leave a link to it in the cheat sheet as soon as you open up this is going to get you to log

in through your account through your Facebook account you just want to log in now once you've logged in it should take you to a page that looks similar to mine and what the first thing you need to do is you need to create a business portfolio so you're going to see here on the setup guide create an account and add a page now if you look at my screen guys very carefully in the top right you can see my personal account here which is my Facebook account and in the top left here you can see

my business portfolios I've got two business portfolios here but you guys just need to create one so you want to go to where it says create a business portfolio then once you've created a business portfolio you want to enter a name which is your store name your first name last name and business email now listen to me very carefully guys when you create a business portfolio try to use your company details if you've already registered in LLC or an LTD please use those details because you might have to verify the business portfolio later on in

your ad career because you've spent certain amount of money you might even have to do it straight away and Facebook's very picky nowadays with verification if the details don't exist or they don't match so don't just enter random details add legitimate details to the account and that's why I'd always advise you guys to set up a company over a soul Trader because sometimes Facebook doesn't like Soul Traders and they want a company documentation of proof of the company existence you can see see here I've called mine ecomat LTD so that's me using a UK company

formation to create this business portfolio but yours could be LLC if it's an LLC now once you guys have created your business portfolio you want to go to add accounts and you want to click add ad account here and you want to go to create a new ad account now you can call this actually anything you want to and then you want to choose the time zone of where you're living in so wherever you're living put the time zone to that and currency always use US dollars because the US dollar will average out the same

as any other currency so for example I'm in the UK If I set this to pound $5 and5 is looked at the same thing in Facebook but the pound's stronger than the dollar so it makes more sense for me to set it in USD so I'm going to click next then it's going to ask you what this account's used for my business click next then you're going to need to confirm that you've requested this click create an account so guys once you've created your ad account you want to go to where it says users and

people and you're going to see yourself on here now you're actually going to want to invite somebody else to the account and the reason why you're going to want to add somebody else to the account is just in case you get locked out of your account or you get disabled or banned from it then there's no way back into the account so it's a backup option which everyone should do just in case now when you add somebody to the account they' they've they've got to have a Facebook account you can't just add somebody's random email

address that email address has to be associated with a Facebook account so invite somebody like your brother your sister your mother your father or buy an ID verified account from the list that I gave you in the cheat sheet obviously the person that you add you need to be able to trust them so make sure you do that and add them by adding their email address then it's going to give you the permission now I would advise you to give them full control and then you want to click next again and then you want to

select all the assets now for now we can't do that because we haven't created them so we'll come back to this a little bit later on when we've created our assets so what you want to do guys is either leave this page open or come back to it in the next few moments so now we need to create a Facebook page guys for our company so go to your Facebook account once you're in your Facebook account go to Pages create new profile or page click public and then click next again click get started and then

you're going to want to start to fill this out based on your store you can literally copy your store name the category the bio is the about section for the profile picture use your logo and for the banner use the first home screen Banner of your Shopify store print screen that and put it in the cover photo and you're ready to go now once you've created your page on Facebook come down to Pages click add page and then click add an existing Faceook Facebook page and then whatever page you just made search for it here

and then you're going to see it so this is mine for example and then I can click next and then once you've created your page you should now see it here now you're going to want to go down to where it says assign people and you're going to want it assign yourself and give it full control and if you've already added somebody to the account come here and assign them to it as well remember it's not just about adding somebody as a backup you've also got to add them to all the assets that you add

to the account because they're separate so again come to sign and you add that backup person to the account now I would recommend that you make an Instagram account for your company literally just make a simple Instagram account with the logo and bio and connect it here by clicking add and it's the exact same process as you would do with your Facebook page then once you've done that guys scroll all the way down to where it says billing and payments and this is where you're going to want to add a payment method so if you

go down to where it says payment methods now make sure that you're in the right business portfolio you can see here I'm in the right one click where it says add business payment method now you're going to want to make sure you have the right information mine's correct click next and you're going to want to add your card now because I'm in the UK and I'm paying with dollars I want to make sure that I'm using a bank that won't charge me any FX rates so the bank that I use is either Revue or y's

and they don't charge me any FX rates so for me that makes sense now if your bank doesn't give you free FX rates then you need to change this to your local currency because you're going to be paying FX rates now if you're okay with doing that and it's only small amount then carry on but the US dollar is the best one to choose but again it will depend on your FX rate then once you've done that guys your payment option should now be added to the account and if you go back to accounts you

should see your Visa card or Master Card the balance and then that's everything you need and if you click view details now under view details you can start to do some cool stuff like account spending limit you can set a spending limit which I'd recommend everyone does and I'd set it to $11,000 for now and then I've set mine up to reset manually so I have to manually reset it now the reason why I set a spending limit on a new account is because in case there's any issues or I forget to turn things off

the max I will spend is $11,000 now something else that's really important that you'll be able to find in here is your daily spending limit so mine right now is $50 on most accounts that are new you're going to get a spending limit of $50 a day now this usually goes up every few weeks the more you spend consistently and again remember it will go up in intervals of either 50 or 100 but 50 is more than enough to start with so you don't need to worry now sometimes you can click open help center here

and request for a higher limit but they don't always allow you to do it that way they sometimes will just say to you you need to spend more money and eventually this will go up now guys a really important section of the business manager that you need to be aware of is here where it says account overview so make sure you check account overview now if you've got any issues with your account it should show here now I've actually got one here which is your account has violated one of our advertising policies now you're going

to get this warning very early on on into your ads it usually gets flagged on new accounts and usually the reason why they flag it is because guess what they want they want you to upload your ID so this is what I seen to you guys before now if you don't have a valid ID then there's no point because you will never be able to get past the section without uploading a valid ID so in this case guys all I got to do is upload an ID and I'll be fine in this case now something

else that you can do here which is really cool is in the top right you can reset your ads manager back to the default sometimes people mess around and then they end up destroying there now sometimes people mess around in here and they start configuring it in different ways and then they're like wow what has happened if you just come to these three dots you can reset it back to the original s and you don't need to panic now if you come back to the far left again you're going to see all of these little

tabs and if you go to all tours it's going to show you all the tools inside of the Facebook ads manager or the business manager all of these you should not worry about the only one that you need to know about is ADS manager billing and payments and business settings those are the three ones that are the main ones that you need to focus on the rest of them don't even worry about now once we've done all that successfully guys let's go back to Shopify and now if you refresh the screen you want to click

connect Facebook account again and now it should show you the business portfolio that you just created so I'm going to click ecomap and then it's going to ask you for choosing a preference on how you want this done now I want maximum so I'm going to click save and then it's going to ask me to create a pixel now in this case you do need to create one so click create new and then that will be created for now I'm just going to click connect and then you want to click agree to terms of services

and click submit review now once once you've done that guys you're literally ready to go and it should take around about 3 to 5 minutes to load up now if you go back inside of your Facebook business manager and go under where it says data sources pixels you should now see the one that Shopify is made usually it's named Shopify something something something so as long as that's there you know the pixel's been generated now the pixel is the data for you so it collects all the data from users that click on your ad shop

with your ad so the pixel is extremely important and it's set on a 90-day basis so every 90 days it comes up with new data based on what you've been getting from your ads so now you guys can see after those 3 to 5 minutes it's now been active like this and now let's go to settings and under settings go to where it says Behavior will be tracked with the DAT is set and make sure this pixel here matches the exact same one in your business manager so make sure the ID matches and as long

as they match we're ready to go so now what I want you guys to do is come back to the ads manager and come to the far right and click ads manager which is this one here and then go to where it says campaigns and now this will take you inside of what's called an ads manager now this is basically the dashboarding interface that we're going to use to create campaigns adjust them and all of that other stuff this is the main part of the Facebook ads manager or business manager and this is where you're

going to be spending the majority of your time now before we progress come to the top left hand side and make sure that your ads manager is set to the right business portfolio sometimes it can go into your personal account you always want to make sure that you're spending and you're using the right account so you can see here mine is using the right account so we can get started now the first thing that we need to do guys is set up our columns the correct way so if you come to the right hand side

here you're going to see columns and performance and you're going to want to go to where it says customize columns now you might be wondering why are we even customizing these columns and the columns are basically the metrics that we will read once we run ads now it's good to get this done now and to understand these so that you know what you're doing and what you're looking for after we set up the ads so these are our key metrics that we need to review now if you come back to the cheat sheet guys you're

going to see here columns required and these are all the columns that you need I'm actually going to add a few more columns here so you guys can add them in your own time some are Advanced and some are beginner friendly so just make sure that you've got the ones that I've added here so if we go back to the ads manager if we click performance we're going to want to look for the right ones so you can see CPC and CTR then under cost we got CPM which is what we're going to need then

if we go underneath performance funnel we don't need any of those then we've got engagement now underneath engagement you want to go to media and you want to click video plays 25 50 75 95 and 100 then you want to click video average play time as well then underneath clicks you want to do unique CTR you also want to do link clicks and then underneath conversions you want to do add to cart total you also want to do purchase row as on ad spend total then you want to do checkouts initiated also total and then

underneath status and dates you want to do date created and date last edited and then underneath tracking you want to do URL parameters and then if you come to the right hand side you're going to see 39 columns selected and this is in the order that you're going to have it now you want to put this in the right order now date created should be at the top date last edited should be underneath that delivery should be above it we can get rid of bid strategy we can also get rid of last significant edit we

can also get rid of Impressions we can keep quality ranking we can keep engagement ranking amount spent should also be underneath adset name schedule should be underneath adset name ends you can get rid of and you can leave the rest as it is and then you want to click save as a custom preset and you want to call it Ecom and then click save now if you just scroll all the way to the right hand side you should see all of your columns and these are the most important ones to understand how well are your

ads performing so guys we can now move on to our first Campaign which is going to be our testing campaign and within the name it's testing we're testing variables out what video works the best is it image ads that work the best what type of audience works the best what offer works the best so what we're trying to do here is test to see what works and if nothing works then guess what our product is the issue so we changed the product now usually I set around about $200 to $350 to test and if I

don't get the right metrics back which I'll be showing you in the next few moments then I cut the product and move to the next one now this this is the part of Drop Shipping where it's really going to test your mindset on losing money and to see how you cope with it so the first thing we're going to want to do is go to the far left in the green where it says create and we're going to want to go down to where it says sales and then go to where it says buying type

and make sure it's auction and then go to where it says continue and now it's going to say manual setup and then it's also going to show Advantage shopping plus now for now we're only going to be focusing on manual setup Advantage shopping plus is for scaling once you know what works we're going to leave this alone till we know what works guys we are not going to touch this until we scale so for now manual sales campaign click continue and then where it says campaign name this is where we're going to call it our

product name so you can see I've called it heated vest test and then if you scroll down it's going to show campaign details buying type and campaign objective then it's going to show you Advantage catalog ads you make sure this one's turned off then it's going to show Advantage campaign budget make sure this is also turned off guys and then you want to hit next now guys we're inside of the adset level now for me to explain this the best to you if you come to the left hand side you're going to see a folder

you're then going to see an icon with four squares and then you're going to see an icon with the page now the folder is the campaign level the four squares is the adset level and then the image of the page is the ad level now the adset level is what we're targeting who we're targeting and how we're targeting them the campaign is the overall template and then the ad level is where we do the visuals and the writing for people to to see now inside of the ad set name we're actually going to come back

to this guy so for now just leave it and then where it says conversion location click website performance goals maximize numbers of conversion data set make sure you choose the right pixel conversion event choose to purchase then where it says Dynamic creative do not turn this on now where it says daily budget this is really going to depend on two factors number one your product pricing now if your product is above a price of $39 .99 set this to $10 if your product is above the price of $99.99 you set this to 15 anywhere in

between is 10 now inside of the Google Doc it will contain that information again but those are the three variables that I stick to now the second thing that it will depend on is your account spending limit now if you're on a $50 limit like me then you're going to be able to do either five or 10 adets depending on how expensive your product is now in this this example my product is $79.99 so I'm going to be doing $10 per adet now I can only do five adsets because I've got a $50 spending limit

now if you're watching this and your account doesn't really have a spending limit then you can either do five or 10 adsets at $10 a day it depends how comfortable you are on testing more variables obviously the more ad sets means the more variables that we're able to test now for most beginners five is more than enough at $10 now something else that you need to understand is we're doing a [ __ ] Campaign which stands for ads set budget optimization now there is another formation called cbia which is campaign budget optimization that's how Facebook

spreads our money across our adssets does it spread it across the adset level or the campaign level now all you guys need to know is CBO typically works better when you know what works and what scales and [ __ ] typically works the best when it comes to testing so for now we're going to stick with an [ __ ] campaign but what I will say as a side note is it really does depend on your account every account reacts different to the different options that Facebook gives us so for me I'm going to leave

this guys at $10 a day and then where it says start date I always set this to the next day midnight so this is going to be 270 so this is going to be 12:00 a.m. GTM next day and then where it says end date you do not need to click this and then where it says budget scaling you don't need to touch any of this either and then where it says locations this is where you want to click edit now locations is really important it really depends on who you're trying to sell the product

to but the two categories that I'll always stick to as a beginner is the top five countries which is the UK US Australia New Zealand and Canada now if you want to kind of experiment a little bit more wider but it will cost slightly more money so your $10 a day won't go as far it'll go a little bit less but it means you can spread the audience out a little bit more is I do the top five countries which are the ones I mentioned plus the European countries that have a really good spend now

European countries are very underrated in Drop Shipping but they still make a lot of money now in my case I'm actually going to be doing the top five and the top European countries but it's completely down to you guys what you'd rather do so what I'm going to do is I'm going to go to where it says browse so now I'm going to go to where it says add locations in bulk go to where it says countries and I'm basically going to go back to the Google Doc sheet and copy the European ones into here

and click match locations so guys when you click add locations in bulk it's going to ask you to put a list here so if we go back to the cheat sheet you can see I've got my list that I'm going to go with which is the top 20 countries now if you want to go with the top five you can put the top five but for this instance I'm going to put the top 20 so I've added those click match locations and what will happen is it will try and match the locations now we don't

need French Polynesia we don't need this one we don't need this one either we don't need this one either we don't need that one let's go through all the rest of the list we don't need that one we don't need that one either we don't need that one either nor that one now that's good guys we can click save list and click add locations and we can enter the list as top 22 as the 22 for some reason and then we want to click save list now there's 22 countries not 20 sorry so let's click

save list so basically we don't need to keep adding those in manually from now on they should just be there double check they're all there correctly okay we're all good now we can move on now we're moving on to where the targeting happens so now if you scroll down guys you're going to see something called Advantage audience plus now this is where things get interesting because this is where we choose whether we want Facebook to do the Target in Forest which is find the people that are relevant for our ad or do we give them

a rough idea of who to go for now this is really hard to choose whether you should use it or not but put it this way you can choose to test this or not to see if it helps now what I always say is go buy this roll of thumb if your product is made for everyone so let's say for example you're selling something like a posure corrector where anyone from any Walker life can buy it cuz it can benefit anyone then this being Advantage Plus might be very beneficial because it's hard to really find

out who specifically wants to buy that product but if you've got a rough idea of people that want to buy your product then what we can do is we can click add a suggestion now if you scroll down ignore custom audiences we're going to go down to where it says detail targeting so we're going to give Facebook an idea as an option for them to help find who we're looking to sell to now I'm selling to people that are doing you know skiing alter wear Etc so I could type in for example ski sporting good

so I'm going to click that one there now something that you want to make sure you're paying attention to is the right hand side where it says estimated audience size you want want that to be above 10 million so at the moment it's 31 to 37 now where it says estimated audience size on the far right side this is very important to look at because you want this above around about 50 million to 100 million when you're testing now what I've done guys is I've added a few more interests I've added hiking recreational fishing ski

and snowboarding so what Facebook's going to do is they're going to use their AI engine to find people but they're going to take into consideration that these are the people that I'm trying to sell to now these are going to be what I call the warmest people for my product because these people are going to want it the most or need it the most because their activity directly correlates with wanting or needing my product now if you're selling a beauty product you might want to put here a few Beauty interests like Kylie Jenner or one

or two Beauty Brands that can help Facebook understand that you're selling a beauty related product now once we've done this guys you're going to want to go to where it says age and I'm going to change this to 21 and I'm going to leave it at 65 so this is 21 to 65 but usually I do 21 to 55 but because my product I think is really suited for older people too because older people feel they're cold more than younger people I'm going to leave it at 65 but usually I do 21 to 55 but

in this exception I know all the people are going to have an interest in this so I'm going to leave it at 65 but you should always set it at 21 as the minimum age now where it says genders I'm going to leave it at all as mine is both genders so it really doesn't matter but if yours is specifically one gender then obviously set it to that one gender now if we scroll scroll down you're going to see placements here now placements is where your brand is going to show up on the Facebook platform

now I leave mine as Advantage Plus placements because I like Facebook to figure it out for me now if you do want to change this which is optional you can click edit and then you can go down to manual placements now the only manual placements that I personally do if I don't want Facebook to do it for me is Facebook feeds Facebook Stories Instagram feeds and Instagram stories those are the four ones that I'll choose if I'm doing manual but in this case I am not doing manual guys so I'm going to leave it as

Advantage so now guys what we can do is we can scroll all the way back up and we can now enter our adset name and the adset name should be basically what we've selected within the adset so for example we're doing 21 to 65 we're doing Advantage Plus then I'm going to add the interest that I've given it to help with it so skiing hiking fishing I've also used auto placements and then of course I've done $10 as well well so let's put $10 now the reason why it's super important to name your adsets is

because when you come to review them later once we've publish them it's easier for you to know which one was which so you don't make any mistakes so now that's done guys we can click next now guys before we click next it's going to be a beneficiary and payer so this is really important because if you're going to be targeting European countries you do have to fill this out now I'd recommend that you put this as your store name so I've called it thero style and this is just for the European Union guys so just

click next once you've done that and now guys we're in the ad level so now underneath identity you should see Facebook page and Instagram account and once those are correct that's fine we can move on and now we should be moving on to adset setup and we want to click create ad then we're going to use manual upload and then we're going to go down to where it says single image or video now we're going to call this ad name video one now in total we're going to have three ads or four ads now the

reason why we might need four is because if images have worked for your product for other people then the fourth ad will be the image ad now obviously how we're going to know if images have worked well is if we go to the ad library and look at our competitors if they're running image ads and a lot of them clearly it's working so if that is the case then we're going to have four because we know it works for our competitor now if it's not working for our competitors then we just leave it at three

ads which is three videos so obviously the first ad is going to be video one so now you want to scroll down to where it says add creative you want to go to where it says set up creative and if it's a video which it is we're going to go to video ad and then once we've gone to creative setup you want to go to Source URL and you want to put in your landing page so your landing page should be under Source URL and you want to preview the URL make sure it's correct and

it works and then you want to go to where it says text now where it says primary text now this is where we're going to use some AI to help us do this so what you guys need to do is you need to go back to chat gbt you want to go to explore gbts and we're going to be using the Facebook ad copywriter now this will be linked in the cheat sheet for you guys to access now this is going to help us come up with the Facebook creatives for ad copies and AD headlines

that are going to work now I've given you guys a prompt to use which is this is my product page which you've then sent them a link to your product page these are my competitors running the ads then you send them the links to your competitor's ads now the way I've done this is I've actually gone back to winning Hunter and I've actually sent them the ads that are working the best now I'm not just sending them random page ad Library links I'm only sending them the links to the page ad libraries that are working

like look living smart is the best performing page for this product so what I've done is I've clicked view details I've then gone to page ad library and I've used the page ad library and send it to them because they're clearly doing well now if you've not got winning Hunter this is going to be a little bit harder because you'll have to go to the ad library and manually look for which Pages have the most active ads and then manually sort them out but for me I've just gone on which ones are performing the best

heated Hunter and living smart so I've gone back to the G BT and I've sent it that information and then it's ask me who my target audience is unique selling points special offers customer paying points and branded guidelines now for you guys to get this information you should already have it now especially cuz we've done the Shopify store you don't have this information then ask gbt to help you gather this information by sending it your competitor's website and it will then give you the information now for obviously special offers that needs to be based on

your website and your office which is either bu one get one free or save more buy more that should all be based off your information now I sent the gbt all that information across and then it's come back and sent me some headlines and AD copies that I can use now after it sent me a few of them they're pretty good and then I asked it to base it off the page that had the best ads which is this one here which is living smart and you can see then it gave me more ad copies

and headlines based on what's working for my competitors so now I've got all of these ad copies and AD headlines that I can use so I've added my headline here which is stop shivering start living smart and now I've got the option to add more now I personally add three of these headlines and then that's it so this is basically your split testing which will work the best based on Facebook so guys you can see I've added my three headlines here stop shivering start living smart one vest endless Adventures trusted by thousands to beat the

cold so I only need three out of five now where it says primary text you need to make sure that they match the ones that you've added here so the headlines and the primary text need to match so whichever the gbt gave me for this one I need to give it that complete ad copy so you can see here this is the ad copy that goes with that headline now what I would say to you guys is don't just add these ad copies in you also need to make sure you check if it's the right

spelling if it makes sense because sometimes AI can make mistakes so You' got to make sure you read them so they are correct now once we've done that we can scroll down to where it says description and in description I put free track shipping so I only use free track shipping as a description and then call to actions going to be shop now now once I've done that I can click next and then it's going to ask for the media which is obviously the video so we need to upload those videos now once you've uploaded

your video select the first video that you want to use and click next and then click next again and then it's going to show you here the crop option this ad will not show up on certain placements I'm going to click recommended and then where it says here feeds and streams I'm going to use recommended and then where it says here 16 by 9 I'm going to click recommended and then I'm going to go and click next and then I'm going to click done so now you guys should be able to see a preview of

what your ads is going to look like and you can also make it bigger like this and see what all your ads are going to look like which is really really important now once you've done that guys it should now import all the primary text here and then you can see your headlines and then the call to action should be shop now so let's change that again to shop now and then it says here Advantage Plus creative text generation using AI now this is saying generate variations and some have seen a 1.7% increase by doing

this then there's an option called Advantage creative text generation this is where Facebook's AI will basically optimize your text based on what they think will work stand to you guys if you want to use it honestly I'll keep the first one the way you've done it and maybe make one of the others with their Ai and see if it works any better then once you've done all of that guys you can scroll down and then it's going to say website URL now again this is where we're going to get our product URL and we're going

to paste it here now before we carry on always preview the URL and if it's working correctly then it's all done now if we scroll all the way down there's something called a URL parameter which is optional now this is actually quite important to do because this will help you understand where your sales are coming from Facebook's tracking isn't perfect by the way guys it does get glitchy now if you want to stop that from happening you can set up URL parameters or UTM and how you do that is you go to Just build a

URL parameter you set the campaign Source you set the campaign medium the campaign name and the campaign content now just to save a little bit of time I'm not going to do this now but I'm going to put an explanation in the sheet so you can do this now what this does is it sets up a custom URL per ad so each ad because we're going to be running three or four will have a custom URL based on the parameters so that we know which URL generated the sale because sometimes Facebook might say oh this

ad set or this ad made the sale but really Facebook's basically flagging the wrong stuff so by you implementing URL parameters it's a safety net from stopping the wrong data because imagine you scaling your ads Based on data that's not correct that can cost you a lot of money because you're killing adsets or you're scaling adsets which aren't the right ones so I would recommend that you set up URL parameters it's very very important it can take a little bit of time that's why I'm going to give you a guide inside of the cheat sheet

and a video to watch as well so you can watch it inside of the cheat sheet now there are softwares that you can also use but that's better for advanced people that are starting to see some success because they're not cheap to use and I'll be covering those later on in the video now once we've done that guys we can go back and we can duplicate the video two more times so we're going to click duplicate and we're going to change number of copies to two and click duplicate so now we're going to change this

one to video two and we're going to change this one to video 3 so now we've got video One video 2 and video 3 so now in video two what we need to do is we need to scroll all the way back down so what we need to do is we need to go to where it says media delete the media there should be a bin icon here and click add media add video now the text should stay the same the media is going to change so now we're going to change it to the second

video and click next next again then we're going to use their recommendations and now it's going to optimize video 2 based on the new video we need to Now set up a new URL parameter for this one because again each ad needs a new URL parameter then once that's been changed guys we can now move on to video three video 3 we're going to go back up just delete this media add media add video go to media and select video 3 next recommended recommended and next and then guys that is the video 3 also done

and now being optimized so now we've done that guys we've got our three videos now if again our product is suited for image ads to we can click duplicate again click duplicate and we're going to scroll and we're going to call this image ad and then if we scroll all the way down we're going to delete the media we're going to click add media add image and then we're going to go all the way down to media and we're going to upload our image so there we go guys I've uploaded my image then I'm going

to click next and then I'm going to click next again and click done and then our image ad has now been used for our ad so this image ad that we created during the module where I show you guys how to do it has now been added and it looks really really nice so guys that's our four creatives done which is is our three videos and our image ads so now we need to duplicate the adset level four more times we're going to click duplicate and we're going to change number of copies to four now

remember what I told you guys if your account doesn't have a budget restriction then you could do 10 remember the more adsets means the more testing that you can do quicker now if you're a beginner or you're a little bit more concerned or more anxious about spending money then just stick to five which is adding four more then we're going to click duplicate and now we should see in total five ad sets now we've got four more duplications Guys these are the things that we can vary test now remember this is a testing campaign so

we need to try and test as many variables as we can but we've got to be very careful when we're testing variables and you might be thinking well why should we be careful because what we really want to test is the creative is the creatives good now if we make too many adjustments inside of the adet it could interfere with the results of the creatives now something that I usually like to mess around with in this section is the location so maybe for this ad set I change it from all of these countries just to

the top five so guys inside of this ad set the only change that I might want to make is what I've just done which is change the locations just to the top five countries so I'm going to scroll all the way back up so I'm going to change it now and I'm going to put top five so now I know inside of this ad set that I'm doing top five instead of the top 20 for example then in the next campaign what I might want to change is I might want to change CH giving Facebook

no recommendation so I might not give it any recommendation so I'm going to delete every single one of these go all the way back up and delete the recommendations now in the next ad set what I might want to change is I might want to scroll all the way down to where it says placements and I might want to change Advantage placements to manual placements so under manual placements I'm now going to change it just just Facebook and Instagram stories and feeds so now you guys can see that I've got Facebook feed faceb Facebook profile

feed Instagram feed Instagram feed Instagram profile feed Instagram stories and Facebook Stories so I've only got those six placements instead of all of the rest of them now the reason why this might be a good thing to test is because Facebook usually wastes a lot of budget on the other placements that usually don't perform very well so now I can go all the way up and change it from Advantage Auto placements to manual now the last change that I might want to make on this last ad set is scrolling all the way way down to

where it says Advantage Plus and I might actually want to change this completely and I might want to go to where it says switch to original audience options and I'm going to go to where it says use original audience and this is where Facebook's AI no longer happens and it's strictly just going to use what information I give it in terms of targeting so if we scroll all the way down now to audience we can see if we keep going down it's still got our interest now you've got two options guys you can either keep

the Stacked interest that you've put here which is these four like I have or you can delete every single one of them or you can put one really broad interest now what I've done is I've searched for coat and I've changed it from relevance to size now coat is a part of clothing that I'm obviously going to sell it's type of a coat so you can see here now the relevant size to this is between 49 million and 58 million now I might want to change this from coat to jacket now jacket has 99 million

to 117 million and it's it's really relative to the type of product that I'm selling now what I'm going to do is I'm actually going to go with jacket appal cuz it's a bigger audience size and people like I said that buy jackets will also buy coats so I've selected jacket Appel and the audience size is now 61 to 72 million now I've stacked a few other interests here I've put Co and then North Face app perial as that's a really big company that sells clothing for the extreme winter so I've got those three stacked

interest using the old style of audience targeting so I'm going to go all the way back up now I'm going to take off Advantage Plus I'm going to get rid of these other interests and now I'm going to call it stack old and then I'm going to put the names of the interests that I've targeted here and then that's that one done and then once we've done all of that guys we can click publish now once You' published it guys you should see campaign adsets and ads now if we go back over to campaigns it

should be the campaign name if you go to ad sets you need to make sure that this column is bigger on the size so instead of it being that small you need to make it this big that way you can see the differences with each ad set because obviously the changing of the name will give away what changes we've made inside of that ad set and then obviously ads is the last one and all of the ads should be there ready to go now those will be in draft and once Facebook approves them you will

get a notification being told your ads have been approved and delivery should be delivering now in this example I've turned mine off because this is obviously an example video so I'm not going to leave mine on but it should just say delivering so now what you guys should do is let your campaigns run for around about 24 to 48 hours to gather data so what I'm trying to say is do not touch your campaigns until at least 24 to 48 hours just let them run don't even do anything because the more you look at them

the more anxious you're going to get so just leave them alone for 24 to 48 hours now the metrics that you need to monitor is click-through rate which is CTR that should be greater than 3% or at 3% your cost per click should ideally be under $1 now your return on ad spend I've left this blank because a lot of people are going to look at this now your Ras which is return on ad spend at this stage shouldn't even be a concern although a lot of people will look at this metric and return on

ad spend basically means how profitable are you now to figure out your Ras you can use a row as calculator like this one here where you put your cost of goods which is your shipping plus your cost which is 20 in my example and then your selling price what you're selling the product for and then you click calculate Break Even row as and you can see my break even row as is 1.33 so anything above that I'm making money anything below that I'm losing money now this early into your ads I wouldn't even worry about

the rats now this is what I would do within this stage if you've got zero sales I would reevaluate your creatives or your products or consider moving on now if you've got one sale let the ad sets run for another 12 hours if you've got two or more sales just duplicate the adsets that have got those sales So after 24 to 48 hours once you've come back inside of your so after 48 Hours of completely run and your ads have spent what they should have spent which is 10 per ad set which is over 2

days you want to come back to your campaign go to the adset level and you want to look at your CPC now if your cpcs are above $1 now that is a cause for concern but it isn't a complete concern just yet because it does depend on other metrics now the CTR should show between 3% and above if it's slightly under 3% it's not harmful at this current stage now your CPM should not be going over $30 to $50 if they are then that can be a concern now video plays at 25% 50% 75% 95%

and 100% is something to also pay a very key eye on now these metrics can't be looked at as a one look cause which is a lot of people do a lot of people say well if your CBC is over a dollar that's it your Facebook ads have failed if your CBC is over a dollar but your ads are profitable we can all agree that's not a problem so the problem with a lot of people is they'll tell you to look at these metrics in a one view mind and you can't do that now what

could show is your video views at 25% is really high but then it drops off really really hard after 50 now technically that could be bad because no one's buying but if it shows that your your video views are really high at 25% but then your link clicks and add to carts and your website conversion is really really high that means it just took 25 seconds of the video to get then somebody to go and buy your product it means they didn't need to watch the rest of the video to then take action so what

I'm trying to say to you guys is think logically when you're looking at your Facebook ad metrics don't look at them in a on view cause now if my video views at 25% is really really high but then my add to cart ratio and your purchase ratio is really low and the rest of my video views is really low then there's a major concern now another way of looking at it is if I've got really good video watch time and people get all the way up to 75% and upwards but then there's no conversion that

means my video was really good but my landing page could be the issue because I'm getting link clicks now if I'm not getting any link clicks but I'm getting a really high video view play at at 75 and upwards that means there wasn't a good call to action in my video now if we carry on going across and you've got really high link clicks but no add to carts that means that your website didn't have a clear offer or it didn't bring out any urgency for people to want to buy it could also mean that

your audience that you're targeting isn't the right people they're interested but they're not ready to pull the trigger cuz they're not the right people now if the ad to carts is really really high but no one bought that means that your offer wasn't good enough and the urgency wasn't there for them to buy and of course if you're starting to get sales in your first 48 hours that means that your product is off to a very good start but what I would say to you guys is don't just look at these metrics like my CPC

is really high but my CTR is really really high also and my ad to carts is really high there's a concern because my CPC is really high don't look at it like that guys you've got to think over a general rule of thumb what's going on cost per click can be high because the competition is genuinely high in that industry that you're trying to compete in which is not a problem if you're profitable now if your metrics are looking good low CPC High CTR really good video watch time but you haven't got any sales on

the second day then let your campaign and your ads run for another day now on day three let's say hypothetically your metrics still look good but you've got no conversions and you've got a really low add to cart rate then there's something wrong with your funnel turn the campaign off and go review your funnel that could mean make a new offer make a new bundle try using a new market Mar strategy in terms of tactic and then relaunch the campaign again now on day three or even day two let's say one of these adsets got

a sale so let's say this adset here and this adset here got a sale then what I would do is I would duplicate these now before I duplicate them I actually want to investigate which ads perform the best for that ad set what was the common trait within that adet was it that video 3 was getting the most CTR the most link clicks Etc was it video 3 in video one that was pushing the weight where the image ads not doing well because when I duplicate these two ad sets I'm actually going to make adjustments

to them so I'm going to click duplicate I'm going to click duplicate again but what I'm going to do inside of this ad set is I'm going to make adjustments so if image ad didn't perform well I'm going to delete it if video number two didn't do well I'm going to delete it and then what I'm going to do is I'm going to run that ad set and duplicate it just based on what was working and then click publish now the ad sets that didn't get any sales you would obviously turn those ones off guys

so let's say this adset didn't get a sale this adset didn't get a sale and this adset didn't get a sale then those would be turned off and the duplications would stay on with the originals that got the sale now once you start duplicating adets after the second or third day now Ras does matter now profitability does matter now in week one and two I don't expect you guys to be running at a profitable rate I'd expect you guys to be not far from breaking even or at breaking even Point meaning that you're at break

even you're spending the same as what you're making and I don't mean in Revenue I meaning profit usually it's between week two and week three you start to see profitability now Facebook ads is pretty simple after day three of the test if again you didn't see any success you don't carry on you look at the metrics and decide what was the issue and you go fix it if you think it was your creatives you go back to the drawer board make new creatives relaunch the same campaign again you just change the ads to the new

ads and you set it off for round two and then if after round two the metrics come back after day three and again it didn't work then I would say you need to move on to the next product it's literally as simple as that guys don't deep it too much if you know you're doing your best when it comes to creating videos when it comes to creating your landing page and your offer you don't need to be deep and get like oh why is my product not working why can't I Advance onto scaling just move

on to the next product I don't give my products more than three rounds of testing and that means creative testing and offer testing which means my landing page if I've done that three times around and it still doesn't shift I will not long on to it I will not prolong me failing I will move on to the next product so that's for those that are watching this and are at a stage where they're not seeing any results from their Facebook campaigns now for those that were seeing results and you've started to duplicate your adsets and

You' started to narrow it down by what was working based off what the metrics were saying this is basically how you manage your Facebook ads long term so guys now I'm going to be teaching you how to run ads over a long period of time and how to manage them correctly and how to scale them in different variations and the best way for me to do this is by showing you a live ad account that's spending real money like this one's done around about $20,000 in the last few weeks now this is actually a recent

winning product that we found and we're starting to slowly scale it it's done around about 130k in sale so far far now like I said to you guys you should be now entering week two of running ads and the only thing you should be running is original ad sets from the original testing phase or you're running duplications of the original ad set but you've started to narrow it down by what creatives were working the best now we're going to be moving into some more strict rules but this is going to be beneficial for our profitability

now you shouldn't even be on this section unless you've got at least two winning ad sets where they're consistently doing well and again you don't have to be profitable at this stage but you should be either close to breaking even or roughly around or at break even point so guys now we can start to explore the scaling methods and the different options that we've got in our toolkit that we can use now I'd actually recommend that you guys make a brand new campaign for scaling methods that we're going to test so let's go back to

create and let's go to sales and let's click continue we're going to be doing manual sales campaign so we're going to call this one scaling method CBO so CBO is Camp campaign budget optimization and cbos typically work really really well once you found something that works CBO is when it spends it on the campaign level not on the adset level so if we scroll all the way down you're going to see Advantage campaign budget you're going to turn this on so now you're going to change the daily budget to $50 still so that means that

the campaign's got $50 to spend but it's going to be over a certain amount of adset so now we're going to click next and what we're going to do is we're going to move our winning ad sets into this camp campaign so what I want you guys to do is figure out what your winning adet was or winning adsets were and I want you to move them into this campaign I want you to try them out in this CBO campaign instead of an [ __ ] campaign now you're only going to be adding a maximum

of three adets into this campaign now you might be thinking why am I adding a maximum of three adsets into this campaign and the reason why you're going to be doing this is because the CBO has an additional $20 to spend over the winning adsets remember with the [ __ ] we were doing 10 per five which means the whole budget gets spent on those five now by adding three and having 50 that means that we've got $20 that Facebook's going to spend on what's performing the best which should bring the profitability up and again

you need a minimum of two adsets that are winning that are different they're not the same they're different and you need to add them in here and it should only go up to three so either two or three adssets that have won should come in here and you should just basically replicate exact what they were and put them into this campaign now if you find that the scaling CBO method is working really really well for those ad sets then what you need to do is you need to come back to the campaign every 2 to

3 days and you need to adjust the budget so let's say after every 2 to 3 days the campaign's Performing really well and it's being profitable or breaking even you're going to adjust this by $20 every 2 to 3 days if it's doing well so now instead of it being 50 it's now going to be 70 and I'm going to click next now this is what we call vertical scaling so this is where you scale vertically which is really powerful now this will really depend on how your account reacts now everybody's account will react differently

some people's vertical scaling doesn't work some people's horizontal scaling will work the best now we're going to create a new campaign and we're going to go back to sales and we're going to click continue and we're going to use manual again now this campaign is going to be called interest scale scaling so this is the next form of scaling that we can do which is called interest scaling so this is where we take our winning creative so whichever creatives have won since now so let's say we're on week two and we know that we've got

two winning creatives which is video 2 in video 3 we're now going to see if we can find new interests that are winning This Is Us finding new audiences that could potentially work really really well with our winning creatives so what we're going to do is we're going to call it interest scaling we're going to use AO we're not going to turn campaign Budget on we're going to go into the adset level and inside of the adset level what would changing is the interest targeting now you also have to bear in mind what countries have

worked the best so if the top five ended up working better for you you just change this to top five if the top 20 was working the best you change it to top 20 you still keep the budget at $10 a day the only thing you're changing is the interest you're going to try new interests out and the maximum you're going to be trying out one broad interest per adset you're going to be trying a maximum of three adsets which means three interests one per adset so you're going to be interest scaling and you're going

to be trying three broad interests in this campaign now the reason why we're starting low with only three and it's only going to be $30 cuz it's going to be $10 each we're very new into our Facebook ads journey and we don't want to go crazy with the spending so we're just going to keep it to $30 now that was our next form of scaling campaign now some that I want to tell you guys is you're not going to be running all of these scaling campaigns alongside of each other you're either going to be trying

CBO out or then you're going to be traing interest out you're not going to be doing them all at once one because your budget won't allow you to and the restrictions on your budget will not allow you to these are the different scaling options that you've got if one doesn't work again scaling method CBO might not work for you so you might have to try scaling with interests now when you're doing this guys and you're trying to scale this is when you need to start being a lot more strict with your amounts being spent now

let me show you another ad account to explain one crucial method that you need to implement in terms of making sure your accounts don't overspend which is your adets now when you go into your ad sets you need to use one rule of thumb now this rule will only apply once you start scaling which is in week two now if this adset is on a $10 budget and let's say after 24 hours it doesn't make me $10 I kill it it's as simple as that every adet within 24 hours of scaling has to make me

what I've spent so if I'm spending $10 if that adset hasn't got a sale I kill it so you're on to the rule of the adset has to make you a sale every day for it to stay alive or if you want to be a little bit more wider with the killing you can say okay in day one it got me the sale now let's say that one adset spent $10 but it made me let's say $40 I will give it another day and it will eat out of my profit but I'll give it another

day just to see if it was an anomaly just to see if it was a one day off and it had a bad day so you can either be super strict if it doesn't get a sale each day and it or it doesn't make you what you spent then you kill it and that's a daily basis Rule and that comes to when you scale now the next campaign that you should be making is a creative testing campaign so let's go back to create new sales continue manual here manual sales campaign you're going to call this

one creative testing now what you're going to be doing in this campaign is you're going to be trying out new creatives every single week and you should be trying out 10 new creatives every single week now in the adset level what you would choose for this is you'd choose your winning demographic so by week two or the end of week two you should be doing creative tests where you're starting to implement new creatives on a rapid test now how this rapid test is going to work is you're going to implement on the adset level which

countries work the best which interest or audience work the best in terms of was it Advantage Plus targeting was it manual targeting what placements work the best was it Advantage was it manual and you put the best of the best inside of this adset level and then what you do is under the adset level with the winning demographics you're going to be putting three new creatives in this and you're going to be doing three adsets with three three new creatives so each adset has three new creatives so ad set one will have three creatives and

they're all new creatives ad set two will have another three new creatives ad set three will have another three creatives and they're all different so technically within this creative testing campaign you should have nine new videos ad set one has three videos ad set two has three videos ad set three has three videos so if you do 369 so if you do the math three 69 which equals 9 so you should have nine new videos being tested now when you're doing creative testing you give it 48 hours and after 48 Hours the same rules applied

as they applied in stage one where whichever creatives after 48 hours did not get a sale you turn them off whichever ones did get a sale you forward them into the scaling campaigns so let me give you a visual demonstration whichever creatives inside of creative testing campaign did well you would then move them down into interest scaling scaling method CBO because what you're trying to do is you're trying to find new creatives that are working and you're trying to see if you can scale them inside of these new campaigns and obviously whichever creatives didn't work

you turn them off and you replace them now remember like I said to you guys before you want to be testing a minimum of 10 creatives a week which means this creative testing campaign should be running for at least 4 days a week for that to be the case now your scaling campaigns will never see any great results if you're not putting new creatives into them now most creatives will have a lifespan of around about a few weeks to a few months and they'll die out now that doesn't mean you can't make a variation of

them and adjust it into the testing module and then move them into scaling so guys the last form of scaling campaign that we've got in the early days is our horizontal scaling campaign so you want to click create again you're going to click sales you're going to click continue you're going to click continue again you can either call this one adset scaling or horizontal scaling it's completely down to you guys what you want to call it you're going to keep it at [ __ ] you're not going to change it to CBO and what you're

doing inside of this campaign is whichever ad set got three sales within the first week you duplicate it three times three times and you put it in this campaign so let's say I've got three adets that I've had three sales since the first week of launching them or within the first week of running them you will then duplicate the ad set three times and put it inside of this campaign so if I've got three ads sets and I've got to duplicate them three times that means I would have nine ad sets inside of this campaign

and you would just let them run again for 48 hours inside of that campaign and the rules will apply the same as any other AD set you give it the 48 hour rule you give it the 48 hour rule and if it doesn't beat the 48 hour rule and remember all the rules are in this sheet guys so just check the sheet out it's all there for you if it doesn't beat the 48 hour Ru you kill them and if it means you've got no more ad sets to put into the scaling adset campaign because

you've got no new winning adsets then this campaign just gets turned off guys it's as simple as that you don't leave it on for the sake of leaving it on you turn it off if you have found new adsets that have done really well that are completely new you then add it to this campaign again I'm going to make this very clear to you guys you want to see which one of these scaling methods would works the best for you is it horizontal is it vertical is it interest scaling is it creative testing that works

the best adding new creatives to the mix whichever ones work the best you add it to the winning ad set what method is it that works on your account and this is why in week two and week three you're either going to be breaking even or you're going to be making money because it's going to take you around about that much time to figure out which one of these methods is going to be the best on your account now a lot of people at this stage are going to ask well what do I do with

my original campaign because now I've moved a lot of stuff out of that and into these other campaigns if the original campaign is running the old adsets and they're not making money and they're unprofitable then you obviously will turn it off if for some reason and I've had it before the original campaign is still doing really really well with the original formats of what you've done then you leave it running eventually this campaign will die out and you'll just have these going your creative testing based on what's worked the best on your adset level and

then whatever scaling method is work the best on these and remember every ad set after day three which is 72 hours has to start getting a sale so if it doesn't get a sale you start turning them off if you don't stick to these strict rules you'll lose money and you'll burn money insanely fast and remember what I said to you guys before I allow between $250 and $350 per product if I go over that I will move on so guys here's a recap of what we've covered vertical scaling which is budget increase identify profitable

adsets with three sales gradually increase the daily budget example $60 then $80 then $120 monitor performance 24 hours to 48 Hours an increase if it needs increasing then we went over horizontal scaling with new audiences as well and this is scaling advertising identify profitable ads increase daily budgets monitor performance duplicate and winning adsets test different interests and stack different interests now guys we're in the stage of week three and four of running off product on Facebook ads and now we should be in a place where we are either making some good money profitability wise or

we're still at break even but we're soon to find a profitable time I've had it before where I've been running break even till week six but I'm still trying to find out what's working so that's completely fine now I'm going to be going over some more advanced scaling strategies and you can't do this till you've had at least 30 to 50 sales so I wouldn't even recommend trying any of this till you've had between 30 and 50 sales if you've not got 30 to 50 sales stick to these scaling strategies here guys and most importantly

stick to creative testing the creative testing I can't emphasize it enough is the most important part of Facebook ads the more winning creatives you find or have the more likely you are to move on to the advanced stage where you're going to be running loads and loads of campaigns now as the creatives are the most important part of your Facebook Journey let's talk about creative optimization quickly before we move on when to refresh fresh creatives C drops below 3% launch new creatives creative fatigue which happens a lot test 5 to 10 new videos weekly proven

video add formats problem solution showcase the product solving a relatable issue example a night light that helps parents monitor their baby unboxing videos display excitement and product featur during unboxing narrative ads blend into the platform into less salesy content so basically these are the types of videos that typically work the best on Facebook stick to them with your prod and you should be fine so common pitfalls are high cpcs you're testing a winning product in a very very competitive Niche so you're struggling to be profitable a really easy fix to this guys is Target untapped

regions and languages example run the product in Germany instead or France with a translated creatives and website now it's super super easy these days guys to actually translate your ads into foreign languages you can use tool like hygiene Ai and you can use other AI tools to do it that I'll leave Linked In this sheet so you basically will run your product into the native countries and languages outside of the US this is the easiest way to drop your cpcs whil remaining very profitable now if you're struggling with very low CTR improve video Hooks and

storytelling test different video formats of audiences ensure that the product solves a clear problem Test new audiences and refine offers so guys before I go over the super Advanced scaling strategy that will help you hit six figures and seven figures with your Drop Shipping Store I want to quickly go over how you can Fast Track yourself yourself to that position now it comes back to the methods I taught you before which is CBO scaling and [ __ ] scaling but what you will need to do is you'll need to increase the risk so I've already

gone over how CBO works this is just a visual overline and I've also gone over how [ __ ] scaling works but what you would do is you would increase the odds so what you would do is instead of increasing your cbos by let's say $10 a day or $20 every other day you'd increase it to $50 to $100 now if CBO SC doesn't work for you and AO scaling works for you then your example is every two days you would change it from $10 to $25 to $50 and that's per adset budget if you're

doing [ __ ] scaling now an example of this guys is this scaling method CBO here I would try and get that within two weeks up to $11,000 so what I would do is after 3 days if I'm still profitable and making money I would change it to150 if after 3 days it's still doing really really well I would change it to $300 if after another 3 days it's doing well I would change it to $500 then $750 so I would aggressively change this if I'm doing horizontal scaling which is adset scaling which is where

I increase the budget I would after every 3 days instead of it being $20 I'd change it to $50 and then after another three days if that does well I'd change it to $100 then I'd change it to $200 now for this method to work really really well the [ __ ] and CBO scaling method you need to make sure that you've got a lot of creatives that are working you need to make sure that you've got enough audiences and you have a solid audience that is proven to work time and time again but more

importantly you've got lots of winning creators as long as you've got those this should be able to be scaled very aggressively very quick now this will really be hard to do if you don't have many winning creatives let's say you've only got one or two if you've got 10 winning creatives this will be extremely easy to do if you've been able to laser focus who your audience is what countries what age range what platform what placements work the best as well this should not be an issue guys to be able to scale aggressively with the

budgets so guys now we're going to move on to one of the most advanced ways to scale your Facebook campaigns as aggressive as possible now there are two methods and this is the first method and this is probably one of my most favorite Methods at the moment now this is called the advanced duplication strategy based on Bid laddering And this is more designed for people with higher budgets and I'll explain why this is more suited for higher budgets it will all make sense when I show you how to do it now you shouldn't even be

trying this until you've had between 50 and 100 sales it just doesn't make sense so you want to come back to Facebook you want to click create on campaign you want to click sales you want to click continue you want to use manual sales campaign again and click continue but this time you're going to call the campaign bid laddering and then once you've done that click sales you're not using [ __ ] you're just going to be using the adset budget optimization all right when you come inside of the campaign level guys you want to

turn sales on you want to leave campaign budget optimization off you can't use CBO for this strategy it will not work then you want to go inside of the adset level we're going to call the adset level bid now we're not going to come up with a number yet cuz we need to figure this out so we'll move on to it later on then you want to choose website you want to click maximize number of conversions your pixel purchase and then you will see cost per result this is the bit where we're going to be

focusing our time on now before we move on to cost per result guys we're going to fill out the rest now what you're going to be filling out is daily budget as always now for you to be doing this correctly guys you need to be having at least three winning adsets do not come inside of this campaign unless you've got three winning adets now ad set one will be your first winning adset from a prior campaign or another campaign that's currently running and you need to set the daily budget per adet at 50 the minimum

should be 50 I actually like to do 100 guys if you're not comfortable do 75 but again 50 should be the very minimum you should do and then the rest in terms of filling it out should be based on what's currently working on your other campaigns what countries are working and then in the ad level it should be your three winning creatives for the ads to work the best you should always choose your three best performing creatives for this strategy if you haven't got three winning creatives then just put two or one in there but

three is the optimal amount to get the best results now if we go back inside of the adset level and move on to what is important which is the cost per result feature now cost per result feature is a new feature that Facebook's added it used to be the bidding strategy where you could change manual bids they've basically simplified this into cost per result now what does cost per result it means what are you willing to let Facebook spend for you to get a result now can I just say something to you guys this is

not a guarantee cost per result isn't guaranteed now if I put 20 in here guys it doesn't guarantee that Facebook will get me a purchase on $20 it doesn't work like that Facebook will optimize and try and get it that low but you've got to be realistic now it doesn't mean you put $1 in here and Facebook will now get us to sale for $1 it just won't spend any money if you do that now this is where we have to really think logical to ourselves well what are our margins so if I'm selling a

product for $79.99 and my margin is technically $50 what can I spend for it to even be worthy of my time now we're going to be setting this up in three adsets adet one the cost per result will be low the second one will be a medium level and the third one will be a higher level now on the most optimal setting I would like Facebook to return me a sale if I'm making $50 at around about 25 so the first one the cost per result will be 25 so I would want Facebook on this

ad set to basically make me money based on $25 so I'm going to come back up and I'm going to call but bid 25 I am then going to go back into the campaign level and change the campaign name to bid lading CPR which stands for cost per result now what I'm going to do is once you filled out the adset level with the right Target in in the right ads you're then going to duplicate it two more times and then this one I'm going to go back to the cost per result here and I'm

actually going to change this one now from 25 to 30 so now I'm going to go back up and change this to 30 so this is is me now allowing Facebook to say I realistically want you to get me a purchase based on $30 of spend every time you spend $30 I realistically need you to make me a sale now the last one we're going to do is we're actually going to put this quite high up and we're going to put this one to 35 so now we're going to change this to 35 and just

like that guys we have got our CPR targeting done so now we're trying to find where optimize is Facebook going to try and get our sales are they going to try get a sales on $25 $30 spend or a $35 spend again this isn't guaranteed this is you telling Facebook this is the margin that I can work with every time I get a sale for it to be worthy of my time now usually when you launch this style of campaign two of things are going to happen number one it's barely going to spend any money

because Facebook feels that it can't return you much on these bids that we've set here which is our CPR or it's going to spend a lot of money and it's going to deliver on these bids which is very good cuz it means you're going to be extremely profitable now I would recommend that you launch this for again 3 days see how it goes pay attention to which bid gets the most attraction and if after 3 days it really doesn't do much adjust the bids again and this time change it from 25 to 30 then 35

then 40 and see if it makes a big difference if it doesn't just completely turn it off but this scaling strategy typically does work extremely well once you've got a lot of sales because Facebook knows your numbers and it can pretty much figure it out so guys the next scaling method is one of the most aggressive if not aggressive methods of scaling and it's controlling the full auction of Facebook now to be able to do this one guys you need to have way over 100 sales so 100 sales is minimum for the CPR method it

was 50 and above for this method you need to be way over 100 in orders now the reason why is because with the CPR method it's viewed on a 7-Day basis with this method it's pretty much every day the auction will change now you need to really know your metrics on a solid case for you to be able to do this that's going to be your CTR and how much roughly it costs you to get a purchase these are the two metrics that will be used for the auction so what you're going to need to

do guys to do this is go to where it says create go to where it says sales and click continue now you're going to want to be doing manual sales campaign again and click continue now this is the method that all the drop shippers and e-commerce guys use to do those crazy days like let's say 50k a day 100K a day even some of them are doing 300K a day this is how they're able to do it now I also want to say it's very volatile and risky as well if you don't do it correctly

now you're going to want to call this one bid control and then your product name then you're going to want to scroll all the way down to where it says Advantage campaign budget turn it on now for the budget this is where things get interesting you need to be spending a minimum and I really do mean minimum and if not it's too low $250 now let's say for example I want to spend $2 $150 the best thing that I can do is actually change it from $ 250 to 500 just because it works better doing

it this way I usually find if I want to spend 250 I have to double it on the budget for it to actually spend that so if I want to spend 500 which is where I usually start which is 500 I normally have to change this to 1,000 now in this case I actually want to spend $500 but setting get 1,000 is more likely for Facebook to push it to getting it all the way up to $500 then we need to go to where it says campaign bid strategy change it from highest volume to bid

strategy to then bid cap now once we've done that we can go inside of the adset level then we can change the adset name to what bid we're going to set also we're going to change the adset name to what audience we're doing now for this strategy to work the best you want to test three different audiences and these three different audiences should be based on what's worked for you before which is interests and countries so you should be able to segment out the interest and the countries so for example this one's going to be

top five and it's going to be stacked and then I'm going to call it whatever interest I'm stacking then I'm going to scroll down and then you're going to see here where it says bid control now guys this is where you get full power over the auction this is where you have now got the power to control the full auction of Facebook so this is very very powerful but again like I said to you can be extremely risky if not done properly now the bid control I usually set this for where I want my purchase

to be so let's say I need to get roughly a $20 or $30 purchase power rate so let's say I need Facebook to get me a purchase for $30 I usually double it so let's say I'm aiming for a $30 conversion rate in terms of I want Facebook to spend $30 I have to actually double that to 60 for the bid to probably work now that means that Facebook won't spend any more than $60 to get me a purchase by the way guys so it's very important to understand that although I've set it at 60

it does mean that Facebook won't spend any more than 60 to get me a purchase now if I want to do hypothetically $20 for a purchase then I would double it so it would be 40 so for this example I'm going to set the bid control to 40 now once I've done that guys I can now go back up and I can say bid and then set it to 40 now the benefits of using bid control like this is sometimes Facebook doesn't bid enough so they're under bidding and they don't get you purchases so this

is you saying yeah I know my metrics very well and I know this is the right number for Facebook and Facebook's going to be optimizing this at a faster rate than me and you could possibly do it then in terms of the actual ad you need to put your winning creative in here you're only doing one creative for this guys so put your winning creative in the ad and then once you've done this you're going to duplicate this two more times and what I'm changing in here guys is the audience so this time I might

do top 20 which means the top 20 countries and instead of stacked I'm only doing one interest now that one interest might be completely broad then in the next one I could do USA only and I could do stacked and then the bid's the same and then once I've done that guys I can click publish now when you're doing bid control campaigns it is extremely important to manage them on a every other day basis now you should be checking them every day by the way like literally every day when you wake up and before before

you go to bed to make sure they're not overspending or they are spending and then every other day you can adjust a bid if you feel like it's not getting you sales you increase the bid by five I always go up in $5 intervals on the second dat so on day two if I feel like it's not spending enough I will increase it from 40 to 45 again if after the second day I still feel like it hasn't done it correctly I will then go to 50 and then I should hit a number where I'm

comfortable where I'm getting a good amount of sales for the bid now because the auction is a daily thing you will have to readjust the bid once you find a winning bid every day or every other day because the bids will constantly change now sometimes I've changed the bid twice in the same day and that usually happens around times like Black Friday Cyber Monday Valentine's Day where there's a lot of ads being ran usually throughout the year whether it's slow periods you shouldn't have to do it more than once a day now I have left

a full in-depth strategy in the cheat sheet explaining how to do this guys and I want to really say to you guys there is a lot of risk involved in this because budgets can be spent extremely quick and you can get zero in return I've done this before I've blasted $500 and got zero out of it so you have to be extremely careful and know your metrics do not do this method if you do not understand what's going on because you will then end up earning through a lot of money but again this is the

method that has to be used if you want to do huge numbers a day or on a weekly basis and again this campaign follows the same rules as every other campaign you give it a 4-day interval period after 4 days is it worth it is it not worth it then you reassess maybe you've not got enough sales yet to even do bids maybe your product's not designed for bid control because the industry bids are very hard to navigate but it's definitely worth trying it once you've got between between 150 and 200 Sales now if you

are starting to see a lot of success and you've figured out you know what your bids are you can start messing around with the budget so if you know how to do your bids correctly and you feel like you've kind of understood the auction we can now change this from 1,000 to 2,000 a day but again only do this if you found success with the current bid strategy that you've just done now guys the last method of scaling that you can use which is a new one is Advantage Plus shopping campaigns now to do this

you need 100 sales or it's just purely not worth it and you need at least a winning creative that consistently does really well now how to do this guys is you click create you then go to sales you click continue and instead of doing manual you're now doing Advantage Plus and you're going to hit continue and then it's going to say name you're going to want to call it Advantage shopping campaign and then your product name and then it's going to say categories you can ignore that and then it's going to say performance goal maximize

conversions and then it's going to say pixel and then you're going to do purchase and then you've got cost per result which again you don't need to be doing for this strategy guys you can leave this one alone then you've got audience location you want to enter your winning locations in here guys so whichever ones you found that do the best add them all in here and then where it says daily budget this is where things get interesting you want to be doing at minimum $100 I would never do it an advantage plus shopping campaign

if you are not doing a minimum of a 100 I usually start off at 250 then with the start date set it at midnight the next day and then you can scroll down and then it says suggested ads you can do available or import and then you've got existing ads these are the ads that are currently existing in your actual business manager that you can click on then once you've done that guys you're going to see your ad level here so underneath the campaign you're going to see the ad level and if you scroll down

you're going to see Facebook page you're going to select your page then you've got ad setup create ad use existing post you can use an existing post by using the ad ID and where it says catalog click not connected if you're not using catalogs which you probably not then you've got Source URL I would put your website URL in here for the product page and then you got add creative where you can select the post so you can select one of the posts obviously select the one with the most interactions the most likes the most

comments so I'm going to select this one and click continue now once you've done this guys go back to the ad name and change the the name to whichever creative youve use so if it's the first winning creative meaning it's the top performing one call it winning creative one then what I'd recommend that you guys do is quick duplicate that two more times and if you've got two more winning creatives you type in winning creative 2 and then on the last one you're going to call it winning creative 3 so in total you should have

one of the Advantage Plus campaigns with your three winning creatives make sure the call to action button is shop now and enter your website URL then you're going to see one of the most most important parts which is highlight your promotion so click promo codes and go to where it says manually select a code and click add code and then you're going to want to create a promo code now for this to work the best I always make sure that I make my promo code 30% off to 50% off Facebook doesn't like it when you

go over 40 to 50% so keep it to around about 30 to 50% Now call your promo code anything related to your product so I'm going to call my promo code vest 30 then I'm going to change it to percentage I'm going to change it to 30% and then the maximum discount is optional I don't keep it condition I keep none and then the start and end dat I keep it is now and then the description I don't make it so then I click add now make sure that you've got a Shopify coupon code that

matches vest 30 on your store or people aren't going to like that it doesn't match up now the whole point of Advantage Plus is with you highlighting your Promos in the ad now one once you've done that guys you can click publish and that's your Advantage Plus campaign made now using Advantage Plus shopping campaigns guys is beneficial for these reasons and these are the reasons why you need to make sure you got at least 100 orders or Facebook can't basically do these five bullet points correctly it only works Based on data you can't test doing

it you can only scale doing Advantage Plus it's basically Facebook super AI campaign and it does work very well when you scale look at it like a pmax campaign on Google is very very similar if you know what Google is and pmax is it's pretty much the same thing so guys those are all the scaling methods that you can use on Facebook to try and get yourself to the six figure Mark and seven figure Mark now not all of these methods are going to work for you maybe only two of them are going to work

maybe only one of them are going to work or maybe only a few of them are going to work as long as your creative testing Works where you can add more creatives and find more success that's really really important as long as either the adset scaling which is your horizontal scaling or your vertical scaling works that's really really good and as long as one of these work which is Advantage Plus bid control or bid laddering works then you're in a good place so having either one of these three are key for super scaling as long

as either your adset scaling or your CBO scaling works that's good for medium size scaling and as long as your creative testing works it means your product will carry on making money long term so that's like my bundle for Success when it comes to Facebook as long as you can have a few of those working throughout you're going to be completely fine now there is one thing that can stop your success on Facebook and that's you competing with yourself so your own ads are competing with each other so your creatives are competing with your creatives

and that's something that is a big issue with the Facebook platform and this is where Dynamic creatives are super important for your Facebook ads now Dynamic creative are important when you get around about the 50 to 100 order Mark and for you guys to be able to get around that issue I will leave a full explanation in the cheat sheet and a link to a video that you can watch now if you do feel like you're running into Dynamic creative issues where you are competing with yourself then that is the easiest way to fix it

which is basically me showing you how to stop competing with yourself but you should only do that when you feel like that is the issue so if you feel like you just can't scale and you've hit a glass seed and you just seem like you can't get past it it usually means that it's because you're competing with yourself and you're outbidding yourself and you're literally testing yourself and you're just competing against your own account and that can sometimes be the biggest issue for why you've hit a glass ceiling but again I'm going to leave a

full explanation on how to avoid that in the cheat sheet but I would truly say guys that is the highest most valuable Facebook ads tutorial that I can give you on the different ways you can scale and the ways to do it I think with what I've shown you there guys you can do some amazing numbers but you got to be very very careful and you've got to be very smart when you're doing it this is a legitimate man's game now when you're messing around with bids this isn't a joke you should treat it very

seriously when you're getting onto this stage because you can lose them a lot of money but you can also make a lot of money so guys that's the Facebook ads module done on all the different ways you can scale that I find work the best in the last 12 months now the reason why I haven't gone over look alike audiences and retarget is because I just feel like they're not as good as they used to be like in 2020 and 2018 retargeting usually is done by itself now with these new AI campaigns you don't need

to do it yourself and look Al likes do not work for me anymore so these are the methods that are working and I don't want to teach you methods that just don't work for me anymore and don't work for other people that I'm well connected with so with that being said guys that is the Facebook ads module done let me know what you guys thought of the Facebook ads module in the comment section of the YouTube video or in the vault member discussion section so guys the last thing that I want to cover inside of

the Facebook ads module is triple whale which is a thirdparty tracking software that is designed to make sure that your numbers are accurate now even with Tik Tok you can also connect triple whale to Tik Tok but with ad platforms like Facebook Tik Tok and all of them they're not 100% accurate so the metrics and the results that it shows you per result is not accurate now the only way to overcome this is by using a third party software like triple whale that will fix the attribution issues now I want to make this very clear

you do not want to be using an attribution toour like triple whale if you're not getting consistent orders now if you're getting between 20 and 30 orders a week consistently then I would say it's worth your time getting triple whale because it's going to help you make the right decisions on your ads manager whether it be Facebook or Tik Tok you're actually going to be scaling the correct ad sets and you're not getting attribution issues with the in-house tool which is Facebook's ads manager or Tik Tok ads manager so if if I show you an

example of how the meta ADS works this is the overview this is a broad comprehensive tool designed to provide e-commerce brands with an in-depth analyst and performance metric of the Facebook campaign using triple whales 7 attribution model and a built-in AI chat to offer you precise and actionable insights on your brand now this is an image of what it actually looks like when you use triple whale it actually looks similar to the Facebook ads manager but it's just a lot more boosted in terms of attribution so you can see your adset ID you can see

your campaign ID you can see your pixel row as so this is the in-house triple whale row as and then you've got Facebook's Raz so it actually shows you the row as that Facebook's giving you versus what triple whale is giving you and again there will be a massive difference between the two it'll also show you the numbers and percentages as well which is useful so you can see spend it shows you the percentages Ras it'll also show you the percentages so you get a rough idea in percentages of what's going on now there's something

called the triple whale Blended stats which is useful with which is usually on their dashboard and what this will do is it will show you your net profit for the day your ad spend for the day cash turnover for the day your M for the day and this is a really helpful insight especially if you're starting to spend you know $500 a day $1,000 a day even over that this is a really good place to see a nice Blended stat of what your ad account is doing is your ad account up today is it down

today this is an all-in-one solution to find out what is going on inside of your ad accounts now the way triple whale is able to do this is because it's using their triple whale pixel which is their own pixel that has certain attribution trait so if you look they've got End to End customer Journey tracking recognize new versus reoccurring customers and data and privacy compliance which basically means they're in law with the regulations at the moment now this shows you how to create your pixel or your attribution and the one that they recommend is the

total impact and you can do loads of others but total impact is the one that we all recommend that you use now by creating this pixel it will then show you like I said your pixel versus their pixel so which is the Facebook in-house versus theirs and it will show you a clearer attribution between the two so just to make it very clear guys if you're in week two or three of scaling your business with Facebook ads or Tik Tok ads and your ad spend limit at the moment is between $500 and $11,000 triple whale

is in my opinion an essential app that you must have if you want to scale confidently and confidently and accurately to higher numbers again you cannot scale to aggressive numbers if your data is not accurate because you're going to be scaling the wrong things which will then make you a net loss not a net profit now I've seen this with a lot of drop shippers and e-commerce brand owners where they start to make good money and then they start to be very stingy with the important things like triple whale and other apps like B profit

that are designed to make sure you know your numbers which is really crucial for your business Health now you can book a demo with triple whale to make sure that it's right for you and it's the right time to start using it so do use that feature if you need to use it guys and again it's not for beginners this is purely designed for people that spending between $500 upwards if you're a beginner just stick to using UTM or URL parameters as that will be more than efficient as a beginner welcome to module 8 of

the free Drop Shipping course for 2025 now this module is going to be all about organic marketing basically you don't have to pay for advertising you're just using your time and your efforts to create content that can go viral on Tik Tok Instagram you yoube reals and other platforms now this is a great module for those that are looking to not spend money on ads or looking to drisk from advertising on paid platforms and using organic content now I've done over $2 million with Tik Tok organic and I know some of the biggest players in

the space now I'm even going to be revealing one of our products that did over a million dollars in this module so guys the first thing that I want to cover inside of the organic marketing module is understanding what organic Drop Shipping is and understanding the key principles to success with doing this form of strategy of marketing now organic Drop Shipping leverages short form content to drive traffic to your store without having to pay for ads like Facebook ads Tik Tok ads or any other auction platform now platforms like Tik Tok and Instagram provide High

leverage opportunities to Showcase your product and drive sales at zero cost so this is an organic Drop Shipping strategy you got Tik Tok utilization Instagram engagement and cost-free marketing Now setting the right mindset for organic Drop Shipping is so important now when people hear free advertising and you can generate loads of sales for free and you don't need to pay for Facebook ads and Tik Tok ads everyone gets excited about it but people don't realize that there is actually a huge tradeoff for not paying for ads although you're doing organic marketing and people don't realize

this and then when they try it they realize that oh there is a tradeoff and I don't like it now before we move on to the mindset you need for organic Drop Shipping I want to quickly explain is it the right type of marketing method for you should you be trying organic marketing now this comes down to two variables number one you don't have a large budget so you don't have enough money to spend on Facebook ads or Tik Tok ads which is usually between $1,000 and $2,000 and remember each product is going to cost

you between $ 250 and 350 every time you advertise it on one of those platforms and variable number two is you don't want to risk your budget yet so you've got the budget to do paid ads but you'd rather try this because you're less willing to risk your budget now there is a third variable why you might want to do organic drop Shipp and it comes down to personality traits if you're confident in front of the camera you think you've got really good camera skills and you have a good creative mind then this might be

the better option as creativity and good videography will pay a key part to your success with Organic Drop Shipping I know people that have got way more than enough money to do paid ads but they still do organic because they love being in front of the camera they have a creative eye for knowing what's working and what isn't working and they can put their confidence in front of a camera it so it's purely suits them overp paid ads so this is the right mindset that you guys need for Success volume is key success requires consistent

posting make videos that you would want to watch yourself so volume is where people fall off because they can't keep up with having to post one to three times a day and they end up doing it for a few days and then they don't stay consistent and the key for testing products with Organic is if you don't give a product at least 2 to four weeks of consistency meaning that you're posting one to three times a day on Tik Tok and Instagram then you're not giving the product enough opportunity to find out if it's a

winner so if you get into day four of the calendar and you fail because you miss a day you've killed your product literally not posting for one day on a brand new account will kill your product and I'll explain that a little bit later on so having consistency and volume of posting is so so important now some people think by overcoming volume is just ripping other people's videos off and reposting them that's not going to work or they make really crappy quality videos they know that in the back of their mind but they're just doing

it cuz they're thinking oh well I'm I'm actively posting so I'm going to see success you need to be doing volume and quality videos now the third thing is watch videos now an example video is a fun relatable Tik Tok video or Instagram reel of a magnetic phone holder showing how it solves the hassle of falling phones in a car now let's talk about choosing the right platform to do organic on now Tik Tok is the viral giant it's the one that's made the most views for everyone in the industry now remember guys this is

the product that I've been using for the whole free course which is the heated vest and I'm going to show you some examp examples based on this product now this video's got 1.3 million views and the video is 16 seconds long and it shows a woman unboxing the product wearing it zipping it up in a very fast pace showing the product in terms of the battery and how it works it's literally just a woman standing in front of a camera that is on a dock and her showing off what the product does and how it

works when you wear it so we can all agree that making a video like that is so so easy you're literally just recording yourself wearing it and you're editing it in a Fast Pace now the second video example I've got is one with 53,000 views and it shows a woman on a beach in very cold weather explaining about how she's so cold and she's wearing the heated vest now this video is 40 seconds long somebody's clearly recording her wearing it and she's showing how happy and warm she is in the Wind on the beach with

this and she's showing the different settings that you can use on the product now the reason why I'm showing you there's two different examples is one is super easy to make literally wearing it in front of a camera and the second one is somebody talking into the camera while showing off the product and somebody else is recording them or you could have easily put it on a phone tripod and walked in front of it now the reason why I'm showing you these two examples is so you can get an idea of the type of content

that works for products and it comes back to what I was saying to you guys before if you want to be doing Tik Tok organic you need to either be comfortable in front of a camera confident to speak in front of a camera because remember organic marketing doesn't just work on no speaking people just think yeah I'm okay to get in front of the camera but not speak sometimes your product will have to make you speak in front of a camera some products get away with not speaking but for example with this product which is

mine I would need to have the confidence to speak in front of a camera now the second option that you guys have got if you're not comfortable in front of a camera is you can either use a friend or family member that is and get them to help you make the organic content but what I'm trying to say is you can't really negotiate on not being happy in front of a camera unless you have somebody willing to do it for you or Tik Tok organic or Instagram organic just isn't going to work for you guys

now here's another really good example video and this has got 1.4 million views and it shows a guy that owns a farm and it says I'll never be cold again and it shows a farmer coming up to the camera that's clearly on a tripod explaining why he doesn't get cold anymore because he's wearing the heated jacket and he shows basically using it in different modes and it's a practical usable video he's on the farm helping out with the animals and then he's showing you why he's not cold now you might be watching this thinking well

cam how are you going to make this video for your product if you don't have a farm now I could easily find an open Farm in my country where they normally have cafes and restaurants in the middle and go for a coffee there and then go up to the section where the animals are and make a video like this again it comes down to excuses I can just find a local Farm where they might have a restaurant where they have animals on display they usually do and make a video like this or if I don't

want to be that literal now I could do an example where I'm out in the woods camping with a tent saying that I'm going camping I'm not going to be cold because I got the heated jacket because what I want to do to have success successful videos is recreate the ones that have already gone viral just make them better by either choosing better sounds or better edits now here's another really good example of a video that does well it's got 324,000 views and it's another unboxing video with a voice over and it's got subtitles on

or captions on and these are super easy to make it's just somebody unboxing the product showing it off with a nice voice over and then wearing the product these are super easy to make and you can see how many views you can get making such easy videos now let's talk about the type of content creation that you guys can do what you want to post is POV videos which stands for point of view videos example is you're never spilling coffee again with the no leak coffee mug showing the mug being joled but remaining sealed then

you could do a silent video which is a sunset projector lamp casting warm colors across the room with just the sound of ambient wind then you can do problem solution approach for example where the guy was on the farm explaining why he's not cold that's a problem solution video now the most important part when it comes to videos isn't just what's in the video it's about the trending sound now an example of this is a mini humidifier placed on a desk sync with trending sounds like million dooll baby to evoke calmness and luxury now if

you're watching this thinking well I don't know what trending sounds are happening on Tik Tok or Instagram you can literally go to chat jbt and say what are the newest trending sounds on Tik Tok and it will say as of January 29 2025 here are the trending sounds and you can see all of them that have been listed now if you want specific trending signs you can ask the gbt to find specific ones but there's no EX excuse when it comes to while I don't know what's trending you can use AI to literally do the

research for you and compile that back to you now what I would say when it comes to trending sounds and trending sound effects is you want to study some of the most successful Tik Tok Drop Shipping or Instagram Drop Shipping accounts now one of them is cloudy sharks and I'm also going to expose one of our accounts that we used to run that did over $2 million in Revenue as well like I mentioned in the intro so I'll get onto that a little bit later on because what made our accounts go viral was actually making

a viral sound ourselves now if you watch cloudy sharks all their viral videos are trending sounds with caption so it's a video of the product with a trending sound saying when you and Bay both get shark slides and they're running a trending sound with this very simple video they're just using captions and trending sounds that match each other to go viral this is the sign to get you and the Gang shark slide now I remember one of the Tik Tok accounts were running Gucci gang as a song which is cringey but it worked for them

now this video's got like 2.3 million views but if you go and study these account you'll see that only using trending sounds with captions that correlate with the trending sound and they go viral now replying to comment videos also do really while you can see here it says where do I get these since a lot of people have been asking for the Cozy editions they show you an example of where to get them so replying to comments can do really really well as well you can see this post here has also done the same Ken

X red which means web one of each and he shows that video now to get reply and comment videos you obviously need to start getting a base of views to be able to do that here's another one okay but can you swap fins and they're wondering if you can swap fins and obviously you can but as I said please go and study some of the best accounts and this is their Instagram page as well some accounts mostly move their most successful videos from Tik Tok over to Instagram which I'd recommend that you all do and

they end up getting success there as well now let's talk about leveraging hashtags and Trends using hashtags combine popular hashtags EG Tik Tok maybe buy it with Niche specific hashtags like home office acts example a product standing desk convert a mark with hashtags like work from home so this is the hashtag strategy popular hashtag Niche specific example product hashtag and then you're going to get enhanced product visibility now I'm going to expose our product that did $2 million with Tik Tok organic and Instagram reals and it is the back cracker board it was called cryo

board and alter body those were our brand names and you'll see some people have actually ripped our videos off and was using it now this is actually one of our videos now why did this video go viral and this is actually our video that they've ripped off this is a different page now this went viral for two reasons number one our business partner at the time were wearing these silly masks like Spider-Man masks superhero masks and people were watching them thinking what the hell is he doing with a mask on and then if you watch

the video when his back cracks he makes a really silly noise and it makes people laugh so it's an entertainment video and people like on social media to watch entertaining videos whilst they're being sold to now people have become fascinated with their backs cracking and people try and crack their backs at home and end up making a lot of problems for themselves so when people hear backs being cracked I know people that just follow you know cryo practor videos just cuz they like to hear people's backs getting cracked so when they see it on a

video like this in a really silly way it makes them want to buy the product now the reason why I'm showing you this is because if you look at some other videos that people have made of the cryo board the videos are boring to watch they're doing this level 11 where they've done loads of them that's actually a really good video some of the competitors that made videos of Cry board are very very boring videos they're literally just showing somebody making their back crack now the reason why I'm bringing this up is because when you're

making content for your product you need to look at your competitors first and if you haven't got any competitors that's not a good sign I only do organic marketing if I already can find somebody else making content for it because they've already paed away for Success meaning that they've already come up with the ideas they've already proved that there's Demand on the platform for videos for this product now you don't want to guess if there's Demand on Tik Tok and Instagram for your product organically because you could be waiting ages for it so if somebody's

already proven the way you've just got to look at their videos and be like where can I improve where can I drastically change the video and make a shocking effect that's going to grab people's attention now this video is really good girl versus guy and it shows a girl versus a guy doing it and the difference between the two again that's going to spark interest and curiosity now here's another video that we did where we had a Spider-Man mask on and it says this is cryon neck and we made silly noises again showing it with

a Spider-Man mask on so if you don't even want to show your face you could put these silly masks on like we did to make yourself go viral now creting content is really not that hard guys just look what's already working recreate it and think about how you could creatively make it better now this is where things get insane guys with the power of AI and with reasoning so if you use chat gbt o1 model which uses real reasoning now for this to work you do need to use 01 and I believe it is a

paid option I think it's $20 now there is a new AI model called Deep seek that could potentially do it as well you can try both of them deep seek I think is free but you need to make sure you're using an advanced reasoning model with AI to be able to do this but it is crazy by the way and it's just it's a game changer for organic marketing now if you send a viral video to the AI and say how could I make this video better or go more viral and it's your competitor's viral

video or a good video from your competitor it will actually watch the video and with real reasoning think about how it could make it better so for example grab attention immediately hook in the first one to two seconds start the video with a strong visual statement so viewers don't keep scrolling for example a old screen text like watch this incredible crack or this is why your back hurts can Hawk viewers then it gives you a clear visual clue if there's a chiropractor adjustment involved maybe begin with a patient already positioned or close up to the

uplights of what's Happening curiosity is a huge driver on Tik Tok so it's telling you what to do with the video it's not like you have to come up with the ideas it's telling you what to do and it's also telling you about trending sounds or music that you can use then it talks to you about what captions you could have used on the video to get people to be hooked to it so basically AI real reasoning will do the hard work for you without you having to think now the only hard part for you

is you need to make the video so it's given you the framework you just need to now go and do that video so there's really no excuse when it comes to making viral videos from your competitors because you can use the 01 model with Advanced reasoning to do it to do it for you now a few of the things that you could do is you could just recreate the video and use a new trending sound so if the video was done let's say 3 months ago there's obviously going to be a new trending sound so

you would add the new trending sound and the same with the hashtags if it's 3 months ago there might be new hashtags that you could use so use the new hashtags another option is optimize the video length so if a successful video was let's say 15 seconds long remake it but change it into a 30 second video so make the video longer and more spread out but in my opinion using the o1 reasoning method and getting it to tell you what to make is a way better idea it just means that you need to go

out there and do the video now let's move on to the bit that everyone cares about which is metrics for success and how much money you should make for the amount of views that you get now a revenue example is a 3 in-1 avocado slicer video gaining 50,000 views results in five sales which is $20 an item which is $100 in Revenue so this is the product that I was selling this is the amount of views that we got and this is the amount of sales we got with the amount of money we made now

that was an example let me give you the full Revenue benchmarks now so the benchmarks per platform per views and expected Revenue so Tik Tok between 10,000 and 30,000 you're expected to make between 50 and 200 Tik Tok again 100 to 500,000 you're looking at 500 to 2,000 and Instagram reals for 10,000 to 50,000 is higher it's at 100 to 300 and Instagram for 100 to a million is 1,000 to 5,000 so what you can already see here guys is Instagram pays more than Tik Tok when it comes to virality because Instagram users usually are

a higher quality audience than Tik Tok Tik Tock are usually a lot of kids a lot of people that don't have high income or expenditure so they're not going to spend money now this shouldn't even bother you guys because again you can just repost the viral videos off your Tik Tok account to Instagram so you're not doing any more hard work you're just adapting your content you're not going to use the trending sign on Tik Tok on Instagram you're going to research out what was the trending sign on Instagram and then you're just going to

use the same video but change the sound so it's super easy to do now YouTube short 5,000 20,000 views you're looking at $30 to $100 and then 50,000 to 500,000 views you're looking at 300 to 2,000 so YouTube is the king of shorts but it's very hard to go viral with Drop Shipping products on YouTube I would recommend that you make an account and I would recommend that you upload them as shorts there's no harm in creating a YouTube channel but it is a lot harder to go viral with the existing videos that you make

but those are the benchmarks that you can expect from all the different platforms guys now let's talk about the content calendar and this is extremely important if not the most important part of organic traffic now let's talk about you know you want to have success you've got to think about a 30-day game plan now every time you make a brand new Instagram account a brand new Tik Tok account you get something called a new account Advantage where the platform actually incentivizes you with the algorithm to find success now they're only going to give you that

success if you're consistent on their platform so if you don't take advantage of the new day account Advantage which lasts 30 days then you've basically killed your account you have 30 days as a golden opportunity to go viral after that it gets harder now remember what I said to you guys if you want to test products organically it's going to take you between 2 to 4 weeks to find out if the product was worth it so this is an example of a content calendar that I might have so Monday platform Tik Tok IG reals product

demo video showcase and benefits post time at 9:00 a.m. 600 p.m. goal Drive awareness and initial views Tuesday Tik Tok YouTube POV content with trending audio 12:00 p.m. 700 p.m. leveraging trending content Wednesday Tik Tok IG reals behind the- scene video packaging or orders 10:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. build trust and transparency now the reason why the post times are changing is because in the first week you do need to test post times because you want to figure out what post times work the best on your new account and you're also changing the goal because you

want to find out which goal works the best on your account is it awareness is it building trust is it showing the product so that's why we've built the calendar to look like this now what I usually say to people is before you even make an Instagram account a Tik Tok account get your 30 days worth of content made now you want to be posting between two and three times a day so two is the lowest and three is the best now before you even create your Tik Tok account or your Instagram account have that

content ready meaning it's been recorded it's been edited because if you don't have it ready you're more likely to take a day off and ruin your account but if you've already got all that content made you just need to make the account and schedule it in and you're ready to go you don't even have to worry about oh tomorrow i' got to make content oh I've got 2 hours to make that video It's Already Done guys so you're not going to find any issues with your account now it doesn't mean you need to have four

weeks worth in advance minimum two weeks so as long as you've got two weeks which is 2 * 14 do the math as long as you got those am video is done you don't need to stress you're ready to go on a new account now let's talk about organic Drop Shipping metrics which is views to sales ratio so calculating Revenue projections which is clicks views X views to click rate example 100,000 views X's 3% which equals 3% of Click so it's a 3% clickr rate sales which is clicks X click to purchase rate example 3,000

clicks X 4% equals 120 sales revenue is sales average order value aov example 120 sales average order 30 equal 3,600 so that's how you work out your metrics if you need the fine grade of how to do it now these are the general guidelines low quality videos views 5,000 low engagement Revenue likely 0 to 50 moderately viral videos with views of 50,000 to$ 100,000 they typically make between $200 to 1,000 potentially focus on improving click-through rates with better ctas which is your call to actions High viral videos views is 1 million plus which is between

$5,000 and $20,000 in en sure seamless funnels and upsells opportunities to maximize returns so when it comes to organic marketing guys where you're going to make the most money is is your upsells your cross ours and your email marketing so remember the views is the hardest thing that you've had to work on now you want to maximize those views when people buy have you got a good email marketing funnel in place I've taught you how to do it have you got good crosses and upes in place I've taught you guys how to add those in

so you need to make sure you really bulking on adding those to your store now the advanced organic strategies is volume gain Pam post two to three videos per day across Tik Tok Instagram and YouTube shorts or another Advanced strategy that you can do is make multiple accounts so for the back cracker we actually made four accounts in the end so we had four accounts selling for the same product but every account had different algorithms so basically we were scaling because of the accounts so we were scaling with accounts not by videos remember the issue

most beginners make is they think post more on the same account that's not a good idea because they don't like it when you overpost on the same account so if you spread yourself over four accounts the max you can post a day is three so if you do four accounts times three you can upload more and get more views now the website link would be the same the call to action would be the same you're just spreading yourself over four accounts now if that becomes unrealistic because you don't have enough time to do it then

you can start to Outsource that work to a friend a family member or even hire an organic expert by going to upwork where I teach you how to hire Freelancers or you can reach out to people on Tik Tok that have made videos of the product before and say look would you be interested in making content for me I'd pay you this amount of money now you've already got the money to do that if you're already going viral because you're making this kind of money now if you look at accounts like cloudy shark that have

got 2.4 million 4.1 million and loads of other their videos have got millions of views these guys are made six figures now I know people that have made multiple six figures with Organic I've made Seven figures with Organic so the point that I'm making is making money with Organic is real and it works the downside is it requires a lot of effort and a lot of time but to get to a million views once you've done it once guys it's easy to do it again because you know what happens I always say to people once

you crack that 1 million view Mark you know how to do it and you can replicate it very easily now organic marketing is not complicated guys it's not hard it's just you need to go and do the work you need to get your phone start recording the product think creatively about it it's never been easier use AI to come up with ideas for you with reasonable thinking it'll do it for you now as an example with this YouTube channel the hard part is actually getting in front of the CA and making consistent videos that has

been the hardest part of my YouTube channel it's not easy it's the same with Organic just get in front of the camera the more videos you make the more likely you are to get a viral video now with that being said guys that's the organic module over and I hope you guys really take organic marketing seriously because you can make live changing money with it as long as you're willing to put a lot of time and effort into it all of that being said guys let's get straight into the forming and editing part of this

free course so Nick and I are going to appear on the screen in a minute and we're going to going to be teaching you step by step how you can film your own product and how you can edit it so you get an idea of what we're doing so guys welcome to this part of the free course when it comes to Tik Tok organic in 2024 so as you can see with me today we've got Nick back on the YouTube channel so we are going to keep it super super simple today so what we're going

to do is we're going to look at a competitors's post that's got massive massive views and we're going to use that content and try and recreate it or at least the hook cuz we know that's that's really help the post blown up then what we're going to do is we're going to create sort of hybrid post using that really really cool hook and then using some benefits of the product we've chosen so we'll go through that product in a bit and then what we're going to do is we're going to shoot the content in front

of you and show you how to do that and then we're going to jump into an editar we're going to stitch it all together it's going to be super super simple so I've got two products with me the first one I wanted to mention is a fidget spinner Cube and the reason this is so important is because this is what got us 3 million views so this was a very viral product for us and we nearly did this to show you how to film a Tik Tok but the thing is it's so simple to film

cuz the wow factor really was watching it spin I think it's not going to be really a good tutorial for you so what I've done is I've chosen a different product so this is a pencil and the great thing about this is we can do some really cool wow factor stuff because as you know with Tik Tok it's going to be about transitions it's going to be quick takes it's going to be quick shots and this also has a massive benefit of lasting some Everlasting pencil so it never runs out that's a huge benefit that

we can put into a Tik Tok and hopefully what we'll do is we create some really cool content too so let's go on the camera right guys so here we are I've got a very basic setup here but before I go into it I just want you to know how I got to this setup so we are not going to reinvent the wheel we want to find a post that's going super super viral and then we're going to copy that hook and then we're going to make something really really creative regular pencil versus our infinite

pencil so this hooks really really cool so it's imitating a hammer being smashed onto a pencil versus this infinite pencil so the whole benefit of this is showing how hard wearing this is and that it lasts forever so I think we're going to copy this hook because it's got an amazing amount of views okay let's regular pencil versus our timate pencil regular pencil versus our infinite pencil cool so this is just a series of comparisons from a regular pencil versus the infinite pencil so I think what we can do is we can do some clever

things here so what we'll do is we'll take the hook from this because obviously this is this is hit really hard and then what we'll do is we'll hit into the benefits a little bit more as well and what I want to do with a Tik Tok is I'm going to create a double hook method so I'm going to chop the pencil versus the infinite pencil but I also want to snap some pencils well I want to do something really really shocking so I think what I'll do with the hook is say something along the

lines of you'll never need a regular pencil again and then we'll snap loads of pencils together create a really shocking hook and then we'll do the comparison and then what we'll do is we'll show how long it lasts and we'll go on and on and on obviously not too long I've got myself a little phone stand you can be creative with this I've left my stand at home which only cost me six bucks by the way so super cheap what I've done is I've got this little simple stand I put it against the box like

this the reason being is I'm going to be doing Transitions and I want that phone dead dead still I'm also going to be chopping up some pencils cuz that's going to help me really engage with the audience and do something fun and creative with regards to filming I've got an iPhone you want it about 1080p Tik Tok won't really allow you to upload 4K I think at the time of this recording but 1080p is absolutely fine so a standard smartphone would be really cool it just needs to be 1080p for you know high quality okay

and what I'm going to do with my camera is I'm just going to have a simple photo set up I'm not going to go 4x3 ratio usually phones will be 9x6 because that's the ratio you need for Tik Tok so I'm going to do like you'll never need another pencil again that kind of thing okay so I'm going to lay up my shot here it's facing down I want to make sure I'm in complete view I'm going to zoom out a bit you can always cut in if you've zoomed in too far and you can't

uh you can't zoom out on the shot that's more of a problem so I'm going to go out and we're going to go our pencils and then we're going to record bum and we're going to go nice so now I'd like a transition shot as well so we're going to be comparing the pencil to a regular pencil I could just hammer it and go all the way through if I wanted to but I might do as a transition and it's a good way to show you how to do lay up a transition anyway boom boom

boom so don't worry you're going to screw up a couple of shots okay so it's about getting very comfortable with iterating with repeating your shot occasionally so I'm going to lay out my shot as best I can if I if I screw it up it's not a problem you shoot again until you get the right shot okay so let's try and line this up I want to make sure that everybody knows this is a pencil second shot I'm going to go and cut to the pencil there and then I'm going to stop the recording and

then I'm going to break it in half and chop through it so we have that lovely transition okay so let's go record also it's nice to do a bit of a layup before and afterwards you're going to cut really short for Tik Tok it's got to be every one not even 2 seconds but what I'm doing I'm showing the pencil first in case I'd like to use that footage to show people exactly what it is but chances I won't use it so I'm going to show the pencil move it down like this and go cool

now what I'm going to do take knife out cool and then we're going to record again I'm going to do one more I wanted it to be quicker because obviously we're recording Tik toks which means that if I spend too long with that knife on The Chopping board it's it's going to take too long and people are going to get bored okay so that's our second shot now the third shot I really wanted to accentrate the benefit of what this pencil is which means it lasts forever and ever so I think that's going to be

our last shot okay so what I'm going to do is I'm almost just going to do it goes on and on and then I'm going to do that, kind of thing and then we'll do it's still going I think that's a really nice ending okay I'm going to do another transition with the pencil because what I want to do is I want to get a couple of angles because I want to really keep the user engaged and doing the same angle all the time may get a little bit boring so we're going to do one

more transition of the pencil so if we go again let's go onto our video show the pencil cool that work better than I wanted it to I guess what I wanted to do is really accentuate the benefit of this which is it's an everlasting pencil it never runs out that's the big benefit versus this pencil so I'm going to do a little piece about how long the pencil goes on for it goes on and on by the way apologies for the light we do need light download here that's how we're going to get the best

light on the subject for our shots and it's so important we get loads of light so it does look like it's flooding in but it's the best way we're going to get the shots for you okay okay cool so first shot it goes [Music] on now I'm going to do loads more as if I've been doing it for ages and then the last shot we're going to cut to loads of years later and we're really going to have it filled up last shot we're going to show C so then we're going to round off cool

so nice showcase shot cool so here we are in the edit we're going to do this super super quick so that we don't bore you to tears okay let's go and open a new project in cap cut and we'll go to videos and I'm going to I film them in a particular kind of order so we're going to select them all and import them into our new project it's already handled the ratio as you can see and it's imported as 1080p this is perfect for us so what I want to do initially is I'm going

to do a quick cut of the footage so that we remove any fluff then we're going to go into some AI software and we're going to start getting some captions together so we don't want to bore people so we want to change the clips very quickly and cut out any unnecessary fluff so all this stuff at the beginning I think we need to cut out we just want to see that break there okay so I'm going to select my clip and if in the bottom left ha you see split so I'm going to split that

clip and then I touch the left top part of the clip I don't want and there's a little delete button down there so we're going to get rid of that cool so we're going to go lovely so I do want to show people the pieces of the pencil as well so let's see how many seconds that is so that is 2 seconds so let's cut this clip and then see how it looks together and we'll make a decision whether to cut it even further or not but we just want to it's called a rough cut

we want to roughly cut cut it up and chop out the fluff next part so This Is Us comparing the normal pencil to the Everlasting pencil we're going to cut this out cuz I actually quite fancy the other again we want to cut out any unnecessary noise so where are we showing the knife here let's select the clip split it and get rid of that cool going straight into the brake and then we're going to chop okay so just where it chops there this is where we're going to do what's called a transition loads of

people do this in Tik Tok where you film a certain piece you stop the clip and then you film it in a different light so it looks like it's transitioned over so we're going to select the clip and cut that let's go okay now we want to get get where that knife broke through there we are so here ooh select the clip so I've done it just where the knife's broken so let's cut that clip here and then remove that and let's see how that looks [Music] together nice that looks like a good break that's

a good transition I think it's a bit slow on the uptake at the beginning of that but we'll polish that up later okay the next is it lasts and lasts and lasts okay so we're going to cut mid scribble get rid of that side okay so we don't want this Clips these clips to be over 2 seconds if we want to make them as short as possible okay so we're going to go scribble and let's just remove it there cool and then the second [Music] scribble again we want to keep these two clips about the

same length so what we can do instead of cutting we can drag this side here if it'll let me with my big fat thumbs and drag the clip in okay so those are two ways that you can shorten the clip and lastly we've got this absolute mess on the page so let's go and clip that and then make it roughly about the same if you want to sync this to music that's absolutely fine but for the time being I'm literally just doing this by eye so let's have a look at our clip so far breaking

the pencil chop scribble scribble scribble okay so we might want to shorten that a little bit but the reason I haven't done this perfectly yet is that we need captions Okay so we've got that that's our rough cut it's called so we've cut the footage roughly how we want it we will be polishing this up but we need captions so what we're going to do we're in the world of AI currently so I'm going to go over to what's called 11 labs and we are going to find oursel a voice Adam is a very typical

voice for Tik Tok people are using all sorts now that are trending we're going to go safe with Adam for the time being because you guys will probably you'll know this voice by watching Tik Tok so what are we going to do let's have a quick look at our clip and we're going to write a script so the first of all is the break yeah so first of all I'm going to put you'll never need another pencil again and then we'll say regular pencil versus infinite pencil because we're cutting the pencil and then lastly we're

going to put it goes on and on and on and that's all we're going to do with the script so what I'm going to do is I'm going to write the script out so that you don't see me taking ages writing the script and then we're going to generate the voice okay so we're back and I've loaded down the captions so what we've got here you'll never need another the pencil again regular pencil versus infinite pencil it goes on and on I put a call to action at the end if you're trying to go viral

on organic you don't necessarily need to ask for the sale but I put it there and let's generate a voice now this could take a couple of goes to generate The Voice May not always be on point but that's absolutely okay so let's generate and see what it comes up with and if we're happy we'll dump it into cap cut [Music] again okay I don't mind this but I think the is a bit slow so we're going to generate again and see if it comes up with a faster one if not we'll play the handw

at the [Music] moment that is so out of whack let's have a look voice settings okay so I'm going to looks stable oh no we haven't got stable here so it looks like it's quite unstable so I'm going to stabilize the voice a bit if I can there we are and let's go and generate so we don't have that absolute wacky voice you'll need another PC again and perfect third time is a charm we' got the voice that we wanted all I did was I went to the stability I went more stable so that he

wasn't all over the place with his voice and then I up the style exaggeration so we slowed down a little bit we do want fast speaking but we want to fit into the clip as well cool so let's download and let's dump it in to cap cut so right with our captions we're going to dump these into cap cut now so what we'll do is add audio on the side here click on audio then we've got sounds and then we've got this little folder icon just in the middle okay so we'll click on that and

then we'll we will go to device select from device and I'm going to come in here and choose our download and that should have added it here we are got the little plus button let's add let's have a look woo I'm loving that so in cap cut to zoom in and zoom out on the timeline at the bottom here I'm just pinching with my 2 thumbs okay so what I want to do is this guy that we've done through the a voice over he's very very separate with this speech and we want to cut that

very close together because our Clips are going to be quicker okay so we're going to zoom in and we're going to do a very similar cut job I'll show you the first few and then we're going to speed through this okay so let's have a look let's cut him off there so I'm going to split the beginning you can split there there we are cool so what I'm doing I'm trying to save time wherever I can so even though there's a little pause at the beginning we're going to remove that completely okay okay another pencil

again cool so let's do let's shorten this clip so this is why I didn't shorten all the clips straight away I wanted to look at the text so what we're going to do is go to this mid part here and we're going to split this clip again and we're probably going to split it there and then we're going to move this clip by holding down with our thumb and drag it across the start of this clip so now what will happen is it will jump straight into the next piece of text perfect so now what

we want to do is we're cutting the speech to fit the clip and what I'll do is I'll adjust the clips as well so we want to try and get to a stage where the text fits within the clip but we're not dragging out the clip too long so what I'm going to do is I'm going to cut the rest of this footage and then we'll watch it back together okay okay so we're back and what I didn't realize is I didn't film The Infinite pen and me hitting the infinite pen with a knife we're

human we're not going to beat ourselves up about it so what we did we ran away quickly and we filmed hitting the infinite pen because what we wanted to do was the comparison between the pencil and the pen so what we do we'll go through the whole video and then I'll break down what I've done [Music] [Music] okay cool so a couple of things here so firstly if you look at where I've put my text where I put my captions I've put them in the right place and shorten the clip to fit okay so now

I've shortened the clips so they're a bit more engaging I put my text over overlay on top so as you can see here I've put my text in the right place versus my footage so I've shortened the footage a bit I've moved my text I've split it in the same fashion that we did with the visual clip and just put the text in place where it was needed and what I've done as well I thought this would be really funny so don't be afraid to get creative with this sort of stuff and think about pop

culture as well there there are things there are Trends there are things that you know that everybody knows that you can really shoehorn into creatives like this so I wanted to tell people how long the pen lasted and I know that there was a SpongeBob Square Pants reference about being an x amount of time later so I shoehorned that in and then finally for dramatic effect did it scribbled after that as well so what I'm going to do is I'm going to grab this clip because I think it's a bit small for Tik Tok and

I'm just going to increase it as far as I can leaving a little bit of margin either side so that Tik to doesn't clip it all off and I think this is fine to have black borders around I think it's funny enough not to really need to cover the whole screen because if we do cover the whole screen obviously it's not going to work very well okay so this is our clip and already you can see from this clip this is starting to look like a Tik Tok post it's starting to look like a legit

post and that's simple cutting and simple text over the top so what we're going to do now we're going to add a couple of special things to really Elevate this okay so let's give ourselves some music so we've done text let's give ourselves some music and some sound effects okay okay so I think maybe with the pen snapping maybe we do maybe a bone cracking sound effect or if we can find a pencil snapping that'd be great so what we'll do is we'll go into the audio part and then we've got sound effects in the

bottom menu here so we're going to click on sound effects let's see I think if we type in pencil snap I'm not sure if we're going to get it but some sort of break would be fantastic finger snap cool so I found cracked shell so like I said if you don't find the sound effect cap cut has loads of sound effects straight from within the app itself if not you can find sound effects from all sorts of placees paid versions or you can download them from certain platforms which I'm not going to tell you about

but you can download them and find sound effects on those kind of social platforms so crackshell I think is really good so let's do that and we want to make sure it's on the brake okay let's take this crack shell I'm going to show you the first two sound effects and I'm going to add some more and I'll show you you'll never need another pencil I love that that's so good I love that brake cool so let's split that clip off and I think here because we've got a knife I think I want a sword

sound effect okay so what I'm going to do is come into sound effects and I want kind of like a swooping sword sword so we've got a massive crack of me actually hitting the board so I'm probably not going to go mental on it but I think I should do a sword in regular pencil love it so we don't need to do it during the swi I mean as a video editor i' would probably shoot on this on a high level edit we're doing Tik toks here so just try and find a sound effect that

fits the bill basically that fits the scene so we' got crack you'll never need another pencil again regular pencil versus infinite pencil it goes on and on 2,000 years later and on perfect okay so I'm not going to go into all the sound effects I think these are really effective for the hook so if you want to you can put more sound effects in it but I think these are really cool to introduce the user to the Tik Tok post cool I think what we need to do next is have some music so what we

can do is come into audio we come into sounds and you should be able to find music under commercial now when it comes to audio we need to add music as well so Camas already been through how to find things like trending sounds and trending hashtags earlier in this video so I would highly suggest finding those sounds because they're going to help you gain more reach for now though I'm just going to create a piece of music or set a piece of music from here again we can come into audio we can come into sounds

and if we go to commercial there's loads of stuff that you can use we don't need to go commercial CU you're organic so we just go to all sounds and you can just pick what kind of stuff you want for now I'm just going to pick a track okay this is fine it's important to have music to give atmosphere but like I said you should be using trending on organic you should definitely be using trending sounds okay so we've got our music as our background we've got our sound effects and I think this would really

benefit from having some transitions as well that would be really handy it'd be really nice if we could do a transition at the very beginning because then that'll pull someone in maybe a quick Zoom would really engage the user off the bat so let's go in and have a look for uh cool so if we select I click there's a couple way to do transitions okay on the clip you can animate in and out or if you look at this Center piece here you can just click on this little white square and you can put

a transition in between the two okay if you want to so what we'll do is animate in so we'll come in here and there's animations at the bottom so we'll click our clip animations and then we'll do maybe let's not over complicate for this one you can do a variety of ones just try these out but I'm just going to flash in really really quickly okay need another pencil again regular pencil here and that should flashes in like that and that's really just boom straight off the bat just engaging so we're going to do that

we'll probably put a couple of transitions in the middle as well I think we can add a transition here which will be quite cool think about what fits the bill we're not going to go too heavy on this I'm going to choose a pull in but think about if your clip's going one way maybe Pan the same way because it's good for the eye tracking for eye movement but for this I think a simple Pullin is going to do really well cool so that's our Transitions and we're going to autoc caption the sound next so

what I'm going to do is I'm going to go to my main menu and go to text and then what we'll do you'll see you can write your own text Over the Top If you want but we're going to autoc caption the sound okay so we're going to go to auto captions and we're going to generate from all so we don't just want the voice over we want the 2,000 years later and then we're going to generate so what we're going to do now we're going to style it quickly so if we go down to

the bottom here you've got style and there are templates on the on the pro version you've got some free ones as well but I think we're just going to go pretty bog standard okay let's have default text so I quite like the text as it is the great thing about having white text with a black outline around it is that it shows up on both dark and light parts of the footage so I would always suggest having a white section and a dark section whether it's the stroke around the outside or the bit in the

middle so white and black works really well I love this text I think it works really well but if you really want to go to Tik tok's text we can go to font you can change the font you can go to Styles and you can put a background on the text so if we go screen if we go over to this menu here this moving menu here we can go to background and then we can add a Tik Tok style background let's make it white and once we've set that background style we can go to

our text and make that text black and we'll do it without a stroke and so that'll give you that sort of Tik Tok style text with black text over a white background so it's up to you which kind of text you use those two are very typical for Tik Tok so i' probably keep them around there and just a last minute thing as well you can add things like emojis and Graphics over the top so I can come in and do things like stickers so let's say I want to say that this is going to

go on and on and on I might want to put an emoji in there of me being tired yeah so let's go to into stickers the Emoji section let's go find one of me looking really tired yep click that and that should enter and each layer will create its own new layer as well so all you have to do is click on the thing that you want to edit so let's go into this and you can move this little fell around you can change the size and the angle if you want you'll never need another

pencil again regular pencil versus infinite pencil it goes on and on 2,000 years later and on get yours today all we'll get we'll get rid of the cap cut bit but as you can see I've not done something not done anything particularly special here cap C's got so many cool things that you can do but just simple cutting text editing a little bit of creativity and fun you can make viral posts so so easily it's never been easier to make this kind of stuff welcome guys to module n of the free Drop Shipping course for

2025 now in this module I'm going to be teaching you how to do influencer marketing which basically means that you partner with an influencer whether it be on Tik Tok Instagram even YouTube and you agree to work on a collaboration where they promote your product in return for either a commission an upfront payment and what you guys can expect from this is short-term massive growth now influencer marketing is an amazing way as an alternative or an option to scale your marketing efforts if you don't want to do Facebook ads or Tik Tok ads so when

it comes to influencer marketing before we reach out to any influencers we need to understand who are audience is and who could be potential partners for us now obviously at this stage of the free course you should have a good idea of who you're trying to sell your product to now obviously this is the product that I've been using throughout the free course which is the self hea and warming vest now if you go to chat gbt what you want to do is you want to send chat gbt this prompt I'm selling this product which

type of influencers would be the best on Tik Tok and Instagram then you want to send them your Shopify link to your website and then chat gbt will analyze the listing and analyze the copyri in and it will figure out who it is you should be looking for when it comes to influences so number one outdooring Adventures Fitness travel bloggers fashion lifestyle teeking gadgets parents with families trade trades people workers now the reason why this is really good information is because I don't want to guess who to work with now when you're selling obvious products

like Beauty and makeup it's easier to find out who you want to partner with as an influencer but when you're selling the product that I'm selling where it's literally could be used for anyone you still want to find good groups of people so always make sure you do this step first before we get onto the the next stage now the next stage is obviously going to be finding an influencer for our product now based on what chat gbt said we're now going to want to look for those niches on here now collabar is the best

platform for completely free there's no subscription you just need to sign up and you can start using them now you can see it says platform we're going to want to do Instagram and Tik Tok but for now I'm going to stick with Instagram then where it says categories and keywords we're going to want to use the ones that we got from chat gbt so adventures and outdoor was one of them so I'm going to add it here fashion was another one lifestyle was also another one skilled trades was also another one athletes and sports was

another one so I think I've got enough categories there so now I'm going to click search so guys when you filter it down it can take a few minutes to load but now we've got some listings now you can also change it by more filters like content type followers location price and gender now when you get the pro version you can get age ethnicity language but honestly I don't think you need those so just stick to the free version for now now when it comes to followers this doesn't really matter as much as it used

to but it's still a good way to make sure that you're only working with budget friendly influencers I always set the minimum to 10,000 and the maximum are 500,000 and click save now there's one last filter that I'd recommend that you might want to use which is location now when it comes to working with influencers you want to make sure that when you're working with influencers they're in the Western countries because if they're outside of them it can be very hard for conversion rate I'd also exclude Brazil Mexico Italy just because I find with those

countries that the quality of audience is not the best so now we can actually start looking through the listings that we're getting now the good thing with collabar is it will give you the ratings from prior companies that have worked with them so you can see this person's got 4.3 Stars this one's got five stars this one's got five stars so these are people that brands have already worked with in the past and have had a good experience now when you scroll through you're going to see loads of different pricing so you can see $50

$350 $100 not that really just depends on their metrics now as a beginner as you're working in influencer marketing from the get-go you want to stick to each influencer costing you no more than $500 The Sweet Spot is between $50 and $350 so these two people here are actually really good for me so what I can do is I can either heart them or I can open them up in a new tab now the reason why I like this influencer a lot is because just by looking at the photos he's uploaded it's going for that

Outdoor Adventure that I'm looking to sell my product for he could wear the heated gay for this and it would work really really well so when it comes to looking at the photos that these influencers suppose and just use your common sense and think would my product fit in with their lifestyle now if you scroll down you can see the links to their Instagram Tik Tok and also YouTube now you can also see the packages that they have on here so basically collabar allows you to work with them through the platform so you can see

here three Instagram stories one instagram Story one Instagram post and the pricing does vary you can also give them a custom offer now before I even get onto this stuff I would actually recommend that you go privately to them which I'll be showing you in the next few moments and reach out because remember collab star want to make money so these influencers have to charge more on here to pay for obviously the collab star fees so you're going to be saving between 20% and 30% if you do it privately now if you keep scrolling down

you're going to see portfolio as well so it shows you the prior videos that they've made for other companies and guess what this video here grabs my attention why does it grab my attention because it shows an example video of them promoting a similar product an outdoor wear jacket so if I click on the video it's day one of not ski season which means it's it's time for us to clean and store our gear for next season we start by emptying out all our pockets I've lost so much stuff to my ski jacket pockets over

the years so here they're talking about ski jackets which is a great option for my heat Gile and they're trying to promote basically a ski jacket that has better pockets and stuff so this is the type of stuff that I want to see when you're looking at your influencers portfolio you do not want to be working with them if their portfolio videos does not even consider anything that's close to what you're trying to sell now this was another example of an influen that I could work with if I scroll down she's only got 14,000 followers

on Instagram and 1.9 th000 followers on Tik Tok she hasn't even got a portfolio so for me I would say this one isn't worth doing so I'm going to delete this influencer I only want to work with ones that have portfolios and have at least 10,000 followers now I know she had 10,000 followers but it's still way too low for my liking so now we've got their Instagram details you want to click the link you want to copy their Instagram URL and then you want to come over to this website here called upfluence tocom go

to their free tools and you're going to see all of these free tools now you're going to see the Instagram audit tool this one's really good to use so you want to click check Creator you're going to paste in their username and then click paste now the reason why we want to use this free Instagram audit tool is because we want to look at their engagement rate which is 27% which is really really good we also want to look at the engaged fake audience bot which is only 2% so that's completely fine so everything looks

legit on his account so now everything looks good on that Instagram influencers account account the engagement looks good the Bots aren't bad we can now get to step two which is reaching out to the influencer so the best Outreach channels is going to be a direct message on Instagram and you can also email them now when it comes to direct messages I'm going to be teaching you guys the scripts to use but you're going to be doing the platform direct message and you also want to use the email now to get that information you can

clearly see on their account it's in their bio and to DM them obviously you can just click the message button and then proceed with the Outreach template so when it comes to getting an Outreach template made go back to chat gbt go to the one that you use to find out the best audiences now the reason why you want to reuse this chat is because it already knows your product it already knows your audience once you've gone back to the chat you want to message the gbt and say I found an influencer here is their

account please make an Outreach template obviously send them the URL to the Instagram account and then the gbt can research the account and then specify the niche little details that will help convert so check this out it says subject hi J hi Nina I hope this message finds you well my name is and then it's obviously your name your brand name a company specializing in innovated heated vest designs to keep people warm and styish during the colder months we've been following your journey on Instagram and absolutely love the way you combine travel LifeStar outdoor adventure

with such authenticity and creativity and then it goes over some more details now obviously read these before you send them and you're not just going to use them as they are you do need to make adjustments you do need to think about it now obviously something that I might want to add to this script is going off collab star we can mention that they already mentioned other companies that sell ski jackets so we feel like it's a good fit you want to mention little details like this because when they see that they're going to know

that you've done research on them they're going to know that you've actually took time out to know that you know what this influencer which is them have actually gone out there and promoted other companies that sell similar stuff so you're already building a connection so yes we're going to take this template we're going to add that bit in and then we're going to add our name and our brand name and we're ready to go now obviously this is going to be the DM Outreach for the social media accounts now my best suggestion to you is

if you can find other accounts that they've got a smaller presence on but they're actively using like Twitter or X then you can message them on there because you're more likely to get a response because they don't get as much spam sent to that account now remember this is for the social media outreach now you're going to want to use the one that you've refined which is adding a company they've already sponsored before you're going to want to send chat gbt a message back saying can you refine this but for an email Outreach CU remember

this is specifically designed for an Instagram DM or a social media DM so it will need to be slightly adjusted now once you've done that you obviously want to send the email and you also want to send the DMS out to them now going back to the cheat sheet let's go to step three which is structure of payment models pricing tiers now you've got Nano influencers that are between 1,000 and 10,000 followers and usually they're going to demand between $10 and $100 now remember guys followers really isn't that important anymore OB obviously there's a certain

element of importance to it but the most important thing these days is views and engagement rate now I've seen accounts only with 3,000 followers but they're getting hundreds of thousands of views so views are more important than the followers then you got micro influences that between 10 and 100K which is going to cost you around about $100 to $500 now these are the different ways you can pay influences and it's all risk-based the first option is performance-based affiliate model where you offer a commission on each sale and they get the commission now this model usually

doesn't convert the best because people want an upfront payment but this is a good one to keep influences with you longterm so I look at this as like a long-term strategy if you want to have long-term growth but it's not good if you want to build a connection straight away because most of these influencers want an upfront payment then you've got a flat fee plus affiliate so you pay them a flat fee then an affiliate now the best way to reduce the risk is you pay them the flat fee let's say it's $200 now once

they've repaid you that back based on sales so let's say you know you've paid them $200 but now they've generated your company $600 which equals $200 in profit then they get the affiliate so they don't get affiliate commission till they've paid off the flat fee which obviously you'll put in the contract then you've got monthly retainers this usually works the best for the influencers that work really really well for you so let's say you do a flat fee with an influencer let's say this person here or this couple and let's say it does really really

well we can say look we want to work with you longterm let's set up a monthly retainer because remember with Instagram influencers or influencers in general once they post once that's it whatever you get from that post is a one-off time so if you want long-term growth you have to stick to monthly retainers and affiliate commission now let's talk about content creation this is the type of content that the influencers is going to make for your product now there's different types of content so you got Instagram stories you got YouTube videos you got Tik Tok

videos now my best recommendation for you guys is let the influencer take the majority of the control when it comes to content creation remember they're an influencer for a reason they know what content Works they know how to get views and they understand their audience but what I would say is you should give them some video suggestions based on what's already worked if you go back to Tik Tok type in the name of your product whichever videos have got the most views the most likes the most comments the same on Instagram go to Instagram search

for your product find reals that have got the most views most most likes and say look these are the types of videos that have worked well for this product before maybe this is a star that you should try so you're just guiding the influencer based on what's already worked now it's their job to make it better and to change it and to make it more unique but at least you give them an idea on what's already worked now my best recommendation is always get an Instagram story always get an Instagram post and always make sure

that the link is in the bio that's the structure that I go for Instagram post Instagram story and real so when it comes to the Instagram post that's going to be a real then your Instagram story then Link in BIO now normally the link in BIO will end within 24 hours because it's a one-off time so that's completely fine but that is the structure that I like to go for when it comes to content creation now remember you're going to be emailing back and forth between the influencer on the kind of content that you want

so you just have to come to an agreeance and a price on what you're looking to do usually when you package it like that it's cheaper than it is to do a one-off post now remember your goal as the brand owner is to get the influencer excited about how this product can really help Their audience and they're going to love it so much but also about the money they can make with you as a brand if they were to promote it long term now let's talk about tracking influencers performance now yes I'm going to go

over contracts and stuff like that in a bit but this is really important a lot of people forget to do it now you can do Google analytics and set up UTM links so whatever promotion they do you give them a UTM link then you know exactly what's come through that UTM now this is the cheapest way to do it and it's honestly not the best way to do it now the best way to do it is by using the app up promote that I showed you guys how to do in the Shopify section where you're

building your store up promote has a free option where you can basically onboard the influencers there it's the easiest way to do so and it's the easiest way to work with influencers and turn them into Affiliates at the same time so create them a custom link using up promote and then get them to use it that way you can fully track the revenue the sales and absolutely everything like coupon codes so that's the best way to do it now I can't emphasize this enough you have have to track I know so many people that Rush

this section cuz they can't be asked to do it and they miss all the data and how do you know how well your influence is performed if you don't track it now I want to talk about return on investment so in terms of how you can figure out if the influenc is going to be worth the money so before you've even agreed to work with the influencer that's why I've not spoken about contracts yet because I'm hoping you've not even started to work with them yet because you need to understand the ROI on how influences

work now I've given you guys a formula to work out the ROI now an example calculation is here let's say my product is a heatless hair curler the influencer costs me a $500 flat fee the revenue generated is 1,500 from sales via the influencers link using up promote this is the formula here and the ROI would be a 200% gain which is a $200 profit based on cost of goods influencer cost and all the revenue Etc now another great way to explain this to you is you've got to think logically let's say my costs of

goods including shipping are $50 I need to divide 500 by 50 now that calculation is 10 so I would need to get 10 sales to break even on my influencer so anything over 10 sales I'm now making money so always do that calculation in your head what's your cost of goods what are you going to pay them for a flat fee work out how many units you would need to sell first and then think about how much you're going to pay them and this comes back to to the other thing that I wanted to mention

which is before you even agree to work with them say to them look for us to break even with you and always be transparent as you can with the influencer for us to break even with you we would need to sell 10 products is that likely based on your prior performance when you work with the other brands on your page they know the kind of sales that they get for other brands so they can give you that data if they've worked with seven other brands before they're going to know roughly oh we normally generate this

brand 30 sales so they can give you an idea on the confidence that you should have with them now if you can try and ask them for prior performance analytics whether it be through other company's affiliate links or databases or dashboards that's even better because obviously influencers can lie to you it doesn't make sense for them to do it but they can but you want to get them to give you some confidence of okay these are my numbers do you think it's doable now these are the expected benchmarks from my prior history working with influencers

Nano influencers you're looking at a 1 to 3x on Roi micro influencers 2 to 5x and macro Mega influencers Roi depends on the Brand's awareness goals but may vary significantly and usually it's between 5 and 30X usually from my experience now let's talk about reducing risk as much as possible now you need to vet the influences carefully by using audit tools like hyper auditor social blade because these are going to give you statistics on their performance now you want to review their content look at all their most recent reels and see does it fit in

line with your audience and your product and like I said to you guys before ask for analytics their page analytics prior sponsorship analytics you then want to start small test with Nano or micro influences to validate the effectiveness of your product In Their audience so it's like testing on Facebook ads start small so work with the smaller influencers see how well your product bites with the market if it does well then invest into a bigger influencer because the audience is going to be the same obviously the delivery will be slightly different depending on the influencer

but the audience is the key here also use performance-based models now this is the one that works the best for me honestly so let's say yes we're going to pay you $500 but we're going to pay you $250 up front and we're going to pay you the rest of the money once you've hit the goal of us breaking even so you give them half the money up front and you give them the rest once they've hit the goal of giving you a break even most influencers will agree to this and if they don't that shows

lack of confidence so always do the performance half up front the rest later that way you're going to reduce the risk as much as possible now I want to talk about getting the attention of influencers cuz I know this can sometimes be extremely hard so this is the effective way of getting their attention the best way to do it is by commenting on their posts most influencers will always check their comments on their post now the most important thing is be genuine complement their work reference specific posts for example your recent hair care tips are

fantastic have you tried heatless curls would love to collaborate so you mention you love their tips have they heard of your product you would love to collaborate provide value offer insights or engage with their audience to stand out every influencer loves a fan that will interact with their audience because that's how you keep engagement going so if you engage with their audience you're doing a lot of the work for them you'll help keeping Their audience engaged if you leave them cold to dry the influencer has to do it themselves so you technically doing some work

for them then the best thing to do is always follow up guys following up is the key and this can take several times I always follow up maximum three times and then after that I'll give it a month of a dead period and follow up again CU usually you don't know what's going on with the influencer's life every month is different one month can be very busy one month can be very dry so you just got to find out when they're going to be dry and then once you find them there they're going to respond

to you now I want to talk about engagement rate engagement rate is the key to your success now how to calculate this is by engagement likes comments and shares total by followers now this is all the calculation you need to know now in 2025 honestly there are tools out there like I showed you that are completely free that will give you the calculation of the engagement rate so you don't need to manually do it yourself now what you do need to figure out is the benchmarks the benchmarks for Nano influences is between 1K and 10K

5 to 10% or 10 to 100K 3 to 8% 100 to 1 million is going to be 2 to 5% and mega influences is 1 to 3% now you might be thinking why does the engagement fall when you get bigger it's just a natural thing it's like when you scale Facebook ads your conversion rate will drop so you want to see the numbers go down not go up that's usually a red flag if they go up because it means that they might got fake comments fake engagements and Bots now the next thing that you want

to look at is their CTR so you want to look at their analytics on what is the Instagram CTR so if they've put a link in their Instagram story what is the CTR that they get on that link because if you're paying for them to post a video of your product on their story you're going to want to make sure that at least people click the link in the story now in the bio it's usually 1 to 3% and again they can get access to these analytics and you want to make sure that they give

you them because you don't want to be getting them to put a link in their bio if no one clicks it now the next thing is audience demographics this is so so important if Their audience demographics look good but then you dig deeper and you think oh stuff is not adding up so let's say for example I want to work with a woman that promotes makeup tutorials because I'm selling a makeup brush if the majority of her audience are males I have a serious issue that just means that there's a load of men that fancy

that woman that are following her but that means that I need to see her follow as majority women because if I'm selling a product for women and the only people that follow are males that's already a massive red flag also if they have a really high engagement rate but all their engagement is coming from India or Pakistan or Bangladesh or China then that means it's all Bots or it's all fake so we got to make make sure that it's coming from Top tier countries then the next one is age ranges does the age range make

sense if I'm selling a hair brush or a makeup product I'm looking for anything between 21 and around about 35 to 40 that's usually the age that I'm looking to do now the next few metrics that really matter are past brand deals I mentioned this a few times already but just make sure that their past brand deals have been successful now not all of them have to be successful but you want to make sure that more than less have been more successful so let's say hypothetically they've done 10 brand deals and out of those 10

brand deals six of them have been successful that's more successful than they're not successful if that makes sense so you want the major it's like trading for example you're a successful Trader if your win loss is higher than your loss rate so it's the same here their win rate has to be bigger than their losing rate so it doesn't mean that every single one of them has to be successful but the more the better because not everyone's perfect and is going to have a 100% hit rate but these are the kind of questions that you

guys want to ask during this set ction guys now the next one is video view retention rate now this one is extremely important because remember you're paying them to make videos so if the retention rate is bad then you're going to have issues because it means that people weren't interested so you want to make sure that your video retains 50 to 70% of the views to the halfway point now remember the good thing about Instagram influences is we could reuse their content for our paid ads on Tik Tok or Facebook so if the video view

retention rate is high that means that with our paid ads it could also do really really well now before I get into the influencer collaboration agreement which is a contract that you need to send to the influencer before you even work with them I want to explain how you should get them to make the product content so when it comes to them making videos of your product you need to send them the product through your supplier especially if you've got custom branding it should be sent to them in the custom packaging now usually when I

work with influencers I make sure that I give them like a custom looking package so whether that means that I order the product from Amazon get it to my house and then go to a local store to get custom packaging made just so that the influencers you know expectation of when they receive the product is wow look at this custom branding wow look at the presentation when I get this you want them to show that off in the camera now I know if you're doing one product Drop Shipping not all their customers will get the

same experience but you can put a disclaimer on your website saying not all orders have the same you know quality of packaging but the influencers is the most important because that's what all the audience is going to see so whether or not you've got custom packaging already if you haven't get it sent to your house by Amazon get custom packaging made from a local store just type in on your Google custom packaging nearby or local and you'll find companies that can do it it might cost you $10 or $20 but it'll be worth the investment

remember if the influences confidence in your product is high especially when they receive it they're going to portray that on the camera if their confidence is low they'll either refuse to do it or they'll just be like really bad on the camera now with that being said guys let's get inside of the contract so this is where it's says this contract is entered into a date so you put the date in between brand name company name contact details influencer name and contact email then under the service section this is where you need to put the

deliverables the platforms and the posting dates then you're going to go over the compensation fee content ownership can you run it on paid ads is it organic only so you need to agree on these things but usually they're okay with all of them timeline obviously be realistic so after they've received the product they've got a week for example you want to put that in there exclusive Clause is super important now you want to put between a 30 and 60-day exclusive te Clause so that basically means that they're not allowed to promote any other company for

at least a certain amount of days because remember if they're posting loads of other companies it doesn't even have to be the same product by the way let's say it's a different product they're going to sap Their audience they're going to drain them so you want to make sure that when you work with them you have between 30 and 60 days where you don't need to worry about them promoting other companies because remember their audiences all have a budget and if they promote all the other products to their audience that budget's going to get eaten

up so you need to make sure that their audience has money so if you give them a 360-day clause Their audience should have had two paydays by then so they can afford to buy your product but if within that 30 to 60 days the influencers promoted four different products and Their audience have bought them they're probably not going to have any money then you've got a termination Clause if they don't do anything correctly then you've got confidentially then you've got the acknowledgement of agreement brand representative date influencer signature and remember this contract is designed for

your protection guys now especially if you're going to be making deals off collab star so if you're using companies like collabar and you agree to pay them in collabar then you've got collab star's service agreement where if the influencer doesn't agree to what they said they were going to do collab star come in and they pay you so there's that protection that you get on collab star hence you pay the bigger fee but if you're going to be doing it privately then you need to make sure you send them a contract like this because it

makes you look more professional it makes the influencer take you more seriously and the likelihood of them doing something wrong is a lot less likely now remember if you're going to be doing this privately make sure you pay them using PayPal goods and services that way you're protected or use a credit card because then you have an extra layer of protection now let's talk about sending the contract out to the influencer when you're doing this privately and not through collab star you want to use a company like DocuSign because it holds a lot of weight

when it comes to laws and you can actually Sue in influencers by using DocuSign and influencers know when you use docy sign you're a higher level company and they're less likely to take you for a fool so create an account on DocuSign you might need to upgrade to one of their lower tier plans for like $10 go to agreements go to start now and then it's going to say creating envelope you're going to take this agreement put it into a Word document or a Google doc document make sure it's done there then once it's on

there you're going to want to click upload upload that document as a PDF up here and and then they're going to sign it then you want to go to recipients you're going to put your name your email and you need to make sure that it's you need to sign then you're going to add another recipient which is obviously going to be the influencer make sure that they need to sign then you're going to put a message here which is going to be the email subject and the email message then where it says envelope types you

don't need to put anything if you don't want to but if you really really want to you can either put service agreement or you can put consultancy agreement or partnership agreement then once you've done that guys you're going to hit next and then it's going to ask you to put on there where this signature needs to go so you just draw a box where the signature needs to go then you can send it from DocuSign to the influencer then they'll receive an email where they click the link takes them to docu sign they sign it

and there you go it's all done but that's pretty much it when it comes to influencer marketing guys for Drop Shipping remember you can either use Tik Tok Instagram or YouTube but that's the same strategy you'd use for every single platform now again when it comes to Instagram influencers you want to work with at least one to five before you come to a conclusion of was it worth working with them was it worth it for my product I usually say one to five influencers per product is a healthy ratio for you to know whether or

not your product is good for influencer marketing or not but usually every product is good for influencer marke and it comes down to your goal finding the right influencer agreeing on the Right video content and making sure that their confidence is In Their audience and Their audience is right for your product just like I showed you guys here I found one influencer that I think is perfect for my product using collabar you can find loads more and it's just the same process with that being said guys that's this module out of the way and I'll

catch you guys on the next module so guys in this module I'm going to be teaching you how to use AI correctly for your drop shipping stores now there's a big issue with AI right now in this community and in all the other communities that people are using AI for now I would say around about 90% of people using AI which is artificial intelligence the wrong way they've become way too dependent on it and they just rely on it and they don't actually use it in the correct way which is what it's designed for and

in this module the goal is to try and show you exactly how to use it properly for a Drop Shipping Store now the first way that AI can help us is with product research now we can use AI to identify winning trends products that are doing well currently and current media Buzz now an example of how we can use AI to do this is if we go over to chat gbt put it on the 40 model which is completely free to use we can start giving it prompt and information to learn about a current product

that we're going to want to sell now for example if I found a product already based on the product research methods that I've given you in the free course for example Minds The Heat gay now the right stage to start using the strategies once you know what product that you want to sell based on the product research methods I gave you now in this instance mine is the heated gay if I go back to the gbt and I put High I'm thinking of selling this product I send it a link to one of my competitor's

websites what trends can I jump on the gbt is then going to tell me what are the current trends that are out there that have really good opportunity for me to make money on now a few of the things I can ask the gbt is who are the biggest sellers of this item what Facebook pages are running for this item and then the gbt is actually going to go out there and give me links to real Facebook pages that are currently running ads for the product that I'm thinking of selling now why is this so

powerful because we can figure out what pages are currently selling the product instead of us guessing it by going to the ad library and trying to figure out what pages are on there trying to sell it not just that but sometimes prompts that we use on the ad Library doesn't always give us the best results for the people that are actually selling the product now we can ask it questions like this as well does this product get views on Tik Tok and then it says yes it does and then I've asked it again what videos

have the most views then it sends me videos and Links of the people that got the most views with the product then I've asked it what could I do to sell the product that my competitors ain't doing and then it says here focus on on lifestyle niches like outdoor workers winter sports fashion people create unique bundles and value offers a power bank with the gay accessories like gloves leverage Advanced Tech features now what am I doing here with this gbt I'm trying to figure out who my audience are what opportunities are in the market for

me to establish myself on and also who are the biggest people at the moment that are making the most money with it now the longer that you spend with this gbt the better the answers are going to get and the more it's going to know about your product so you don't want to just give it a oneliner question and then give up on it the longer you spend with this and the more you ask it and the more it receives the better the learning will get and the more accurate the answers are going to be

and the better quality it's going to be it's called Deep thinking that's how it works the deeper you ask it the more thinking it has to do and the more accurate the information's going to get now if we keep on using the same chatting to let's say for example when we build the store and we start asking it to do let's say website ad copies and loads of other things it's going to start to do some really cool replies because it knows exactly who our audience is and who we're trying to sell the product to

so basically the point I'm trying to make here is you need to invest time into these chats you shouldn't just enter a chat do a one line and make me an ad copy oh who's this product designed for and then leave the chat there you need to keep the chat going for a long long time and ask get really good prompts now ai language models like this are designed based on the prompts that you give it if you give it bad prompts it's going to give you bad information now remember AI is there to do

the hard work for us instead of us going on to Google and trying to find all the answers ourself by Googling it the AI model's gone out there found the resources then relay the information back to us and one thing I want to mention very quickly is when it gives you references like this you need to go out there and check to make sure that they are legitimate and they are accurate because they're saying that these are the best videos that have gone viral on Tik Tok I need to go and check the video and

make sure that that is true if it's not true then you need to make sure you ask it again and say this wasn't accurate can you actually send me accurate videos a lot of people will just take what the AI is given them and just say oh that's everything that I need to know move on so if the AI is given you inaccurate information and you're just taking it from face value and dumping it into your business then you're actually making a lot of errors that are going to carry on rolling throughout your journey so

in the product research section I use the gbt model to help me find what trends are currently doing well now another question that I've asked it is is this product trending on Google Trends and it says here yes Tas have seen a notable increase in interest recently according to Google Trends The Surge aligns with the recent media coverage highlighting the popularity and practical use of heated gay for instance the Scottish Sun reported then it shows you all the sources at the bottom and these are where it's getting the information from now the good thing about

asking AI to do this for you like is the product trending on Google is we're not going to have an emotional connection with this so if we were to go to Google Trends and have a look at is he gay trending if we look at that chart and it doesn't align with our thought process of we want it to Trend because we want to sell that product we're going to have a certain bias now this is only going to relay facts to you so it excludes any biases that we may have and that's what I

like about AI it cuts out any bias issues and it just relays what you need to know now in the cheat sheet guys I'm going to give you a list of prompts that I'd recommend that you use once you find a product that you want to sell that you're going to want to ask the gbt and with those answers it's going to help clarify if your product is is suitable to sell based on what information it relays but again the prompts are the most important thing and I will give you my top prompts in the

cheat sheet so you can start asking the gbt now the next way that AI can help you with your Drop Shipping journey is ADD creation optimization now I want to make this very very clear do not use AI to create creative straight away yes you can use AI to create you avatars like I've shown you throughout the course but don't get AI to make the full video for you that is lazy and I've seen loads of people try it and they look terrible AI is not quite to the level it needs to be yet where

it can just take an image of your product and create an amazing video at the current stage we're at we're not there so you do need to do manual work to actually create a good-look video now it doesn't mean that AI is not good at taking a good video that you've already made and making variations of it or remixing it that does work very well so where can ad creation optimization be very helpful for us we can use tools like ad creative AI to basically make loads of creatives based on the ones we've already made

so if we're in the Facebook testing strategies or skating strategies and same with Tik Tok and we just need loads of variations making of our videos let's say we found a winning ad and we now need variations of it this is where AI tools like this can be very handy because what we can do is we can go to their ad creative section on the website and what we can do is when we use their soft software it will ask you to upload footage and the footage that you're going to upload is your winning creative

and what it will do is it will remix different versions of it so what we can do guys is once you've created an account with ADC creative. a you can just import your brand by adding your url it will pull your fonts your logos your colors and then it's just super easy to start using it so if you go to video and go to where it says add videos you can do product video or background Place video you can choose what you want for example I'm going to do back ground placed videos and then I

can change it let's say I'm doing Facebook ads and I want it to be squared video because I'm focusing purely on story post or if I want to do in Tik Tok videos I can do Story video and then click next then we can upload Our Winning creative so I'm going to click upload then I'm going to click downloads and then I'm going to upload my winning creative and then I can click next then we can use generative AI to come up with the headline and the call to action and then we can click generate

and then it will say your ad videos are being generated and then it says we are rendering over 50 videos using artificial intelligence now if we take a look guys I was able to take my winning creative that was in a one: one ratio which is designed for squared ads which is image which is designed for Facebook posts Instagram post cuz they're in that one to one dimension and now I was able to design it in the 9 by6 aspect ratio and you can see here now the ai's done it for me really really nicely

now we can do edit all so we can do a bulk edit so if we don't like the images we don't don't like the music and stuff we can make quick adjustments so that's how you can make rapid variations of your winning creatives by using a tool like ADC creative. a now I want to make this very very clear you can use this tool to create you ad creatives from just giving it images or stock videos of the product but I don't actually recommend doing it that way because the results in my opinion aren't amazing

I only use this tool to create me rapid variations from winning creatives that I've already made myself now their image AI ads can be used if you want to where it turns a stock image of the product into an image ad those aren't too bad so you can use it for that reason but my main reason for using it is rapid variation winning videos that I want to then scale because remember the more variations that you make of a winner the more likely you are to actually scale the account on Facebook or on Tik Tok

now another way I like to use AI for my Drop Shipping journey is by using sidekick inside of Shopify now most stores are now eligible for this feature which comes free with any paid plan and if you come to the top right you should see this icon here you click it sidekick opens now this tool is really helpful to do any tedious tasks that you don't want to do now you can see some prompts here like what kind of products can I sell where can I sell my products what is the Shopify App Store ignore

those boring prompts start to think a little bit more advanced like this now for example let's say I want a bundle offer making we can get actually sidekicked to go ahead and create that bundle for us so look I've put make me a bundle offer and I'm going to send sidekick the message and then it says here let's create a new discount for a bundle offer which is buy X get y discount I'm going to say yes then I've put make it for me because what will happen is it will take you to the bundle

page but it won't do it for you unless you ask it to do so so now I'm going to click preview and then once you click preview it will show you what has been made inside of the bundle so you can see the title you can see the percentage and you can also see the rest now I've asked it to come up with the percentages for this bundle and it's recommended a certain amount which is a 20% off so I'm going to click preview and just like that guys it's now filled out that bundle for

me and I can click save now a few other cool things that you can do with sidekick and especially once you start getting sales orders and analytic data you can start to get it to start analyzing all of this for you so for example I wanted to create a segment of customers that only speak English so then you can see it's actually created it for me and as soon as I click preview it will then do it for me and save it so any tedious tasks that you think of like segmenting people out can be

done with sidekick you can also get it to create Pages for you like contact us fill out certain forms create shipping zones it can do all of those tedious tasks for you now this is where things get really powerful for me I've asked it how does my store analytics look and now it's provided me with the last 30 days of data and if I click store analytics overview it's going to show me the grow sales net sales orders customers average order value conversion rate now we can start to create custom reports using sidekick you can

see here let's analyze the sales Trends over the last few months and what it does is it creates Shopify ql prompts for me that can make me analyze data a lot quicker so instead of me creating the prompts it can do it for me now this is where things can get very interesting if you want to do rapid analyzation of data this is the type of stuff you want to ask it so for example I put what day on my store did I have the highest CTR why is that important because let's say I'm changing

offers bundles or I'm doing a different marketing angle or I'm targeting different audiences on my ads that will then reflect on my landing page I want to know what day or week was it the best so by asking that prompt I click C more so what I would use sidekick forward like I've just shown you is to analyze your data and to help you find key metrics like when was your CTR the best when was your average order value the best what day did you have the most add to cart so instead of you manually

trying to look through the data and figure it out get sidekick to do it all for you remember AI is so powerful at proof checking everything that you do humans make mistakes all the time at reading data AI usually makes zero mistakes reading data because it just looks at the factual data nothing else so for example it can create a list of high spending customers who haven't engaged in the last 30 days why is that important it could be important because those the people that are going to spend the most money if I can recuperate

their activity again I can get them to buy more products the whole goal of sidekick for me is it works the best once you start to find data on your store because you can start to filter things out a lot faster and have 100% accuracy on segmenting out different types of audiences and finding out different metrics on your store now another tool that I like using that has a lot of AI features that are very helpful is pricing now this is really important for when you're starting to scale your business or you're looking to scale

your business over the next 30 to 90 days and you're in key periods of time like black Friday Cyber Monday or Christmas if you scroll down you've got all these core features that they offer and data features and all of these by the way are extremely important to make sure you take an eye on now my favorite is price history so if you click on this what this will do is it will scroll the whole into web with its own Bots and crawlers with AI and it will find out the history of your competitor's pricing

have they increased have they decrease now why is this so important now the reason why this is important is because you want to make sure that your pricing matches the same as your competitors if they're increasing there's a reason why if they're decreasing there's a reason why and usually it's to do with conversion rate or average order value now this is where AI is so powerful for Shopify Drop Shipping is because you want to turn data into actionable steps if pricing is increasing for my competitors so should mine because there's a real reason especially once

this starts tracking your biggest competitors that are making the most money that is super important now people don't realize how important price increases are because they don't know the numbers now let's say for example you increase your product price and just by $5 if you do it over a th000 orders you can figure out how much more money you would have made so that's how big and drastic price history and price change is and if you don't stay ahead of it or you don't try and adapt it you're going to suffer from losing out on

lots of money now another AI tool that I really like using and this is more for when I'm doing my media buying Which is my Facebook ads or my Tik Tok ads is smartly now this is an actionable Insight across all platforms so you can see here you got intelligence you've got cross Channel reporting you've got Advanced creative insights now this isn't shown inside of the Facebook ads manager nor the Tik Tok ads manager so you can only get this from a tool like smartly where it really does go in depth on what your creatives

are doing now my favorite feature from these guys is maximizing Roi with intelligent optimization now how this works is it optimizes your Facebook campaigns or your Tik Tac campaigns a lot more smarter because it's using AI to figure out the metrics and what it will do is it will adjust your campaign budgets or it'll do even other things to help you scale more efficiently Based on data not emotion so you're not going to have any missed opportunities and you're not going to have any more errors now everything associated with reading data comes down to human

error so if you let AI take over that you're less likely to make any errors and remember AI r runs 24 hours it's not like us where we have to go to bed wake up then review it this works all the time in the background now to summarize this guys AI is the most beneficial at reporting data reading data and taking actions Based on data so wherever your Drop Shipping business comes across these key areas which is going to be running ads it's going to be on your Shopify store you want AI to do the

work for you because again human error will not be associated with these aspects so you want AI to review all of this even if it doesn't take action you want it to review it you need to stop reviewing anything data related because you're more likely to make a mistake or misunderstand it than the AI is and also use AI to go out there and do the research prove checking analyzing and due diligence for you in any aspect whether it be product an whether it be audience research finding out what countries your audience lives in finding

out what age your audience is finding out what their hobbies are the AI can extract all of that data for you and then you can start taking actionable steps on it now yes you can be using all of the other AI tools that I've shown throughout the free course like free pick which is an insane AI tool that is probably one of the best if not the best tools I've shown you throughout this free course because the images and videos that it can create using AI is just off just off the scale so all of

these other AI tools are very powerful you've just got to use them correctly don't become riing on AI use it as like your right or left hand it's there to be used if you need to use use it and I've told you the circumstances that it's best used in whether it be scaling what already Works which is creative scaling add copy scaling so if you've got a winning ad copy tell AI to make variations of it because it's working those are the kind of examples that you need to be doing if you find that an

image ads working the best get free pick to make variations of that image ad or if a certain model in an image or a certain AI avatars working on a video testimonial remake that with AI it's all about upscaling what works that's what the AI is there to do for you guys get it to do tedious tasks that you don't want to do in sidick on Shopify creating new pages discounts and loads of other things get it to do those tedious tasks that you can eliminate now with that being said guys that's how to use

AI the correct way and all of the AI tools that I recommend using for all different aspects of your Drop Shipping Store will be linked in the cheat sheet and the resource section in the vault if you're in the vault which you need to join so you guys can take advantage of all the AI tools that I use and throughout the ones that I've used throughout this whole course but for now guys make sure you stick to those rules because if you do stick to the rules I've just shown you then AI will help you

with your Drop Shipping Store now remember what I've just told you 90% of people use AI the wrong way everyone's using AI the same way which means everyone's getting the same results with AI and it's not going to be beneficial so guys in this section of the free course we're going to be going over how to hire vas when to hire them and how you should work with them and what's the best platforms to use so when should you be hiring a VA now a VA stands for virtual assistant so they work remote and obviously

not in your business they don't work in your business premises CU you don't have one so you should be hiring a VA when your store is getting consistent sales and is profitable because obviously when you hire a VA that's an additional expense that you don't need to be paying for if you're not making any money the second reason is you're overwhelmed by customer support emails which obviously is correlated with getting orders and number three you need to focus your time on orientated tasks like marketing branding and product sourcing which is what I mentioned to you

guys previously work on the business not in the business now step one you want to create a job post now the best platforms to use is upwork online jobs and FIV now there is a right time and place to use one of these platforms so for example upwork is best suited for long-term work and higher quality work so that's when you should be using upwork now Fiverr is great if you're doing oneof jobs that you might need help with now to show you guys an example when I would Outsource to let's say Fiverr let's say

for example example I need some image ads making I might come on here now you're probably thinking well why would I need some image ads making if I can do them myself now remember you're only going to be hiring when you're starting to get volume of orders so once you start to get that volume you can start to scale your business so instead of doing three to five creatives per product or let's say you're scaling the product you now need to be doing let's say between 50 and 100 creatives every month or even every other

week which is a fortnite so you to do that on your own is very very hard so you're going to have to start Outsourcing this to make it more realistic so you might do some creatives but then you might want to hire somebody to also do creatives for you now when I'm hiring on Fiverr what I like to do is go over to language select English which is really important go to where it says freelancer level and I only work with level two and top rated salers and then once you filtered it by that any

of the people that come up are usually high quality people that know what they're doing so for example this gentleman here his portfolio doesn't look too bad so I've come on here and then you're going to get usually three tiers basic standard and platinum just make sure you read these guys so for standard I get 10 static image ads or post HQ jpeg PNG edible templates and unlimited revisions and you can see some of his work here now to be honest with you guys some of this is just using canva he's just literally using a

canva template but again when you're Mass selling in Mass marketing you might not be able to do this all yourself now you always want to read why choose me and what you get with the service and a little bit about them you want to kind of know who you're working with guys it's super important and before you even pick a package always click contact me and always give them a unique message don't just order a package guys say to the person look this is my website this is what's working well for me at the moment

what would you recommend try and negotiate on a price say look I'm looking to work with you potentially long-term can we work on some good pricing and he might even give you a unique package which is even cheaper or you might get more for the same price but never just order straight away guys always always reach out to them first because you want to make sure they're the right person for the job and you might want to ask them some good questions to see if they are the right person it could be something like how

do you make the image ads what platform are you using why are you so good what results have you got for other clients in terms of click-through rate these are the types of things that you need to ask these people now that's one service example of why I would use Fiverr now you can use Fiverr for other things as as well instead of image ads you can do video ads you can hire ugc creators if we type in ugc so you can work with loads of different creators that will make you ugc content so five

is really good for the lower quality stuff it doesn't mean it's bad it just means it's a little bit lower end and more short term Now by using the Fiverr platform you're ensured through them so if the service goes wrong or it doesn't meet the description you're going to get a full refund now the downside to using Fiverr guys is usually the creators do not want to speak outside of the platform which which means you're stock to Fiverr so look at Fiverr for the small little jobs here and there but don't think about it long

term now for the long-term work and the higher quality work we're going to go back to upwork once you've created an account on upwork make sure you fill out all of your personal details or use it as a company account and once you've set up a company account you want to go here to where it says post a job now you've got an option between long project and short-term project so long-term project more than 30 hours a week shortterm is less than 30 hours a week now usually even even if they customer support reps it's

going to be a short-term project so click shortterm and continue now it says here let's work on your next job create using AI I would click get started using AI describe what you're looking for in a sentence or two now I've even give you guys some examples here inside of the cheat sheet so I'm literally just going to copy this and paste it in here now you've got hourly rate or fixed price now this is where you want to go for a fixed price now you're going to see hourly rate and fixed price now hourly

rate what I usually do is three to $5 per hour now usually the people that are going to take these jobs are Filipino people and people from South Asia or Asia and they're usually the best customer support reps that you're going to get now once you've done this click continue now once you've done this upworks AI is going to start filling out the description so you can see here we're seeing get skilled virtual assistant support email for Shopify store the idol candidate will be managing queries resolve issues so they've done their basic AI script now

if we go back to mine we've got a description here now here we've got a description so I'm actually going to add some of this into the actual job post we're going to click edit and I'm going to add this here and then I click save changes and then categor is usually perfect skills is usually right scope medium 1 to 3 months intermediate level so this is completely fine location worldwide budget $3 to $5 an hour then you've got some screening questions which is optional now the one that I usually like to do is describe

your recent experience with similar project what office applications are you most familiar with how do you ensure accuracy whilst typing then you've got Advanced preferences English level fluent or better is always good then once you've done that guys go to where it says next finalize job post then go to where it says post as a standard for free and then once you've done that guys it's going to say congratulations your job post is now live now once you've done that guys it's actually going to take you to a page where it says invite freelancer where

it's already going to show you some example Freelancers that have worked on similar projects in the past now when you go through these you're going to see top rated you're going to see 100% job success rate it's going to show you their hourly rate and you can view their profile and let's say for example I think this person's worth looking at I can love heart it to say that it's added to the list so I can check later so you might want to go through some of these people because these people are usually designed already

for your job post based on the names that they've already used in the keywords on their job titles so if this person for example is somebody I want to hire invite to job for example and then they can fill out the information then you've got here where it says review proposal and then you can start reviewing people's applications now let's go through filtering through applications Number One initial screening require candidates to start their application without a specific word like Fitness to filter out spam applications look for applications who meet your skills budget and availability narrow

down candidates short list three to five applicants ensure you're not judging other jobs or studies ensuring their full Focus so basically what that means is analyze how many other projects are they working at because the problem with a lot of Freelancers is they try and get as many jobs as possible but that means that their quality of work will die out because they're just getting more jobs to get more money but then how can they spread their time so always ask them how many other projects are you working on how much time does that take

up is it going to affect the way you work with us it's not illegal for them to work with let's say two other people if it's going to be part-time work or a few hours a week but this will really depend on where you guys are with your business if you need somebody permanent doing 30 to 40 hours a week on your store then they can't have another job because you need them in full attention let's just say you need them for let's say 5 to 10 hours a week then they could have another job

or let's say two other jobs that's completely fine again you need to think logically about this then you should always conduct an initial interview always do an interview guys because then you get to see them on how good's their English how good are they in terms of in front of a camera are they confident now you don't have to do a camera interview although that's one of my favorite ways to do it cuz I can judge how Wild their functionality is you can also do a text based interview where you ask them questions like are

you currently employed or studying what was your previous job and how much were you paid so you can gauge their availability and enthusiasm for the role now step three is testing the applicant basic inquiry example when will my order arrive intermediate problem example I received the wrong item can I exchange it difficult situation example I'm extremely unhappy with your service I want to refund now so those are the three issues that Vaas will have to face every single day as a customer support rep in your business so you want to give them those real examples

and see how they would react to them now the difficult situation is obviously they want a refund because they're not happy can the VA deescalate that situation and get that customer to not want to refund and be happy so you want to see because it's not all about biting at the refund you want to try and use that as a last resort what can you do other ways as a VA in terms of stopping somebody wanting a refund now step five is training your VA now you need to be doing an onboarding session with them

where you basically do a call Via WhatsApp or zoom and you want to explain to them what the Brand's tone is what's the customer service approach what training materials can you give them like an FAQ documentation you want to go through the whole setup yourself and say look guys this is how I was handling the brand before this is how I'd respond these are the apps that I would use TD live chat or omnison or whatever it may be this is how I want you to do it if not do it to a higher standard

and then for their first one to two weeks require daily updates from them ask them how was your first week what was you doing on this day you want them to really give you that info and feedback so you can see if they've gone wrong in certain scenarios so you can correct them now step six is tools and permissions so you want to grant them access to managing orders refunds and customer inquiries and then for example on your Zen drop account you might want to grant them access to being able to fulfill orders or manage

orders and then email system if you're using omnis and add them to it and of course permissions need to be limited to only what they're doing don't give them for example admin access or you know customer detail just basically don't be giving them access to stuff they don't need because then they could potentially do damage to your business now not all of them will but some of them could or they could hold you Ransom if you don't pay them enough so these have happened before so you just want to make sure you given them the

right access and you do it correctly now scaling your VA team is incredibly important if one VA can't handle the volume hire additional tasks to customer support order fulfillment social media management and use the same hiring process but just a job but just adjust a job description for specific roles so you might want to hire a full-time customer support rep but then if you scale even more hire a second VA but have them part-time now some examples of other roles that you can hire is customer support content creation email marketing order fulfillment and web development

management now the one that I usually Outreach the quickest is obviously customer support email marketing because I understand email marketing is so important content creation which is creating me ads sometimes I'll look to hire a content creator very quickly that can create me really good video ads image ads and they can also do ugc or I might hire that separately a ugc creator that will just create ugc content for my brand now why should you guys hire from the Philippines fluent English speakers affordable rates and really good strong work ethic culture to fit into customer

support roles now for the last eight years of me doing this guys those have been the best customer support reps I've ever hired and if you ask anyone else in the industry they'll also say the same now that doesn't mean you shouldn't be hiring from other countries but in my opinion the safest bet is always the Philippines welcome guys to the bonus module of the free Drop Shipping course for 20125 and you heard me right this is a bonus module and in this module I'm going to be covering a wide range of topics that are

super important to pay attention to like the legalities that you're responsible for and could be an issue as a drop shipper I'm also going to be covering things like payment holds and payment freezes on your PayPal accounts stripe accounts how to avoid them and how to deal with them I'm also going to be covering why you should be using a business credit card the benefits of them and which ones I recommend I'm also going to be covering some mindset tricks that you need to be aware of for example how to handle success the right way

the power of consistency and I'm also going to be covering the biggest mistakes beginners make so you can try and avoid them before you start your Drop Shipping Journey now this module is a bonus module guys and there is still loads of value in there so make sure you check it out so guys welcome to the first section of the bonus section where I'm going to be talking about the legal risks involved with Drop Shipping this is probably one of the most common question that I get which is what are the legalities involved what could

what could technically go wrong legally as a business owner in the Drop Shipping world now the first one is intellectual property infringement now this is usually the biggest issue that people face now this is where you're selling copyrighted products and violations now the most obvious ones is selling stuff like Disney Marvel but those are the ones that you should know by now not to touch anything that is branded or labeled after a huge company like those you should not even touch or if they imitate them now for example if it doesn't say the brand name

on it or it doesn't actually have the logo on there if it's still using a character from one of those movies let's say hypothetically Spider-Man that is still an infringement you can't use that character cuz it's copyrighted and it's owned by Marvel of course now let me give you another example of this where things can start to get a little bit more tricky now there was a winning Drop Shipping product a few years ago where it looked like a lights saer from the Star Wars film but it was totally different in terms of the looks

but it still crossed over into that world of being a light saer from a Star Wars film so that product got removed from AliExpress and the drop shipper selling it did get notices to take it down and some of them even got sued so what I'm trying to say is even if it imitates it but it's slightly different it can still will be on the fence of being infringement problems so always reach out to your supplier and ask them are you allowed to sell it do you have a license to sell it can you show

me that now this is actually the biggest problem with Drop Shipping a lot of Drop Shipping products that you find on AliExpress or your suppliers have them and to be honest with you guys your suppliers should be doing the due diligence of before they even put it in their warehouse does it not have any infringement problems but you're still the business owner so you're responsible now this is where things can get a little bit scary a lot of the products that you see on AliExpress and even some suppliers websites are they're all copyrighted products that

big big e-commerce brands that you wouldn't have heard about before but they're huge in their own right and that's their product that has been ripped off now there's a funny saying that China rips off everything and they literally do so you got to be very careful because you might look on AliExpress and be like oh this is a winning product this looks amazing but that's just a direct copy of a successful other Ecom brand that you've never heard of but they're huge and they own the rights to that product now the point that I'm trying

to make is it's not as simple as is it a Marvel product it does it look like a Spider-Man product it's now got to the level of Chinese manufacturers literally rip off everything now where you are best asking if they have the license and the agreements to start selling those products and if they can't give you that information or any proof then I'd stay way away from the product now how it works is these big Brands like Marvel Apple I actually got hit with this one as an Apple product that I used to sell because

I was into the tech Niche they see your ads being run they have employees at the companies and their job is purely to look and see who is selling their products or clones of their products and their job is to shut them down give them letters to say you can't sell this and even sue them so at these huge huge companies like apple Marvel and these other huge ones there are people that work there that will look and hunt you down if you're running ads for their products or clones so trust me when I say

this you will not get away with it and that's why it's just not worth the risk guys it really isn't now the next one is Consumer Protection Law so truth in advertising misleading about quality origin or benefits of the product also product safety returns and refunds so there's a few things here that you got to be careful of not false advertisings you got to make sure that everything you've said about your product is true and there's no false statements in there for you to try and make it sound better than it is so you can

get customers this is so important guys make sure you do not do any false advertising because it can get you into a lot of trouble now safety is another big one so let's say you're selling a kid's product and it gets them injured or hurt and you didn't put on your website or in the packaging that your product could contain issues or harmful problems for certain groups then it's your issue now of course when it comes to the packaging stating the warnings and and the health records it's your manufacturer that's in in charge of that

and that's why you need to double check before you sell products is there a good health and safety for that product especially let's say it's a kid's toy and they're going to be chewing it is that plastic they're chewing safe then you've got things like wearable products digestibles I stay away from wearable and digestible products let's say skin care and Edibles because it's just super high risk and I don't want to even entertain it product safety is as stupid as it is though it literally could be anything you sell if you're selling let's say a

battery or a portable charger if that blows up and you didn't say why it could blow up because the voltage let's say it can only go to a Max voltage they can sue you for that put it this way the consumer wins in most cases so you really really have to make sure you're stating everything on your store or at least the product packaging contains that which again you can check with your supplier for that information now returns and refunds are huge guys if you don't stick to your return policy or your refund policy now

this is where things get crazy in the EU customers have the right for a 14-day return policy at minimum now in the US it's different but in the EU it's very strict so when you sell in the EU there are a lot more restrictions and policies that safe gate consumers now there is one for selling let's say Electronics where you have to give them a year I believe or two years minimum of warranty now that doesn't exist in the US but it does in the EU and if you don't stick to their policies they can

come for you guys so make sure that if you are planning on selling in the EU you do your research you can just use chat gbt or deep seek to do this and ask it what are the restrictions or what are the policies in the EU for my product best to not guess and it's best to be safe because you never know what's going to happen now of course all of the statements that I'm making so far become a bigger issue when you become successful so obviously the more you scale the more money you make

you're more likely to fall into one of these issues if you haven't covered your back it's best to have a good house in order to start with before you go into any crazy scaling and fall under one of these issues now the third one and probably the most scariest one is tax obligations for example sales tax income tax of vat if you're doing business in the EU now why is this a huge one because at the end of the day in my opinion you're more likely to get stung by this than you are the other

two that I've showed you because let's be honest every Authority when it comes to taxes in any country are very strict and they will come for you they don't mess around guys if you owe them $10 they will pay $1 to come get you so you need to make sure that you're paying your taxes correctly and accordingly and that's why I recommended at the start of the free course to use a company like doua or hire an accountant that can help you now all my recommended accountancy for different countries will be in the resource section

of the Vault guys so you can use people that I trust personally now I'm not going to advise you guys on how to do your taxes cuz I'm not legally qualified but I'm saying this is super important and this is where you can get into a lot of trouble if you're not doing it correctly now those are the three main legalities that you need to think about as a drop shipper and they're all important and again you need to get your house in order first before you start selling you don't want to make $100,000 or

$200,000 and then get stung a few months later by any of these cuz it's going to cost you whatever you made for example example if you're selling an intellectual property they have the right to take any bit of money you've made off that product and recuperate it that's how it works guys you don't want to get a tax bill that's a fine that's eating your profit margin you don't want to get sued for false advertising again it's going to cost you profit that you don't need to spend welcome guys to the next section of the

bonus module which is going to be talking about payment holds and why does this happen and how can you stop it now this is probably the most feared thing within e-commerce and drop shiing which is Money Getting stuck on PayPal money getting stuck on stripe and it's going to happen unfortunately to you cuz you're going to hit a certain level but this is how you're going to deal with it now you need to understand number one why this actually happens so when you start scaling PayPal stripe and Shopify payments will eventually put your money on

hold now this is where the good part of success and the bad part of success come together now to even get to this stage you're going to have to scale which means you've done pretty well for yourself so it's a good thing and a bad thing now when you're just testing products and you're barely doing any orders you're not to have any of these issues so why do payment holds happen number one high volume of transactions if your store suddenly starts making a lot of sales payment processes flag it as risky let's say all of

a sudden within a week or a month you start to get a massive influx of sales but let's say a month before that you're only getting one or two here or there that's going to be risky in their eyes now charge back and dispute risk new stores often get holds because of potential refund issues so basically if your payment processor has a higher than 1 to three % refund and charge back ratio then you're going to get flagged now the ratio is roughly between 1 and 3% and that is refunding and chargebacks now the refunding

part I don't understand why they do that because you're basically giving the customer their money back so why would they have an issue with it unfortunately it still Flags their system even when you process refunds now Drop Shipping model delayed shipping times can make processors nervous about customer complaints now normally payment processors know if you're Drop Shipping just purely off off your tracking numbers it will give it away now lack of History if you're a new store with no sales history processors May temporally hold funds to protect themselves now this is something called risk assessment

now now unfortunately with payment processes like stripe and PayPal they do something called they take risk later but they on board you first now the best payment gateways in the world but unfortunately you're not going to access these yet guys cuz you need to be a decently fairly big company to do this is where they take risk on first they assess it and then then they have no issues but with these payment gateways they're willing to onboard you because they want you as a client but they don't understand your risk till afterwards so when they

find out your risk level which is afterwards then they penalize you they want to hold your money to see how risky your company is do customers get their orders for a month whilst that money is being put on hold they want to know all that type of information now the common types of holds that you're going to get is called a rolling Reserve they keep a percentage of your sales EG 25% for 90 to 180 days so for example what will happen on stripe or PayPal most commonly this happens to me on stripe which is

where they'll say look we're going to reserve 25% of all your sales and we're going to hold it for 90 to 180 days now sometimes it can be 5% 10% sometimes it can be where they hold it for one month at 5% then the next month they might message you saying now we're increasing the reserve percentage to 10% and then the next month they might drop it or increase it depending if they see the risk go up or down now this is the one that you're probably going to get the the quickest and it is

annoying because they will keep a percentage and they can keep it up to 180 days now the next one is account freezing which is flagged as a high risk they may freeze your account stopping payouts completely now this one can be bad because they'll freeze your whole account which means you as the company will not receive any money which means how are you going to afford to pay for your shipping how are you going to afford to pay for your orders your ads all of that stuff can be a problem once you start getting account

freezers now usually account freezers happen and they ask you information so they'll say look fill out these questionnaires once we get the information we'll assess your account and unfreeze it so usually with account freezes they are fixed quite quickly as long as you respond to their questions as quick and as in depth as possible then you've got full hold on balance they keep 100% of your PayPal or stripe balance for a set period common with PayPal now this is where they'll say I'm keeping all of the money that you make for a certain amount of

time and this is most common with PayPal now they will say will pay you out at the end of the 90 days but for now we're keeping all the money now this is a pro tip do not fight payment processes they control the system you just need to work around it so step two is preparing for payment holds before they happen you cannot avoid holds but you can prepare so they do not ruin your business number one target at least a 25% margin after ad spend this ensures even if they put a 25% on funds

that are locked up you can still operate your business so basically you got to think smart here if they were to do let's say they were to do a rolling Reserve usually they do it between 15 and 30% can you cover that Reserve now you also want to build cash reserves save at least 2 to three months of operating expenses ads and fulfillment do not waste your profits on luxuries let's say for example buying a Lambo buying flashy cars because you're early into your business and it only takes one payment hold and I've seen it

with my own eyes guys it only takes one payment hole if you don't have cash reserves to kill it now I know a seven fig drop shipper that filing to this trap at such a high level where he bought a house with his profits instead of putting into a cash reserve and then when the payment Gateway hiled his money he couldn't pay it so then guess what he had to close the whole company down so I can't explain to you guys enough how important cash reserves are it doesn't take a genius to work it out

you do need a reserve the same way in life you need a reserve for a rainy day the same you need it for a business now the third thing is withdraw money regularly rule number one PayPal would draw your barrance daily and if you leave money sitting there it it could get locked up now the good thing is with stripe and PayPal you can set payout dates you can do it daily hourly fortn nightly but set it to daily at the same time usually if you log into your account and withdraw money from different times

each day let's say you log into your account every day to withdraw money but you do it from a different time of the day it can flag their algorithms the same way if you log into your PayPal or stripe account from a different IP address it can flag your account so try when you're logging into your accounts when you're paying out now you do it at the same time at the same place because it will not flag the IP address basically just take your money off the account as quick as you can which is on

a daily basis now diversify your payment processes never rely just on one processor use multiple options like PayPal stripe Shopify payments use thirdparty gateways as well third party gateways have to remain competitive so what they do is they lower their fees and they're less likely to hold your money now number three is handling a payment hold when it happens if you just get hit with a payment hold Don't Panic here's what to do assume that the money has gone for 6 months do not rely on the held funds do not waste time trying to fight

it focus on an alternative cash flow solution now the next thing you can do which is really powerful is contact the payment processor immediately now always call them do not just message them on the app or in the interface always call them for a better experience what type of hold is it rolling Reserve full freeze Etc how long will it last what documents do you need to lift it the best thing that you can do when you call them is not fight with them tell them that you're willing to do whatever it takes to get

the freeze off or the rolling Reserve off by providing them with what information they need they might need bank statements they might need tracking numbers they might need a various few things now number three is offer and negotiate a better hold agreement so you can negotiate on the hold agreement as well so increase the hold to 35% but reduce the time from 90 days to 30 days or lower the hold percentage to 15% but extend it to 120 days so basically doing the opposite this method might be better because you're going to get more money

to pay off any business expenses now step four is managing cash flow while your money is held now the best way to do this is using a credit card because obviously you don't need to pay the credit card off straight away you can do it over a monthly or whatever your period is that way it buys you time now don't worry about credit cards yet guys I'm going to be talking about that later in the bonus section which ones I recommend and how to use them here's an additional option that you can do to raise

money now I know people have used this as a last Reserve because they had no choice which is use a PayPal working capital loan or use a Shopify Capital cash loan so how this works is based on your sales and this will only work if you've done decent numbers let's say six figures and above they will assess your sales volume and say we can give you a loan of let's say 20% of what you've made so far which is $20,000 hypothetically if you've done 100,000 and what we'll do is every time you get an order

we'll pay off the loan so how PayPal working Capital Loans and Shopify loans workers every time you receive an order they take off some margin of that order and pay back the loan Now by using this structure it can be interest free or they don't charge interest they call it something else which is a payment fee so depending on if you're allowed to do interest or not for example me I'm not so I only do these if I can either get a % interest or they don't call it or use interest in this way now

if you're okay taking interest on if they offer beat you but with an interest rate then this is an option and usually this is the easiest way to raise money if you've got a Drop Shipping Store already doing good numbers now step five is reducing the chances of future holds keep a low dispute and charge back rate now it's your job as much as possible to keep the charge backs as low as you can now what will happen is you want to make sure your customers are getting their orders quick if they have complaints you

respond to them you try and solve that problem in any way necessary give them a free ebook offer them a coupon code do what you can to stop this issue from happening the more charge backs you get the more it will damage your account now these companies can close your account down if your charge back rate goes over a certain percent so I can't emphasize enough how important it is to make sure your charge backs are avoided now there are certain instances where you get scammy customers that will buy your product but then make out

like they never received it so they get it for free now this is one of the biggest issues at the moment with the e-commerce world where customer pay for things online they know they can charge back with their credit card provider to get the product for free now that's technically fraud on their end and it's illegal for them to do it that's why you always want to make sure that you're using a shipping method that requires a signature that way it proves that they've signed for that parcel and they can't lie about it and that's

why you want to make sure that you have the full name and address details on the order settings on your Shopify store so they can't lie about their name they can't lie about the address they can't lie about anything now remember Shopify will give you a fraud rating if an order comes through and it's high fraud risk don't fulfill the order if it's medium have a look and say to yourself oh it's medium what why is it come back medium does the name match the card now when it comes to medium risk with Shopify orders

I usually email the customer so if there's something that's not right I'll say look for me to process your order I need you to prove this because then if something goes wrong later down the line I've got the evidence to submit if they lie then the last one is completely fine so Shopify will tell you hi risk fraud medium and low again medium you email them to ask them for the information that's required and normal you can fulfill and high risk you do not fulfill you just cancel the order and refund them straight away now

the next thing you can do is improve your payment processing history the longer you process payments without issues the less likely you are to become a risk use thirdparty payment processes for highrisk products or high ticket products that usually come with a higher chargeback rate and the ones that are recommended are here for you guys now the remember third party payment gateways exist to offer a competition where they don't hold your money they're willing to take on more risk and they offer you cheaper fees so if you know you're selling a very high-risk product or

a high ticket product which usually have higher refund rates and higher chargeback rates because obviously you charge your more money which means emotionally people are more likely to feel like they want to refund because they're scared about buying something than use a thirdparty payment Gateway so guys those are the best practices that you can do for this and remember it's it's going to happen to you mentally prepare for it and just make sure you're ready you've got evidence over your customers you've got everything in check you've got signatures on the order fulfillment everything's there now

everything that I recommend is in the cheat sheet guys so make sure you check it out welcome guys to the next section of the bonus module which is going to be talking about credit cards why you should be using them which ones I recommend using and how to use them now for a lot of people that aren't financially educated and unfortunately the world that we live in today they don't really educate you about finances which obviously is one of the most crucial parts of life now credit cards are looked at and deemed at in the

world as something to not use and it's it's frown upon if you use it CU you're putting yourself into debt now that is a very low-minded way to think and that's how the majority of people think and obviously those people aren't successful now when it comes to using a credit card for a business it is massively important for many reasons now I'm talking about a business credit card not a personal credit card now the first reason why you're going to want to use a credit card is for financial flexibility and cash flow management High credit

limits ensure that you can run operations without any issues sustaining ad campaigns during Peak sale periods or fulfilling orders now if you guys remember about the last section that I covered I was talking about payment holds and PayPal holding your money strip holding your money now let's say you know you've got hypothetically $50,000 stuck in a payment account let's say it's with PayPal and they've told you that the money will be released within 30 days that means that you're stuck with without cash but you know the money is going to be paid out within those

30 days so it's not like you're making out that this money is going to come into your bank you know it's going to come into your bank so you might need a credit card to help you fund your business operations whilst your payments are onh hold now there's a massive difference guys listen to what I'm saying if you go out and get a credit card and start spending on it but you know no money comes back into the business that's you being very silly with a credit card you should only be using it if you

know money's coming in and you've got money coming into the bank consistently now you get interest free periods with credit cards typically 20 to 50 days allow businesses to defer payments while maintaining cash flow for inventory or marketing now business credit cards work very differently in terms of the interest rate periods and some of them give you something called a charge card instead of a credit card so a charge card is where they look at your spending power over a certain amount of time so they usually base it off 3 months so whatever you spend

on average within that 3 months they will give you that as spending power not credit card limit now spending power just means that you've got more power to spend with over usually credit card limits but the benefit is you get those 20 to 50 days where you don't need to pay the card back and they're going to be interest free which allows you time to obviously get money from you know payment gateways Etc now before we move on to point two let me just clarify this one more time only use a business credit card if

you know you've got money coming into your business you're generating let's say $50,000 a month and out of that is $20,000 in profit profit if you know what money is coming into your business but it's on hold or you're waiting for it to get paid out you know you can use that credit card because you've got money to pay off at the end of the month or if you're willing to loan yourself money to the company you personally will loan your company money to pay off that's a different story but do not recklessly use a

credit card if you have no money coming in that is stupidity that I do not recommend now the next point is rewards and costs of saving now cash back programs return 1 to 5% on spending directly lowering operational costs for example cashback deposits into your business account sometimes you get air points mileage you get gift cards loads of these things now think about it logically guys if you're spending $5,000 a month on Facebook ads or Tik Tok ads or let's say in general you're spending $10,000 a month on business operations and you can pay it

off after because you got money in the bank then those $10,000 that you spent with a credit card you can get between one to 5% back so you're basically getting free money back why would you not use it if you use a debit card usually there's no incentives you get nothing for using them as of this you're going to get cash back now let's say hypothetically you're earning 3% in cash back on £10,000 a month or $10,000 a month that you're spending on business operations that would be $300 you're making for free because you're using

a credit card now that $300 can go towards you know a flight you want to travel the world you know maybe you want to reinvest that money into a influencer it's free money to spend now this usually is the biggest benefit of using credit cards which is your cash back your rewards basically you're going to be spending a lot of money you might as well get rewarded for it now the next reason why I love credit cards is the security and fraud protection that you get with them now the way the banks and the financial

system works is the laws behind the credit card are very very different to a debit card so with a debit card if you buy something let's say for example we pay a supplier but they don't fulfill the order or let's say we pay an influencer they don't do the job now if we pay them directly through a bank transfer or let's say we pay them through a payment link with a debit card we have no form of security if that money goes it's gone we can't do anything about it now with the credit card if

we pay an influencer using a payment link they don't fulfill on the service they've promised us we can charge it back we can say to the credit card provider we didn't receive what we ordered send them the proof charge back gets open usually if you've got proof it's in your favor you get the money back so there's a higher chance of protection and safety if you're using a credit card and you've got to think logically about this guys you're always going to be paying for something that has an element of risk suppliers can always be

risky influencers can always be risky even Facebook ads can be risky sometimes on Facebook ads you'll have it where the algorithm goes crazy spends your budget spends money it does shouldn't be spending then you've got no coverage with a credit card then you can say to the credit card company Facebook hading issue the other week they spent this much money which they shouldn't have can I get my money back now usually Facebook gives you credits back if you open up a file with them but I'm just giving you another example running a business like this

exposes you to risks that you can reduce by using a credit card now let's talk about the top e-commerce credit cards that you can use now this is up to date for 2025 and this is going to be for the USA now remember credit cards in the USA and Canada are a lot better than credit cards in the EU and the UK now credit cards in the UK and the EU they do have the same benefits like protection rewards spending limits charge limits but the rewards is where they get hit the hardest in America in

the Canada they have the best rewards and again if you've opened up an LLC you can get your hands on these credit cards which is another reason to open up an LLC even if you're in the UK but let's say you didn't and you open up an LTD then the issue is your rewards aren't that great they're there but they're just not as good now the best credit card in my opinion right now is Chase Inc business preferred you get rewards 3x points on shipping internet phone services and social media ads so basically Facebook ads

Google ads and you can do up to 150,000 a year in rewards so the rewards is capped on this amount you also get a welcome bonus which is 100,000 points after 15K in spend in the first 3 months and that's worth around about $1,250 in travel perks you get employment cards purchase protection and 20 % bonuses when redeeming it via Chase travel now the annual fee for this card is $95 but usually they give you the first year for free or at a reduced rate now the next credit card is American Express business gold you

get rewards Forex points on two top spending categories shipping and advertising now basically how credit cards work is they categorize your spend by Niche so you might get more rewards for spending on advertisements or you might get more rewards for spending it on something else now the good news is usually you get the most points on Advertising which is our key part of our business we spend money on Facebook Google Etc you get a welcome bonus as well 100K points after spending 10K in your first8 months and the annual fee for this one is $375

but you do get the first year for free now with the American Express business gold card you do get the first year for free now I know a lot of people prefer the Platinum because it's the platinum and you get a platinum card but you don't get the first year for free with the gold one you get it for free for the first year so it makes sense to use it and after the first year you get an idea of is it beneficial for me is it the right card for me Etc and I also

want to say guys I wouldn't even recommend getting any of the fancy credit cards like American Express or the chase one unless they're a year for free or you're spending a decent amount of money like if you're having to pay for these annual fees and you're not spending that much money it makes zero sense because you got to look at the annual fee as a Roi will you make the ROI on these now if you're spending a decent amount of money you will make a decent Roi on each of these cards now the next card

is the prime Visa Amazon cetric card rewards 5% on Amazon and Whole Foods at 3% at restaurants welcome bonus $200 Amazon gift on arrival no annual fee requires 130e Prime Membership then you got Bank of America customized cash rewards 3% cash back online up to 2,500 a quarter a $200 welcome bonus after you spend 1K no annual fee 0% interest for 15 months so this one is more for the beginners that aren't really spending that much money this makes more sense zero annual fee you're more likely to spend $1,000 in 90 days instead of spending

$10,000 so you're more likely to get the welcome bonus on this one guys think logically don't go for the big fancy names because you want them go for the ones that are going to make the most logical sense like these two down here if you're a beginner then you got the ramp business card which is a 1.5% unlimited cash back with no fees so there's no restriction of how much you can make on cash back perks is is free virtual card physical CS real-time expense tracking and no personal guarantee now this is where things get

interesting no personal guarantee for those that are wondering what does that mean now in the UK and I believe in the US I could be wrong speak to an advisor most loans or most credit cards usually even if they're business related still have a personal guarantee which means even if the business goes bankrupt or can't pay you are personally now liable so the liability will still be on you now with this credit card only the business business is liable so you're not attached to it so if the business goes bankrupt or you've got 10,000 that's

there that has to be paid back and you can't pay it back you personally won't be responsible for it the business will now it's not often you see this guarantee these days but it's very good for those that are startups because it reduces risk in case things go wrong now here's a little comparison table for you guys but again if you're beginners go for ramp or go for the Bank of America card and if you are a decent spender you can go for any of the top ones so guys welcome back to the bonus section

of the free Drop Shipping course for 2025 and in this section I'm going to be talking about the common mistakes or the top mistakes that drop shippers make throughout their Journey how to avoid them and the danger of basically getting into one of these mistakes and how it can damage your success or completely stop you from finding any success now the first mistake a lot of beginners make is they're in a rush they're constantly rushing to find a product to build a store to then launch the ads now the reason why people do this is

because they're excited it's natural because you're having excitement going through your body saying oh I need to launch a product because if I do I'm going to find success now that's technically some part true the more you launch products the more likely you are to find success but if you do it when you're excited and you're rushing yourself then you're going to make a lot of mistakes on the way you're going to be rushing you know what marketing angles are going to work what bundles I should make are my ads good quality or the video

ads catchy so when you're in a rush you're going to basically Overlook the quality of the work and and then you're going to end up failing now I'm not saying you should take forever to build a store or launch a product but I'm saying just don't rush it don't be like I need to do it in 24 hours I always say to beginners you know if it takes you a week to launch a store with a product or a few products that's not a bad time but if beginners are saying to me CAM you know

what I've launched this store within a day I'm just like well if you're a beginning and you've done that in a day I'm a little bit concerned about the quality of work that you've done now obviously when you're operating at a higher level your turnaround time can be faster because you've got teams in place or your or better at your skills so you get it done quicker but as a beginner you shouldn't be launching stores that quick you know it should take you at least a week now it shouldn't take you a month that's what

I'm saying there there has to be an equilibrium it shouldn't be taking you a month but it shouldn't be taking you a day or a few days it should be taking you at least a week you know video ads can take a good day to two days to make a really good batch of them and again your video ads are more important than most of the journey so if you're rushing that element you know you're only going to create failure for yourself now this ties in with discipline right you need to discipline yourself to not

rush to make sure your quality of work is good you know if you're creating video ads show your family show your parents show you know a friend would you watch this if you saw this on your Facebook page or your Facebook feed or your Tik Tok feed would you watch the video please tell me the honest truth don't even say that you've made it or it's got anything correlated to you just tell them that I'm curious that way you're not going to spark a biased answer from your friends or your family they're going to give

you an honest response now of course don't just ask one person cuz then you're defining the results based on one opinion if you're asking like let's say four to five people and the majority come back saying it's good then it's good right or use the power of AI send your video ads to chat gb01 model which is Advanced reason so it thinks like a human and say do you think this video is catchy so if you don't have people to ask go on to AI you can use deep seek or you can use chat gb1

which is deep thinking reasoning say is this video catchy would people watch this on Facebook or Tik Tok be honest with me now this is an example of you doing quality control over your work don't just use your own eyes as quality control ask legitimate resources and I believe I think AI is going to be the best one for most people because it's unbiased and it's just going to tell you basically what it thinks based on true and factual data now going back to discipline discipline is really really important here because if you don't stay

disciplined when you launch Facebook ads or you know Tik Tok ads you know if you're going against the rules that I've given you on how how to look at your ads in terms of metrics and performance and how to kill them and how to scale them and your discipline's not there you're going to start taking over control and you're going to start making decisions that me personally haven't told you to make that could be because you're in an emotional state where now you're spending money on ads your emotions have ramped up because you've gone into

the defensive mode of oh I don't want to lose this money so if I tell you to spend let's say your budget over two days but after day one you're panicking and you now cut your ads again that's discipline and you killed your own success because imagine if that extra day your ads were running you found the success based on the metrics I told you whether it be an ad to car a purchase whatever it may be this is where discipline comes in just stick to the plan and don't deviate now it's not going to

be easy because your emotions are going to be very high especially as a beginner so you have to control them and stay disciplined the best way to do it is set your ads up and then don't look again for 2 days and and just refuse to look at it if you sat there on the screen every few hours looking at your ad metrics you're you're literally killing your own success if you just sit there and view your metric in lifetime all the time at a beginner stage then you're going to sabotage your mental health over

looking at your ads because you're going to be seeing numbers change and they're going to change erratically and you're not going to like it now it's a different story if you're spending let's say 30k a day and you're doing manual bidding then yes you should be looking at your ads you know live in real time but if you're a beginner spending let's say 20 to $50 a day you should not be doing that and this goes back to discipline like I just told you and this also comes back to being guess what in a rush

you're in a rush to see the right results that you want to see if you don't see the results that you want to see within the first day you're now going to go and move on to the next product so you're literally going into this really toxic cycle of rushing everything and not finding anything how are you meant to find any success with anything if you're constantly rushing around from one product to another to another because you don't see the metrics you want to see within the first few hours or day so then you run

into the next product now I'm going to give you an analogy whether or not this is going to be good or not I think it's pretty good is it's like you waiting for the bus at bus stop but the time on the bus station tells you when the bus is going to come but you decide that you're in a rush so you go and walk to the next bus stop thinking that you're going to catch the bus quicker than if it was to get to you so obviously with bus stations there's some on the way

and if you walk towards the next one you might catch it a little bit earlier because you're catching it as it comes to you now if you do that wrong you're going to keep missing it right because it's going to then go to the next bus station you've not got enough time to go back to the other one so you end up missing it that's like with a winning product if you're constantly rushing the station you're never going to sit on the bus or you're not going to sit on the winning product because you're constantly

moving in between without waiting now the next mistake that beginners make And to clarify about the first one the first one was being in a rush the second one is you copy to much so you're copying your competitors too much you're copying anything you see online to a te now this is the most tragic thing that beginners make they think oh I need to copy this person I need to copy that person this is the biggest fault with drop shippers they're taught to copy people and that's not what you should be doing yes look at

your competitors at the highest level and reference their work and say yes this is the standard but you should be either looking at ways to go wider with the work or over their work so either you build higher than them or you look wider than them meaning that you either find newer ways to widen your audience or your marketing if your competitors there it doesn't mean you should be there it means you should go higher than them and the problem is drop shippers just think that copying people is the guaranteed way to find success and

guess what it's not now if I try and start a sneaker business and I try and copy Nike the biggest company I believe that sell sneakers am I going to achieve success no I'm not I can't compete with them right now if I look at where Nike has missed out let's say there's a gap where they've missed out in the sneaker Market there could be a very sub Niche audience that they're not targeting that want to be you know sold to but they're not selling to them I can sell to them right so the point

I'm trying to make is instead of copying your competitors look at gaps where they found mistakes or they're not bothering to sell to those people and that's where you Captivate on the market if you just copy and paste your competitors work it's not going to mean that the results are going to be the same now for an example you shouldn't just copy their video ads yes take what's worked well for them if a hook has worked really well for their first 5 Seconds of their video think of ways you can reimagine that now you can

use AI chat gbt to tell you how you can reimagines you're not copying them so the point I'm trying to make is please guys when I say this stop copying your competitors yes use them as a reference and look at ways you can pivot but don't Point Blank copy them one to one because you're going to fail doing that now you might get a little bit of success in the short term but long term trust me it does not work now maybe a few years ago it does but now it doesn't these ad platforms are

smart now they know when you're copying people and they don't allow it now the next mistake that drop shippers make is they try and force a product or a niche idea now you shouldn't try and force for something you should look at data and statistics to make your decision so if you're going to pick a product you're going to pick a niche based on information that proves that that's a good idea don't go into a niche that has zero evidence for sales or demand because you're going to force the market to want to buy your

product you should be selling in a niche or you should try and sell a product that people actually want to buy now you can use tools like exploding topics Google Trends you can use you know ad Library tools to show how many active there are but base your decisions on data and stop forcing things because you want them to work for you or it seems like a good idea now people look at saturation as a bad thing that's a good thing wherever there's saturation there's money now where saturation becomes a negative thing is when people

try and optimize themselves in the same onetoone clone which goes back to copycats so they try and sell the same product the same way the same angles the same psychological tricks everything's the same and they don't look at ways to Pivot think about all the biggest industries in the world and think about the top five brands that sell to those niches those Industries whatever it may be now think about it now were those top five Brands ever the biggest at that time so what I'm trying to say is let's say hypothetically Nike was the biggest

at making sneakers then it's Adidas then let's say Reebok longsdale these are just hypothetical examples the point I'm trying to make is technically making sneakers is saturated but these brands that evolved over the time found way to sell in a saturated Market but be different so don't look at saturation as a bad thing look at it as a positive there's money to be made I just need to find a different way to stand out from the crowd now whenever there is no saturation that usually means there's no demand for your product so you're actually competing

with yourself and that's usually a bad sign especially as a beginner that's a bad sign now the next mistake that beginners make is they Overlook quality control before they start selling a product so you just think oh this product is making lots of money people are selling it on the ad library or on a spy tour that shows that they're making good money that means I need to jump on it now because other people are selling a product that's making a lot of money doesn't mean that they've done the quality control and they could be

overlooking selling a bad quality product so because somebody selling your product and they're doing it to a very high level it doesn't mean the quality of the product is good now you need to ensure that quality control is done on your own self so before you sell a product you try that product out you test it out you see if it's any good now the worst thing can happen is you scale a product to over 100k and you get loads of refunds and returns in charge backs because the quality control of the product was terrible

meaning that the product genuinely was not a good product yes it looked good on videos yes it looked good as a description on a product page yes it looked good to the eye but when it actually came to the real use case of it it was terrible now I've done it before I'm sure you've done it before where you've bought something online or in person that looks good but then when you bring it home or you get it you realize it's not good so the point I'm trying to make is do not be fooled that

if other people are selling it that just means that it's perfect there's no issues with it there could be issues with it so you need to do your own research and be responsible for your own product now quality control can also translate to other things could be if you Outsource work from you know vas or Freelancers and you get video ads made you need to check the work you don't just download the video and be like yeah it's done ready you need to check it don't be stupid don't think that people can't make mistakes now

the most incidents and major accidents in life happen because of human error now I'm giving you this crazy analogy because I'm saying that human error is a major issue in life so don't think that you've hired a video editor to make a video ad for you you think it's going to be good and you can just download it and submit it and there we go done there could be spal mistakes in there there could be referencing the wrong stuff so it's your job to check the quality of the work if you hire somebody to build

you a store it's the same thing and it comes back to being responsible for your own store don't think because you're Outsourcing it's their responsibility it's also yours to make sure it's done correctly now the next mistake drop shippers make is they think customer support stops once the order is made what I mean by that is as soon as somebody places an order on your site you forget about them yes there's automations going out about their tracking numbers there's automations going out about when they're going to receive the product no customer support does not stop

at when they order the product customer support actually starts when they order the product it's your job to ensure that they're happy and most drop shippers as soon as they get that sale as soon as they get their payout they forget and that is the worst thing that you can do as a business owner now the reason why most drop shippers fail longterm is because their store cannot Outlast 6 months now the reason why their store can't Outlast 6 months is because their retargeting is bad and that usually means that their customer support's bad because

if their customer support was good the retargeting and the LTV which is customer lifetime value would be high now I go to the same coffee shop I go to the same resta to eat every single time because I know that I'm going to get looked after very well and I'm not going to have issues the point I'm trying to make here is the customer support is very good and I know what I'm going to get so if somebody buys from your store and has a great experience they're more likely to come back and buy from

you again so I can't emphasize this enough remember customer support starts when they order it doesn't finish when they order do not get them mixed up now the next mistake that beginners make is not understanding who they're even selling to you don't even know who your audience are what they want where they are and how they behave that's usually what Drop Shipping beginners do they just assume the algorithm is going to know who I want to sell to so they just going to buy it so I don't need to change the way I write my

product descriptions I don't need to change the way I come across in my video ads it doesn't matter if I just stay neutral in a normal way people are just going to naturally buy because the algorithm are going to send me the people that are going to want to buy the product and that's just not how it works think about it when you go to a certain restaurant when you go to a certain venue they adjust the way they speak to you they change the way they are with their tone to suit what they're trying

to sell to you right I want you guys to think very deep into this what I'm about to tell you whenever you go somewhere in life whether it be you know a barber shop a hairdressers whether you're a female let's say for example you go to the gym let's say for example you go to like a car garage or let's say for example you go to a shopping store whether it be low-end high-end think about how people change in those scenarios usually when you go to a gym people try and act strong and tough let's

say when you go to a car garage people usually are trying to be very friendly to try and sell something to you right so think about how people change the tone The Voice the language they use in certain scenarios when do people become persuasive when are they speaking in a persuasive tone you need to think all about this because you can't just not understand who you target audiences and speak to them like everyone else if I'm trying to sell a product to a group of mothers compared to a group of fathers I'm going to speak

totally different or if I'm going to try and sell a product to a group of mothers and then a group of let's say bikers people that like to drive bikes they're going to be a totally different tone and a totally different language you know if you come to London and then I go to New York the slang is totally different right we speak very differently so the point I'm trying to make is you've got to really blend in with the community and understand how they speak how they act and who they are because if you

don't you will look like an outsider and they will reject you and be like these guys are just trying to profit from us go away consumers aren't stupid anymore they'll know when you're trying it now with that being said guys those are the top mistakes that I don't want you to make as a beginner so please avoid them and think very closely to what I've just said now with that being said guys that's this bonus episode done about the common mistakes Drop Shipping beginners make welcome back guys to the bonus module of the free Drop

Shipping course for 2025 and in this episode I'm going to be talking about how to handle success now this is going to come eventually in your journey as long as you're consistent enough like I mentioned in the prior episode now People's management with success is either going to make them or break them people just assume that once once I hit success that's it it's only ever going to get greater and better from there and I'm going to be honest with you success I've seen it break people and I've seen it make them even more successful

so I'm going to give you my advice of what to do once you start seeing success now when I say success people are going to think $100,000 a million doar I'm going to save from let's say $1,000 in revenue and slowly gradually making yourself go so this advice really applies to anyone like I said that's hit their first $1,000 or even hit $100,000 or even a million and again once you've hit a million dollars in Revenue it still doesn't mean that you're too great or too big to fail you can still fail trust me I've

seen people make seven figures and lose seven figures so listen to me very carefully now the first bit of advice that I've got for you is don't get too excited people get way too excited once they see a glimpse of success now I'm not saying you shouldn't be happy or grateful but I'm saying don't get too excited with excitement comes Cockiness comes arrogance and you're going to make mistakes I know what I'm doing now I've done this I've done done that I don't need to do this anymore I don't need to do that anymore because

you now think you're too good because you've seen success rule number one is Remain the student never the master with that type of mentality you will never think you're better than you are and you'll remain in that phase of learning and not thinking you're better than you are now rule number two is to not forget rule number one that's all I will preach to you guys once you start seeing a little bit of success now the next thing is don't start scaling like crazy because you've seen a glimpse of success don't be like oh now

I've made $1,000 or $10,000 let's triple the budgets quadruple the budgets and let it play now the product's working it doesn't matter what I increase the budgets by it's going to work I've seen so many people do that before they just assume because their products now working on Facebook or Tik Tok if they put more money in they're going to get more money out and that's just not the case so don't just start scaling like a crazy guy because you think it's going to work because your product's now working well on the platform just doesn't

work like that guys scaling is actually harder than testing because with scaling things start to loosen up a little bit like your CTR drops your conversion will drop slowly so you actually have to think a little bit more smarter to recapture the percentages that you lose which is very hard to do and obviously risk management becomes a real thing once you start scaling now I'm not saying you shouldn't scale I'm saying you should scale but make sure you're doing risk management understand what you're risking for what you're trying to get understand your metrics and little

things like that now the other thing that people don't manage with success is once they find one product they think oh now I can launch four products because if I found one winning product and I know what I did with that product it means now I can run three or four more at the same time and they're all going to repeat the same success just doesn't work like that unless you guys have achieved 100K in sales with profit profit by the way of 20% 30% you shouldn't be trying to test multiple products at the same

time I truly don't believe it's going to benefit you trying loads of product if you can't do 100k with profit with one product I just think you're going to blow yourself out and it's not going to work and I've been saying this now since I first ever started teaching on YouTube Once one product hits 100 okay with profit then you can start running multiple products at the same time till then stick to what I taught you which is rule number one and don't ever forget it and also don't think you're now too good to learn

new things or relearn things that you've already learned or revisit it again because that will kill you as well now this is now speaking to those that are now making six figures you know 100K to a million and you've got good profit don't be doing things like buying Lambos or designer stuff or you know really expensive materialistic things because although yes you've made really good money and congratulations you know you're going to need to use that money as well you know it's always good to have a good amount of cash sitting there ready to reuse

now if you've blown all of your profit on all this materialistic stuff how are you ever meant to scale that business how are you ever meant to roll the dice again you can't right the whole point of building cash flow is to expand you can't expand if you've just used it all on stupid things now usually what happens is people make 50k profit with one product which gets them to the six figure Mark in revenue and what they do is they actually dies out so that store will theoretically die out or it won't work anymore

and it just won't make any money so that technically is died out but they've been able to take away with them between $30,000 and $50,000 which is amazing but remember the store died which means no more cash flow is being produced every single month so you're now sitting there with a lump sum of money now where people go wrong is that lump sum of money they get cocky and they think I can redo it again so I don't need to worry about it Go and blow most of it messing around either buying materialistic stuff doing

silly things and then I only need to keep two grand and I can redo it again that's not how it works guys you know you need to be holding on to a lot of that cash that you just made and you need to be you know trying again but don't be overspending your reserves are so important in this game you don't know when you're going to need them and you don't know what you're going to need them for now I'm not saying you shouldn't treat yourself to like a nice meal or a little holiday or

or something small but what I'm saying is don't blow the whole amount you just made on your first successful store that's now going to pave the way for your next route to seven figures and making 100K 200k in profit because that's what you'll end up doing I do believe that until you've got a store that's consistently turning around cash flow profit every single month you shouldn't be blowing your cash so if you've got a store that's ran for three months and it's producing cash flow and profit Happy Days and as long as you can get

it over the six-month Mark then you should feel comfortable with spending money and it goes back to what I'm saying should I quit my job once I find my first successful store let's say you've made 50k in profit should I now quit qu my job again it depends on the circumstances you're in if you've got a family and a lot of dependence I would say no because that one store's done well but now you need to run another store and you might lose a lot of that cash in the new store who knows so it's

not worth the risk I would stick to having a job or a side job just to make sure you got some security Now if you're living with your mom and dad or you're living with a family member then yes you can take on more risk it might be worth you know quitting your job or taken on a lot less hours because it makes sense but until you've got that long-term store that keeps reducing cash flow I wouldn't think about you know leaving a job or you know if you've got dependence going all in I would

say once you've got that store that's consistently mov in you've slowly turned it into a brand not a drop shipping store then you can start to part ways in my opinion now the other thing that I want to mention is you're going to see a lot of BS on social media especially Twitter or X or whatever you want to call it YouTube slown down on it a little bit but I think X is probably the most toxic place you can be in for when it comes to money Twitter and obviously Drop Shipping contributes to that

you know the Drop Shipping gurus uh the teenagers that have now first seen their first successful store and this goes back to what I was saying guys These Guys these teenagers these young kids they find their first successful store they make between 30 and 50k and they start blowing it on you know going to the club and buying a table buying bottles they put it on X or Twitter and then you're like wow that's impressive now obviously to certain people it won't impress them but what I'm trying to say is once you start going on

these social media platforms especially like I said X and you look at these drop shippers that are new to success they've just fan success it's going to make you want to join in cuz you're going to want to be inclusive so you're going to want to try it out and I would say stay away from it now if you're printing consistently again with an Ecom brand that you've turned from A Drop Shipping Store it's a different story guys because you're building consistency in cash flow but I'd also say be very careful to what you're looking

at on social media because it can give you the wrong expectations and the wrong part now there's been many drop shippers and I mean many even big drop shippers that are well known on YouTube that have gone broke and had to rebuild again I'm not going to mention names cuz it's not who I am it's not what I do they've said it on their own channels but yeah they've blown all their cash they've had to restart all over again thank God I've not had to do that personally because I've been mature and I've been very

well educated with success to not have to do that what I'm saying is I'd hate for one of you guys to you know make a lot of money lose it all because you've been stupid and you can't rebuild again I do believe that you get one good chance of success in every aspect of somebody's life whatever it may be and with this you get one shot in my opinion if you get to that 6 seven figure Mark and you make a mess of it I say that it's very unlikely for you to rebuild again because

mentally people can't recover from it because they see the highs they have to go back to the lows and then they stay in the lows remember the rules that I've given you rule one never the master always the shent and then rule two is never forget rule one as long as you stick to those guys you should be fine welcome back guys to the next episode inside of the module for the free Drop Shipping course for 2025 now in this episode I'm going to be talking about the power of consistency now this is in my

opinion the most important part of Drop Shipping being consistent now I'm going to tell you something right now that I know you're not going to like to hear now a lot of people are going to get worried when I say this and I would rather tell you this now than you experience it without having the expectation of what to expect now what I'm going to say is your first product will not be a winner usually it's not your first product usually it's not the second usually it's not the third usually it's not the fourth now

usually for most people it's between their Fifth and 10 products so usually between their fifth to the 10th product they test they find something that has success now when I say success I don't mean you know seven figures six figures it could mean breaking even it could mean making a couple of thousand doll it could mean making a few hundred now the point that I'm trying to make is if you don't stay consistent then how are you ever meant to get into your sixth product because you're going to fail and quit on your third product

now I'm going to tell you some that blows my mind when I think about it imagine if I gave up on my last product that was a winner imagine if I said you know what the last product I tested before I found my winner I'm quitting I'm calling it a day I'm going to go back to what I was doing before I wouldn't be here today even making this free course I wouldn't even be where I am or close to where I am today so the point that I'm trying to make is if you're not

consistent if you get upset overwhelmed and let down by your product failing if you can't get to at least your fifth or 10th product with consistency you are are going to struggle to see anything now I would rather tell you this now so that you can mentally prepare for the time that you lose the money that you're going to potentially lose and the overall confidence that you might lose you're going to lose confidence because you're going to say well the product didn't work because of me and yes that's a good way to look at it

but sometimes there are ways in the industry where it's not your fault it's just the product wasn't the right product at the time and you've just got to accept it and move on now if you test a few products and you give up on the third and you're like you know what I'll come back in two months and and try again the consistency is gone which means the momentum is gone which means that when you come back to trying that next product you're going to be slow you're going to have rust it just doesn't make

any sense to me now obviously if there's a financial reason to slow down that would make sense now even if there's a financial reason to you not staying consistent it doesn't mean that you shouldn't be learning so let's say for example I've blown my whole budget I need to take some time out to you know recuperate some budget to then go and spend again it doesn't mean that I'm going to stop learning how to do drop shipping it doesn't mean that I'm going to stop trying to make video ads now technically you can do the

whole Drop Shipping process for free or for a very low amount of money what I mean by that is you don't have to launch products on an ad platform for you to practice you can practice on creating new video ads you can say you know what I'm going to do a dummy account or I'm going to do a dummy product whilst I've got no money and I'm saving up I'm going to go and take three dummy products build a store obviously there's a Shopify free TR if you use my link and you can use cap

cut for free and the put I'm trying to make is you're going to go and sharpen your skills you're going to go and sharpen everything whilst you're waiting to recuperate or gain more money because then once you've got the budget again to spend you are better at making video ads you're better at finding out who your target audience is you're not Rusty you've actually gone out your way to learn more it's like if you've got an injury at the gym let's say you got a shoulder injury at the gym it doesn't mean that you're going

to stop going to the gym because you can do your legs you can do your core there's so many other body parts that you could possibly do even if you had an injury now that's the logical sense right obviously the emotional sense is oh I don't feel like doing it but that's not the right response is it so there's no excuse for you not to be consistent now consistency doesn't mean you're spending money consistency means you're learning you're getting better and you believe now of course belief comes when you get your first sale I truly

believe once you've had your first sale your true belief call will will will go crazy you'll be like wow this is real this works because if one person buys your product why can't a 100 or a thousand or 10,000 people buy it again I want to repeat this consistency isn't launching products officially by running paid ads it could mean that you're taking dummy products and just trying out how to make better looking sites that's the point that I'm making now one thing that I do want to differentiate though is if you've got Capital to spend

it doesn't mean be in limbo and do nothing and just take 10 products test on me them you know that might be a good idea if your skills aren't that good but it doesn't mean just do nothing some people get stage for it where they've got the money to spend on payout ad or whatever it may be influences but they're stage right and they're scared now I'm not saying do that either I'm saying if you feel like your skills are good or enough go out there and launch the product don't be stage fright or if

you've launched one product you've had a bad result and you're stage fright because of that doesn't mean that you should stop by the way now it also means that it doesn't mean go straight back into the trenches and launch another product reassess what went wrong what could have gone wrong and then go again it doesn't mean just don't do anything and just do dummy products forever that's not the case now a close example that I could give you is like Traders you know people that trade stocks or indices or Forex you can do it on

a demo account it's not real money you're playing with like just fake money now eventually you're going to have to take that leap of faith and trade with your own money if you want to make money right so the point that I'm trying to make is eventually you will have to expose yourself if you really want to test the waters for real and get that real success now a lot of people say that people's success is down to an element of luck and I do believe that that is partially a reason there is luck involved

in anything in life I do believe now for you to get lucky you need to do more right so the more you do the more luckier you're going to be and that comes back to consistency the more consistency you are the more likely you are to come across some form of luck you're at the right time the right place which means you've launched the right product at the right time and you've seen the gains from it but you guys got to understand that I've been doing this now for almost 9 years and I was teaching

people four years into my career and everyone that I've seen that's done six figures seven figures and even eight figures with their store and I remember them as a beginner or they've made a few thousand what got them to where they are now is consistency nothing more than consistency now I would argue that most of you guys that are watching this are smarter than me way way more smarter than me the only difference between me and you is I'm probably way more consistent than you and I don't give up that's what paid a key element

to my success I never gave up I only came back stronger and I was super consistent and I wasn't taking no as an answer I would literally take the door down before I got closed out now it's weird for me to say this but you have to brainwash yourself into believing that you will find that wooden product it will come you've just got to be consistent enough to actually come across it now eventually the ratio to finding a winner will come down so like now for me it's between one and three products sometimes it can

go up to five but the more successful you are the better you are of having an eye for a product the better you are at marketing eventually your winning to losing ratio will come down very slowly so like I said for most beginners it can range from 5 to 10 sometimes even up to 15 but for somebody like me and most professionals it's going to be between one to three and at worst case maybe five and I'm on about products are going to make a few th000 upwards to seven figures but again that comes with

time and eventually it will come down now you might be thinking well what about all those losses that I take on the six product if I'm doing $300 per product you do the math that's a substantial amount of money now it's not necessarily that you're going to make a full loss on six products you might break even on three of them which means only three of them were a loss which is around about 900 $ there are going to be variations involved but if you just think well if I fail 10 products that means I've

got to do $250 or $300 Times by 10 that's how much I could lose yes it could be how much you lose but you can remember that there's going to be variables like some products might be profitable and one product might make the whole losses back and now I'm not telling you this to make you want to do it I'm just saying to you guys it's up to you whether or not you want to take on the risk and remember the risk is you're losing a little bit of money some time but the potential is

huge we call that risk risk to reward you choose what your risk to reward is going to be and you tell yourself is it worth it is it not worth it Drop Shipping is honestly not for everyone and e-commerce and business in general isn't for everyone because they don't like the risks involved so what I'd say is if this is getting you nervous you need to have a serious conversation with yourself and say am I willing to take the risk and the truth is guys you don't have to be willing to take the risk there's

nothing wrong with people working a good 9 to5 or even a 9 to5 there's nothing wrong with that guys honestly there isn't and don't let anyone ever tell you that it's wrong it's up to you as a person as an individual if you're happy to do it do it if you're not don't do it I'm telling you the risks that are involved now with consistency obviously it means you can lose more money but you can obviously make way more money so you've got to choose which side do you want to be on I would say

do not play in the middle because it never works and the example that I give people is it's like a marriage a marriage will not work if you're only 99% committed even if you're only 1% not committed it won't work right and this is the the example I'm trying to give you you can't be somebody that's trying to play in the middle I don't want to take risk but I also want to take risk choose the side you want to be on and just go for it because if you play in the middle your heart

and your mind won't fully be there that's just the honest truth guys and with that being said that is this episode done about consistency and obviously the risks involved with being consistent and the rewards that could be there and remember the sky is the limit with e-commerce now I actually made a post on YouTube recently if you go to my YouTube channel then post you'll see that I told you what the estimation is going to be for Drop Shipping millionaires in 2025 it's in the thousands by the way now that could be a th000 10,000

100,000 but there's going to be loads of new millionaires that do Drop Shipping this year now remember Drop Shipping is a form of e-commerce so if e-commerce makes let's say e-commerce hypothetically does 10 billion this year Drop Shipping equivalates to around about 30% of those sales so you do the math guys that is the kind of money that is there to be made you just choose whether or not you want to or you don't want to be a part of it and there's no right or wrong answer it's down to you as the individual if

you think the consistency is worth the risk or not but with that being said guys I hope this has made you think with that being said I'll catch you guys on the next episode guys we've got Davey here on the interview this one has been in such demand a lot of you guys have been asking on the channel to get Davey on after he's built a nine figure brand which is insane so I just want to say a massive thank you Davey for coming on the channel and if you're watching this live or you're watching

this please leave a comment saying thank you to Davey for spending his time coming on this interview today because it is going to be a crazy value bomb of questions and answers now let's talk about some Ecom advice for the guys that are watching this that are either beginners finding a bit of success or even found Mass success so at this current stage you've done nine figures online how would you now identify a product in the e-commerce world that has potential to make money online like what would be your criteria the e-com industry is in

a bit of a strange place because I feel like there's actually two acquisition channels that are worth initially it was just Facebook now it's also virality like utilizing these viral um Niche pages and secondary Pages through Tik Tok are going to probably create pretty insane businesses and I think that also with social shops becoming more prevalent through uh through which is basically an affiliate content strategy I think that that is going to start once Instagram and Facebook roll out their version of Tik Tok shops I think that that is going to be a very viable

strategy for beginners to because one Legacy Brands one that product has no ability to go viral because it's boring is anything and they don't know how but then yeah two it's just going to grow so quickly so the first thing you need to decide like anything is how you're going to sell the product uh because that's going to dictate where you find the product if I'm going to sell on Facebook the ads you can use uh ads byy Trend rocket whatever but if you're going to use vir viral you're probably just best scrolling on the

platform or using something like Kow data um K start the K I think that's that that's probably where I would find the products at the moment and I would just my main check would be if I'm Drop Shipping sweet make sure that that t-o Amazon don't all have the product if I'm not Drop Shipping then i' just make sure I have great gross margin the product is replenishable repeatable worth the investment and can't be drop shipped due to compliance or the size as well really good answer while work during your early days on your come

up what daily habits or r routines did you develop or did you even develop any a lot of beginners believe in 2024 that you need to have you know a routine you need to have habits is this a myth is it true and did you have any I think there's always a direct correlation between an activity and the results that you get in that activity and it sounds obvious so let's take YouTube for example the direct correlation between my YouTube success will be how many hours do I sit in front of the camera it's it

is that simple obviously you know do a lot more pre-work and spend a lot more time on one piece of content before you start filming it and there's Nuance in it of course but their people's routine should especially in the early stages when you don't know your dick from your elbow you should be looking at what activity am I doing in huge amounts of volume when I first started caling blankets I just flow flown back from Melbourne I had lost all my money I tried working as an actual job being properly employed which is great

by the way I learned so much but I I'd lost all my money from my successful Ventures all all my routine was was I'd get up at 7:00 a.m. maybe 6:30 a.m. and I would get uats the first thing that would open would be at 6:30 a.m. I'd like then I would go sit in my study and I would work for 4 hours straight on whatever I wanted my new e-commerce Brands and then I would off breats again and I would just have a 30 minute break again and then I would work for another 4

hours and then I would basically go down to my girlfriend's house where they would watch TV and I don't like I'm not into like like like that TV so I'd work for another 4 hours and it was just this in and repeat process now that's not to say you shouldn't look after your health like I've had mental health issues and the only period that I've had mental health issues is when I completely neglect healthy food and training as well and just focus on work so it is a balance and you should try to get that

balance in but at the the same time Orient around your main priorities if your main priority is to get success in your business that can sometimes be antig antagonistic to the goal of pure mental health and peace so as long as you know what you're doing then you can correct when you see the sence as well yeah I really like that and I also want to add that you know I've publicly said as well that I've suffered from mental health issues especially on the come up because you know as an entrepreneur it's a lonely Journey

you're on your own with your own thoughts and you know your own horror stories at the same time so I'm really happy you mentioned that as well cuz I think a lot of entrepreneurs that are super successful at yourself especially nine figures they don't really talk about the mental health struggles which I think are super important to talk about and I think men in today's age are really suffering from it and it's it's really important to speak out of put it so I really appreciate you doing that so guys before we carry on with the

Davey interview I hope you're enjoying it so far I need to go over a major announcement now some of you guys know that I'm doing the Ecom King boot camp which is my $3,000 mentorship for completely free now the reason why this is a major announcement is because we Clos the doors on the Ecom King boot camp tonight so you literally have around about 10 hours from now for you to join the Ecom King boot camp now it is strictly for 500 people now we're allowing another 100 people to sign up just in case when

we get started tomorrow if people fall off the 100 people will then replace them so if you want the chance to have a completely free mentorship then you need to sign up to the boot camp and complete all the seven steps we are also doing a $25,000 giveaway at the end of the boot camp challenge now that being said guys let's get straight back into the Dave interview how would you start an e-commerce store today or a Drop Shipping Store today what would you focus on what skills would you say are important is it video

editing is it learning how to shoot content is it creating a website what are the skills that people need today that are crucial most frustrating thing about e-commerce once you've become successful you'll realize is that you you need to be okay at all of these skills if you have zero ability in one of these skills you it's not going to work you know even from customer service operations you know we are running seven different businesses at once I think that initially if we we we say that you need at least the level two skill across

the board of three skill across video editing website development and you can balance that out with a 10 in product selection but realistically that's not possible so I kind of look at it as like yeah all right we need to be at least the six across all of those to even get any results um so I would look at the whole picture and this is where we can use feedback to to critique that now I love the fact that you have said that it is you need to know every single one of them and that's

why I've always said that Ecom and Drop Shipping such a beautiful business model because even if you don't make money you're going to learn skills that can make you a lot of money like video editing uh copywriting how to build a website these are skills that companies pay a lot of money for so I'm glad you've said that and addressed that it's not yo you don't need some of these you do need some of these you do need every single one of them at a good rate as well to be successful so how did you

manage your time between working on your business working your job and when did you feel like it was the right time to say I'm going to quit my 9 to-5 and go all in with this business yeah so I was running Instagrams on the Sid I was selling advertising on Instagram and I got a job offer from a watch brand in in Melbourne that was also running Instagrams that was very very aligned with what I was doing in fact I sold one of my Instagrams to them basically they said I can do influencer marketing I

can give doing the pages all of that kind of stuff and i' had just come off a brutal loss of where I uh lost all my money in a Vietnamese Roy Cafe because I thought that was the next big Trend so I lost all my money there and I was I pretty much told all my friends oh I've sold the business even though I couldn't get it profitable I was just so ashamed and moved to I was like I'm just running away like I'm done they moved to Melbourne um and took that job despite of

being way less than there were already paying me on a contract basis this made no sense but I just wanted to get away and I just wanted to learn pretty much I would work 9 to 5 Monday to Friday there and I would either fly back to Adelaide um which is you know a 2hour fly or I would just sit at home all weekend and I would just work on a second project like I was learning to develop websites I was launching a seasoning business like it would just be every time that I wasn't working

9 till 5 I was working on my other stuff you know it's not sustainable because you're working 247 and life will pass you by quite quickly when you're doing that trust me it's it's some some some of the kids listening to this you know these are the best years best years of your life there bad term but these are some amazing years ones that you'll never get back and committing to work is like committing to work like that is is a big big ass but realistically I wouldn't trade it for the world because one I

got the learnings from that job and then I also got the learnings and could put them into practice straight away and that was really The Tipping Point from when I was going from fail so many terrible failures that kind of got small wins but not never really got really traction to absolutely exploding with King l consuing 10 million in its first year so let's talk about advertising Facebook ads Tik Tok ads what is the best platform or for yourself and in the future what what has it been has it been Google ads Facebook ads Tik

Tok ads Pinterest ads X ads what is the best right now for you if everyone listening here just only focused on one platform for the next 10 years being Facebook they would probably be more successful focusing on everything it is unrivaled it is easiest to access the biggest to scale um it's still growing like crazy they're still acquiring things they've got social Shops coming up so it has always been Facebook for us with Google being a more supplementary Channel but again it depends on your product like if your product has a large amount of surge

volume for the existing category let's say weighted blanket versus wearable blanket like lots of people searching weighted blanket then maybe Google is going to be more dominant for you or like Go furniture so again it comes down to the category of the truth is Facebook is the most important skill I'd agree with you I'd say that Facebook is still number one in my opinion it has been number one since I ever got started in this game back in 2016 I I find it funny how everyone thought Facebook was dead when things were going wrong with

the platform and it's still come out on top you know it's become such a powerful tool I'd also add to that and say that you know Facebook is the one that everyone should focus on but I always feel like you still need like a backup just in the background to run as Facebook is very volatile I like I like Google cuz it's very stable I I struggle to scale Google myself I really do especially when I start setting Target row as and stuff it does struggle to scale for me but I like the consistency that

Google gives me instead of Facebook one day in insane the other day you know a little bit slow so um have you had a similar experience with Facebook where it's quite volatile as soon as you get to larger numbers the volatility goes like there is some element of volatility but it's not like instantly hey my RO as just drop like three points and yeah I'm no longer profitable we have enough ability to pull back spend and increase spend but we don't have these huge percentage Swings with the Udi I Mentor $250 million F Founders like

at least once a week someone's like oh has anyone seen volatility in the platform at the moment and two weeks ago two months ago yeah the platform was terrible for the United States definitely experience more volatility in that region than Australia and these other regions in my opinion oh sorry you're in the UK shouldn't have said that um but yeah I think I think like the backup platform I see them as more supplementary platforms primarily and like supplementary being you know you can hire an agency and they're not going to be the demand drivers they're

just the demand captures so and I think that Tik to the amount of spend that's behind that you can actually Scout that platform to it's kind of like neither here nor there I think the iOS 14.5 those that you know were kind of coming into a new generation of e-commerce they might not even know what that was but every three to five years there's going to be a huge fundamental privacy shift or something that just kind of destroys what every everyone is doing um and it's going to happen we're probably up for another one pretty

soon um whether it's removing cookies or whatever but I think uh the thing that was most interesting about that is people say that we should use fa uh diversify from Facebook that change annihilated the other platforms even more than Facebook we need to realize that not only us the entire world like even elections are on Facebook like the disruption the level of disruption that will happen if that suddenly goes away is insane for those new to e-commerce or Drop Shipping what are the essential tools and platforms you would recommend if you were to get started

the the truth is you don't need anything to start you can just scroll on the platform you can watch our free videos and you can launch a shop of fire trial really framing that you just need technically need nothing is a great way for people to get started I think you you're going to what need 30 bucks 40 bucks the domain across the board maybe a bit more so that's that's the main thing then you can use something like Tren rot which is my tool if you're planning on building an e-commerce brand and you want

some more emerging things not just drop shipping tools if not go to something like Mania if you want to drop ship adsy or Zen drop who I know we both work with because we love um their platform so much and from there I think that that's realistically all you need you can obviously join a bunch of free discords as well and just start chatting to people go to a bunch of events uh and you'll make connections that you can just have calls with these people and now that'll walk you through things when launching an e-commerce

or Drop Shipping Store what are the crucial First Steps an entrepreneur should take to focus on to ensure a good stop not a guaranteed win stop but a good stop yeah as as as you pointed out there's no guarantee win I always get the as asked the question what is more important product or marketing the interesting thing is a lot of people say marketing initially because without that you know you're not going to be able to sell either one product but when I look at my journey with large incoming length to getting to 10 million

in the first year I had no idea what I was doing I was basically boosting posts on Facebook would sell and they just like an iPhone photo and it went crazy so I think that product timing is the most important thing and that should be the thing that you're focusing on is this product saturated does and by the way when you get very good at marketing and top tier saturation is a good thing like you're going to beat everyone the whole pie but when you're first starting out don't you don't want to verse someone like

me and my team on on selling a product know versing like some random person that has no idea has no ambition to even make that product big and sell that product online and they've created a big new trend like that's the kind of stuff that are the people you want to be partnering with or selling similar products to that because yeah it's just going to you're going to ride the wave and that ad ad ecosystem is going to be so clean for you to Target so product timing learning how to read that and also just

velocity of of learning so I'm not sure if you've got a Discord um I haven't seen it but we've got a couple of channels in mind that's like roast my ad and roast my store which I was trying to set up these people to send their websites into this Discord and just get annihilated because that just creates this rapid feedback loop for them because some of these sites I you need to be able to really look at yourself in the mirror and look at your website and say does this actually look like something I would

purchase for because the amount of people that have terrible padding no reviews awful imagery like no copy bad spelling like that is just absolute a deal breaker so the quicker we can get feedback loops and accelerate our learning the more likely we will get that one store we'll get that product timing that just goes crazy and your life will be changed now you've added a really good point there which is like saturation a lot of people think saturation is something to be scared of and I always say that you should only be scared of it

if your skills don't exceed the saturation so as long as you've got it cuz we were selling those back crackers that you know we had the cow board our brand was called alter body and it was saturated when we sold it but we just found Tik Tok Varity was a popular thing so we were able to sell it on there as an example and do a lot of money so I really like the fact that you spoke about skills is not well saturation is nothing to be feared of as long as you have the skills

to to back what you need to be able to overcome it so guys before we finish off with the Davey interview and I hope you've enjoyed it so far I need to give a massive shout out to today's sponsor which is Bon Loyalty Rewards and referrals now this app is a musthave app now this app is for Shopify and it is built for Shopify as you guys can see here on the Shopify App Store now if you don't know what this is this is designed to keep retention and LTV with the customers on your store

so it's basically a loyalty program that has VIP tiers anti-che referral programs flexible points and customers earn rewards as they buy buy more products so you can see here this is what it looks like when you use it on your store and the reason why this app is a game changer is because they have a free forever plan so you can try it out and if you like it and see benefits from it and actual results then you can increase it to the basic plan if you're seeing the rewards and the results from the app

now we've been using this app on pretty much all of our stores for the last year and a half now if I show you an example thought of how this works you can see here on the bottom right it says limited time Point offer earn 2x loyalty points by joining our Rewards program today so let's say you click join now it's going to take you to this page where you can join that way you receive their email and their contact details which will help you build your email marketing list and then if we go on

the bottom right where it says voucher you can see here Rewards program join sign in earn points and then you can see how they can earn points and then if they go back to let's say redeem points it shows them how to do it and then referral program it shows them how they can refer a friend and then my balance shows them how much they've got on let's say cash back or cash to spend on the store so that just gives you guys a little quick overview of how this integrates with your store and how

it will look and again the purpose of this is to increase conversions increase LTV and Order quantities so this will help you keep your business alive for the long term so make sure you check out Bond loyalty and rewards as I've got an exclusive link that will get you a percentage off any play plans that you look to upgrade to so what was the inspiration behind creating the Udi and how did you identify the need for such a product in the Market at the time you invented the brand at the time I was selling weighted

blankets for kids with bism sensory issues even people with anxiety because they learn Progressive Divo could really support those those um those things it was probably like one or two months in of selling the product I was like that fear comes in and it's just like what if this all goes away it's like I'm two months in already scared that it's gonna go away and that's when I came across you wearable blankets I was like blanket brand can be the one and all blanket brand so launch that the the interesting thing is I also launched

pup Maps which was like seven months later which did a million dollars in its uh yeah it did a million dollars in its seventh month uh so I picked these three products and I was like this is crazy like I can pick products so easily which I was very wrong um I ended up launching a bunch after that that that all failed and also coming like to pup Maps because of my mismanagement having to focus on OD also fail so there was big learning experience coming up but my inspiration was to just get rich there

was no there was no vision Steve Jobs Vision behind it I just wanted to make money and get an element of self-actualization that I was worth something because I had just spent you know 10 years since school not 10 years but less just grinding and just getting no results for it so realistically I I would have sold anything at that point I think wow that's that's amazing I've learned something I'm learning so much just from interviewing today it's it's honestly amazing so again appreciate it how did your Venture on Shark Tank Inspire your journey for

the future it was an interesting Journey because I also Mentor people for that's that don't know I've got daily Mentor it kind of reinforced what I was doing in Daily Mentor more than anything I do have a lot of investments into e-commerce more so my time is so invested in coaching these million-dollar Brands and seeing a lot of these Founders come on and just really know not know not know the pa the pain that they're about to they are you know so star eyed and so excited and it's great they're the people you want to

invest in and they're the people that will probably make it as well but there's just so much pain so I think really changed my perspective of the importance of daily mentor and having something set up for for entrepreneurs similar to that Shark Tank well congratulations because like I said you're the youngest one to do it and it's a massive achievement for the e-commerce guys because you're you're carrying the flag basically in the Ecom world so you know congratulations on that and I want to move into a question now which I hope it doesn't upset me

asking you this but what will Mark the end of your involvement with the Udi it's a good question a lot of businesses don't last longer than 10 years to be completely honest um naturally I think goody could because you know we're in these Evergreen categories now I was talking to Robert her on were backstage in SHP tank and he said you should only sell a business one when you're completely over it and two when the money is going to completely change your life and I'm kind of at past the point where it's going to change

my life I think that you know we just through cash flow Lo he like I don't need more money it came to the realization after I bought my first house I was like I'm going to buy beach house as well and instantly I became stressed again and started working on things that I hate I managed to find some peace in myself by stop chasing to stop chasing money and because of that yeah I feel like the the has produced enough cash for me um and there's a an element of safety putting you know if you

can put 20 million into ETFs let's say that they just produced 5% a year you know it's a million dollars a year um already got the bank Ro to prove it so yeah that that there makes me not really care about selling the udie that being said if it did make sense from a purely transactional point of view in terms of future cash flow and also the people will be looked after and the brand will become what it I know it can become know competing against Peter Alexander competing against some of these Legacy chain um

in the UK and the us then I would consider interesting that's and and like I said I'm I'm really that was a really nice answer so I want to say a massive thank you for coming on here and sharing a lot of value in gems so guys that was my free Drop Shipping course for 20025 and let me know what you guys thought in the comments section below is this the best Drop Shipping course that you've ever watched please let me know in the comment section below don't forget to join the Vault and also don't

forget to sign up to the boot camp that are becoming very very very soon with that being said guys I hope you've got lots of value and education from this don't forget to watch this free course a few times over try and do 2 hours per day and remember this is the only guide you need to see success in 2025